You are on page 1of 1296

@A318/A319/A320/A321

AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 23 - COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
REFERENCE
CHAPTER 23
23-00-00
23-00-00 PB 001
23-11-00
23-11-00 PB 001
23-11-00-12500-A
23-11-00-12600-A
23-11-00-14100-O
23-11-00-16100-I
23-11-00-19900-D
23-11-00-22200-B

COMMUNICATIONS - GENERAL
COMMUNICATIONS - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
HF SYSTEM
HF SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
HF System - Component Location
HF System - Component Location
HF System - Block Diagram
HF System - Power Supply
HF Transceiver Face
HF Antenna Coupler

23-11-00-27900-B

HF System - SYSTEM REPORT/TEST

23-11-00-28000-D
23-11-00-28100-D
23-11-00-28200-D
23-11-00-28300-D
23-11-00-28400-D
23-11-00-28500-D
23-11-00-28600-B
23-11-00-28700-A
23-11-00-28900-B
23-11-00-29000-A

BITE - LAST LEG REPORT


BITE - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
BITE - LRU IDENTIFICATION
BITE - TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
HF System - CLASS 3 FAULTS
BITE - TEST
BITE - GROUND REPORT
HF System - GROUND SCANNING
Interactive Menu Tree
HF System - BITE Monitoring

23-11-00 PB 501
23-11-00-710-001-A
23-11-00-740-001-A
23-11-00 PB 601
23-11-00-200-001-A
23-11-00-991-00200-A

HF SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
Operational Test of the HF System
Bite Test of the HF System
HF SYSTEM - INSPECTION/CHECK
Check of the Electrical Bonding of the HF System
HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Coupler Rack

23-11-00-991-00400-A

HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Antenna/Feeder Assembly

23-11-00-991-00300-A

HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Antenna

23-11-00-991-00600-A

HF System - Electrical bonding of the Fuselage/Circular Plate

23-11-00-991-00100-A
23-11-00-991-00700-A

HF System - Electrical Bonding on the Feeder Connector Support


HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Coupler Rack

23-11-00-991-00800-A

HF System - Electrical bonding of the Fuselage/Circular Plate

23-11-11
23-11-11 PB 401
23-11-11-000-001-A

AES

SUBJECT

ANTENNA - HF
ANTENNA - HF - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the HF Antenna

T.O.C.

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
23-11-11-991-00100-A
23-11-11-400-001-A
23-11-33
23-11-33 PB 401

SUBJECT
HF Antenna.
Installation of the HF Antenna
TRANSCEIVER - HF
TRANSCEIVER - HF - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

23-11-33-000-001-A
23-11-33-991-00100-A
23-11-33-400-001-A
23-11-36
23-11-36 PB 401

Removal of the HF Transceiver


HF Transceiver
Installation of the HF Transceiver
COUPLER - HF
COUPLER - HF - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

23-11-36-000-001-A
23-11-36-991-00100-C
23-11-36-400-001-A
23-11-37
23-11-37 PB 401

Removal of the HF Antenna Coupler


HF Antenna Coupler
Installation of the HF Antenna Coupler
FEEDER - HF
FEEDER - HF - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

23-11-37-000-001-A
23-11-37-991-00100-A
23-11-37-991-00200-A
23-11-37-400-001-A
23-12-00
23-12-00 PB 001
23-12-00-13100-A
23-12-00-13200-A
23-12-00-14600-A
23-12-00-14600-B
23-12-00-18100-A
23-12-00-22000-E
23-12-00-24500-C
23-12-00-26000-A
23-12-00-31200-B
23-12-00-31300-B
23-12-00-31400-C
23-12-00-31500-A
23-12-00-31900-A
23-12-00-32000-A
23-12-00-32100-B
23-12-00-32200-A

Removal of the HF Feeder


HF Coupler Rack
HF Feeder
Installation of the HF Feeder
VHF SYSTEM
VHF SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
VHF System - Component Location - A320 A/C
VHF
VHF
VHF
VHF
VHF
VHF
VHF
VHF
VHF
VHF
VHF
VHF
VHF
VHF
VHF

System - Component Location


System - Block Diagram
System - Block Diagram
Systems - Power Supply
Transceiver
Transceiver - Block Diagram of the Audio Processing
Antenna
system - LAST LEG REPORT
system - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
system - LRU IDENT
system - GND SCANNING
system - CLASS 3 FAULTS
system - TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
system - TEST
system - GROUND REPORT

23-12-00 PB 501

VHF SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

23-12-00-710-001-A
23-12-00-740-001-A
23-12-00 PB 801
23-12-00-370-001-A
23-12-00-991-00100-A

Operational Test of the VHF System


BITE Test of the VHF System
VHF SYSTEM - REPAIRS
Repair of VHF Antenna
VHF Antenna

AES

T.O.C.

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
23-12-11
23-12-11 PB 401

SUBJECT
ANTENNA - VHF
ANTENNA - VHF - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

23-12-11-000-001-A
23-12-11-991-00100-A
23-12-11-400-001-A
23-12-11-000-002-A
23-12-11-991-00300-B
23-12-11-400-002-A
23-12-33
23-12-33 PB 401

Removal of the VHF Antennas and


VHF Antennas
Installation of the VHF Antennas and
Removal of the VHF Antenna
VHF Antenna.
Installation of the VHF Antenna
TRANSCEIVER - VHF
TRANSCEIVER - VHF - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

23-12-33-000-001-A
23-12-33-991-00100-A
23-12-33-400-001-A
23-13-00
23-13-00 PB 001
23-13-00-12500-B
23-13-00-12500-D
23-13-00-14000-B
23-13-00-14200-A
23-13-00-15700-B
23-13-00-17300-B
23-13-00-17300-C
23-13-00-18700-A
23-13-00-20800-C
23-13-00-20800-E
23-13-00-23200-B
23-13-00-23200-C
23-13-00-27900-D
23-13-00-29200-D
23-13-00-29900-A
23-13-00-30200-A
23-13-00-34900-A
23-13-00-34900-B
23-13-00-35000-A
23-13-00-35000-B
23-13-00-35100-A
23-13-00-35100-B
23-13-00-35200-A
23-13-00-35300-A
23-13-00-35400-A
23-13-00-35500-A
23-13-00-35600-A
23-13-00-35600-B

AES

Removal of the VHF Transceiver


VHF Transceiver
Installation of the VHF Transceiver
RADIO MANAGEMENT
RADIO MANAGEMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Radio Management - Component Location
Radio Management - Component Location
Radio Management - Communication Architecture
Radio Management - Navigation Architecture
Radio Management - System Power Supply
RMP - Front Face
RMP - Front Face
RMP - Channelling/Frequency pairing (118.000 to 136.975 MHz) with
8.33 KHz actived
RMP - Operation in Normal Mode
RMP - Operation in Normal Mode
RMP - Frequency and Course Selection for VOR and ILS
RMP - Frequency and Course Selection for VOR and ILS
Radio Communication - Normal Configuration
Radio Communication - Reconfiguration
Radio Navigation - Normal Configuration
Radio Navigation - Reconfiguration
BITE - LAST LEG REPORT
BITE - LAST LEG REPORT
BITE - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
BITE - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
BITE - LRU IDENTIFICATION
BITE - LRU IDENTIFICATION
BITE - GROUND SCANNING
BITE - TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
BITE - CLASS 3 FAULTS
BITE - GROUND REPORT
BITE - TEST
BITE - TEST

T.O.C.

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
23-13-00 PB 501
23-13-00-710-001-A
23-13-00-710-002-A
23-13-00-740-001-A
23-13-13
23-13-13 PB 401
23-13-13-000-001-A
23-13-13-991-00100-B
23-13-13-400-001-A
23-24-00
23-24-00 PB 001

Operational Test of the Radio Management


Operational Test of the Radio Navigation Selection in Standby Mode with
the RMP1 and 2.
BITE Test of the Radio Management
RADIO MANAGEMENT PANEL (RMP)
RADIO MANAGEMENT PANEL (RMP) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Radio Management Panel (RMP)
Radio Management Panels (RMP) 1,2 and 3
Installation of the Radio Management Panel (RMP)
AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION ADDRESSING AND REPORTING SYSTEM
(ACARS)
AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION ADDRESSING AND REPORTING
SYSTEM (ACARS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

23-24-00-13200-A
23-24-00-15600-A
23-24-00-18000-A
23-24-00-26900-A

ACARS - Component Location in the Avionics Compartment


ACARS - Block Diagram
ACARS - General Power Supply
ACARS - Modification of Voice Communication Frequency Through the
RMPs (Sheet 1/2)

23-24-00-27000-A

ACARS - Modification of Voice Communication Frequency Through the


RMPs (Sheet 2/2)

23-24-00-27700-A
23-24-00-27800-A
23-24-00-27900-A
23-24-00-29100-A
23-24-00-29200-A
23-24-00-29300-A
23-24-00-29400-A
23-24-00-29500-A
23-24-00-29600-A
23-24-00-29700-A
23-24-00 PB 201
23-24-00-860-001-A
23-24-00 PB 301
23-24-00-610-001-A

23-24-00 PB 501

AES

SUBJECT
RADIO MANAGEMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

ACARS - Data Coding


ACARS - ISO Alphabet No.5
ACARS - Characters Transmittable in the Useful Data Field
ACARS System - Last Leg Report
ACARS System - Previous Legs Report
ACARS System - LRU Identification
ACARS System - Trouble Shooting Data
ACARS System - Class 3 Faults
ACARS System - Test
ACARS System - Ground Report
AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION ADDRESSING AND REPORTING
SYSTEM (ACARS) - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
Check of the Airline ID and Aircraft Registration Number on the ACARS
MU after a Change of the Aircraft Registration Number
AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION ADDRESSING AND REPORTING
SYSTEM (ACARS) - SERVICING
Uploading procedure with the portable data loader (SFIM) to load the
Software Standard and the standard application database on the ACARS
MU front face.
AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION ADDRESSING AND REPORTING
SYSTEM (ACARS) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

T.O.C.

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
23-24-00-710-001-A
23-24-00-740-004-A
23-24-00-710-005-A
23-24-34
23-24-34 PB 401
23-24-34-000-001-A
23-24-34-991-00100-A
23-24-34-400-001-A
23-26-00
23-26-00 PB 001
23-26-00-13500-A

AES

SUBJECT
Operational Test of the ACARS
BITE test of the ACARS
Link Test of the ACARS
MANAGEMENT UNIT (MU) - ACARS
MANAGEMENT UNIT (MU) - ACARS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the ACARS Management Unit (MU)
ACARS Management Unit (MU)
Installation of the ACARS Management Unit (MU)
OPERATIONAL USE
OPERATIONAL USE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
ACARS PREFLT MENU Page 1/2

23-26-00-13600-A

ACARS PREFLT MENU Page 2/2

23-26-00-13700-A
23-26-00-14200-A
23-26-00-14300-A
23-26-00-14800-A
23-26-00-15300-A
23-26-00-15800-A
23-26-00-16300-A
23-26-00-16800-A
23-26-00-17200-A
23-26-00-17600-A
23-26-00-18000-A
23-26-00-18200-A
23-26-00-18400-A
23-26-00-18600-A
23-26-00-18800-A
23-26-00-19000-A
23-26-00-19200-A
23-26-00-19300-A
23-26-00-19400-A
23-26-00-19500-A
23-26-00-19600-A
23-26-00-19700-A
23-26-00-19800-A
23-26-00-19900-A
23-26-00-20000-A
23-26-00-20100-A

ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS

23-26-00-20200-A

ACARS DISCRETE Page 1/5 to 3/5

23-26-00-20300-A

ACARS DISCRETE Page 4/5 to 5/5

INFLT MENU Page


POSTFLT MENU Page
PREFLIGHT INIT Page
DELAY REPORT Page
ATIS REQUEST Page
WEATHER REQUEST Page
VOICE CONT REPORT Page
VHF CONTROL Page
TELEX Page
REC MSGS Page
MISC Page
DATA FREQ Page
OOOI STATUS Page
VHF STATISTICS Page
SAT STATISTICS Page
PARAMETER DISPLAY Page
MAINTENANCE Page
PART NUMBER Page
STATUS Page
ERROR LOG Page
CLASS 1 AND 2 FAULTS Page
CLASS 3 FAULTS Page
GROUND FAULTS Page
RCV 429 DATA Page
TX 429 DATA Page
LRU STATUS Page

T.O.C.

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
23-26-00-20400-A
23-26-00-20500-A
23-26-00-20600-A
23-26-00-20700-A
23-26-00-20800-A
23-26-00-20900-A
23-26-00-21000-A

SUBJECT
ACARS TEST Page
ACARS-MCDU-SCRN-TEST Page
ACARS COMM AUDIT Page
ACARS COMM STATUS Page
ACARS INIT Page
ACARS AIRLINE ID INIT Page
ACARS CFDIU PROG Page

23-26-00-21100-A

ACARS UTC/DATE INIT Page

23-26-00-21200-A

ACARS DEBUG Page

23-26-00-21300-A

ACARS VHF DEBUG Page 1/2

23-26-00-21400-A

ACARS VHF CAT B Page 2/2

23-26-00-21500-A
23-26-00-21600-A
23-26-00-21700-A

ACARS MEMORY DUMP Page


ACARS PRINTER DEBUG Page
ACARS MCDU DEBUG Page

23-26-00-21800-A

ACARS SDU DEBUG Page 1/2

23-26-00-21900-A

ACARS SDU DEBUG Page 2/2

23-26-00-22000-A
23-26-00-22100-A

ACARS File Transfer LRU Debug Page


ACARS BUILD VERSIONS Page

23-30-00
23-30-00 PB 001

PASSENGER ADDRESS AND ENTERTAINMENT


PASSENGER ADDRESS AND ENTERTAINMENT - DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATION

23-31-00
23-31-00 PB 001

PASSENGER ADDRESS SYSTEM


PASSENGER ADDRESS SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

23-32-00
23-32-00 PB 001

ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER SYSTEM


ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Component Location
Power Supply - Schematic
Power Supply - Schematic
ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
Replacement of the Sound Recording Medium of the Prerecorded
Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer

23-32-00-12500-F
23-32-00-15600-A
23-32-00-15600-C
23-32-00 PB 201
23-32-00-860-001-A
23-32-00-991-00100-B
23-32-00-860-002-A
23-32-00 PB 501
23-32-00-700-001-A

AES

Replacement of the Audio Cassettes


Initialization of the Prerecorded Anouncement and Boarding Music
(PRAM) Reproducer
ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT/TEST
Test of the Prerecorded Announcement Operation of the Prerecorded
Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer

T.O.C.

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
23-32-00-710-002-A
23-32-34
23-32-34 PB 401
23-32-34-000-001-A
23-32-34-991-00100-A
23-32-34-400-001-A
23-33-00
23-33-00 PB 001
23-33-00-12400-O
23-33-00-12400-AJ

SUBJECT
Test of the Boarding Music Operation of the Prerecorded Announcement
and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer
TAPE REPRODUCER - ANNOUNCEMENT/ MUSIC
TAPE REPRODUCER - ANNOUNCEMENT/ MUSIC REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer
Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer
Installation of the Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Component Location
Main Multiplexer and CD-Audio Reproducer - Component Location

23-33-00-12500-A

Seat Equipment of the PES Music and Forward Attendant Panel (Audio
Module) - Component Location

23-33-00-14400-A

Passenger Entertainment System (PES) Interconnection

23-33-00-14600-F

Passenger Entertainment System (PES)

23-33-00-16000-D
23-33-00-16000-H
23-33-00-16000-N

Power Supply
Power Supply
Power Supply

23-33-00-19100-A

Main Multiplexer (MM)

23-33-00-19200-A

Main Multiplexer (MM) Block Diagram

23-33-00-19200-D
23-33-00-19300-A
23-33-00-19400-AQ

Main Multiplexer Unit Interface


AUDIO REPRODUCER
Seat Layout

23-33-00-19800-A

Programming and Test Panel (PTP)

23-33-00-19900-B

Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)

23-33-00-19900-C

Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)

23-33-00-20000-A

Wall Disconnect Box (WDB) Block Diagram

23-33-00-20000-C
23-33-00-20100-A

Wall Disconnect Box Electrical Interface


Seat Electronic Box (SEB)

23-33-00-20100-C
23-33-00-20200-A

Seat Electronic Box


Seat Electronic Box (SEB) Electrical Interface

23-33-00-20200-C
23-33-00-20400-U

Seat Electronic Box Electrical Interface


Passenger Control Unit (PCU)

23-33-00-20400-AF

Passenger Control Unit (PCU)

23-33-00-20500-A

Passenger Control Unit (PCU) Electrical Interface Block Diagram

23-33-00-20500-I
23-33-00 PB 201
23-33-00-860-001-A

Passenger Control Unit Electrical Interface


PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
Replacement of the Audio Cassettes of the Passenger Entertainment
System (PES)

23-33-00-991-00100-A

AES

Replacement of the Audio Cassettes

T.O.C.

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
23-33-00-860-002-A
23-33-00-991-00200-B
23-33-00 PB 501

Replacement of the Compact Disks


PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

23-33-00-740-002-A

BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) with the


Programming and Test Panel (PTP)

23-33-00-740-003-A

BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) with the


Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU)

23-33-00-710-002-A

Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music)

23-33-00-820-001-A

Adjustment of the DIP - Switch Positions of the Main Multiplexer

23-33-12
23-33-12 PB 401
23-33-12-000-001-A
23-33-12-991-00100-S
23-33-12-991-00100-AH
23-33-12-400-001-A
23-33-31
23-33-31 PB 401
23-33-31-000-001-A
23-33-31-991-00100-A
23-33-31-400-001-A
23-33-46
23-33-46 PB 401

PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT (PCU)


PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT (PCU) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
Passenger Control Unit
Passenger Control Unit
Installation of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
MULTIPLEXER - PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM, MAIN
MULTIPLEXER - PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM, MAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Passenger Entertainment System Main Multiplexer
PES Main Multiplexer
Installation of the Passenger Entertainment System Main Multiplexer
SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX (SEB)
SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX (SEB) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

23-33-46-000-001-A

Removal of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)

23-33-46-991-00100-B
23-33-46-991-00100-C
23-33-46-400-001-A

Seat Electronic Box


Seat Electronic Box
Installation of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)

23-33-47
23-33-47 PB 401
23-33-47-000-001-A
23-33-47-991-00100-J
23-33-47-991-00100-Q
23-33-47-400-001-A
23-33-52
23-33-52 PB 401
23-33-52-000-001-A
23-33-52-991-00100-A
23-33-52-400-001-A
23-34-34

AES

SUBJECT
Replacement of the Compact Disks for the Passenger Entertainment
System (PES)

WALL DISCONNECT BOX (WDB)


WALL DISCONNECT BOX (WDB) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
Wall Disconnect Box
Wall Disconnect Box
Installation of the Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
REPRODUCER - PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM
REPRODUCER - PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the PES Reproducer
PES Reproducer
Installation of the PES Reproducer
DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT (DIU)

T.O.C.

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
23-34-34 PB 401
23-34-34-000-001-A
23-34-34-991-00100-A
23-34-34-400-001-A
23-36-00
23-36-00 PB 001
23-36-00-12500-V

Removal of the Digital Interface Unit (DIU)


Digital Interface Unit
Installation of the Digital Interface Unit (DIU)
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component Location

23-36-00-12500-BU

Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component Location

23-36-00-13100-AH

Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component Location (Sheet


2/2)

23-36-00-13100-DF

Display Units of the PES Video - Component Location

23-36-00-15500-A0

Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Block Diagram

23-36-00-15500-D0

Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Block Diagram

23-36-00-17600-AB
23-36-00-17600-DN
23-36-00-17600-EM

Power Supply - Schematic


Power Supply - Schematic
Power Supply - Schematic

23-36-00-19600-B

System Control Unit (SCU).

23-36-00-19600-E

System Control Unit (SCU)

23-36-00-20300-D

Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)

23-36-00-20300-J

Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)

23-36-00-21300-D

Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)

23-36-00-21300-I
23-36-00-22000-A
23-36-00-22000-C

Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)


Tapping Unit
Tapping Unit

23-36-00-25800-R

Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Interconnection

23-36-00-26100-A
23-36-00-26500-A
23-36-00-26800-A

SCU Power-on and Initial Menu


Video Program Preview Function - Activation
Normal Operation - Menu Selection

23-36-00-27100-A

Random-Access Tape Operation - Example (Sheet 1/2)

23-36-00-27400-A

Random-Access Tape Operation - Example (Sheet 2/2)

23-36-00 PB 201
23-36-00-100-002-A
23-36-00 PB 301
23-36-00-100-001-A
23-36-00-600-002-A
23-36-00 PB 501
23-36-00-710-001-A
23-36-00-991-00100-A
23-36-22

AES

SUBJECT
DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT (DIU) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES


Cleaning of the Video Tape Reproducer
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - SERVICING
Cleaning of the Monitor and Display Screens in the Cabin
Configuration of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) with the
Programmable System Control Unit
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video)
System Control Unit - Menus
MONITOR

T.O.C.

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
23-36-22 PB 401
23-36-22-000-001-A
23-36-22-991-00100-AE
23-36-22-991-00100-DE

Removal of the LH Hatrack-Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)


Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit
Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit and Wall Mounted Display-Unit

23-36-22-400-001-A

Installation of the LH Hatrack Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)

23-36-22-000-002-A

Removal of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)

23-36-22-400-002-A

Installation of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)

23-36-34
23-36-34 PB 401
23-36-34-000-001-A
23-36-34-991-00100-L
23-36-34-991-00100-AA
23-36-34-400-001-A
23-36-44
23-36-44 PB 401
23-36-44-000-001-A

CONTROL UNIT - VIDEO


CONTROL UNIT - VIDEO - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the System Control Unit (SCU)
System Control Unit.
System Control Unit
Installation of the System Control Unit (SCU)
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Tapping Unit (TU)

23-36-44-991-00100-K

Tapping Unit (TU)

23-36-44-991-00100-P

Tapping Unit (TU)

23-36-44-400-001-A
23-36-52
23-36-52 PB 401

Installation of the Tapping Unit (TU)


VIDEO REPRODUCER UNIT
VIDEO REPRODUCER UNIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

23-36-52-000-001-A
23-36-52-991-00100-L
23-36-52-991-00100-AF

Removal of the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)


Video Tape Reproducer
Video Tape Reproducer

23-36-52-400-001-A

Installation of the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)

23-42-00
23-42-00 PB 001
23-42-00-12300-A
23-42-00-15900-A
23-42-00 PB 501
23-42-00-710-001-A
23-42-21
23-42-21 PB 401
23-42-21-000-001-A
23-42-21-991-00100-B
23-42-21-400-001-A
23-43-00
23-43-00 PB 001
23-43-00 PB 501

AES

SUBJECT
MONITOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

COCKPIT TO GROUND CREW CALL SYSTEM


COCKPIT TO GROUND CREW CALL SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATION
Ground Crew Call System - Component Location
Ground Crew Call System - Schematic
COCKPIT TO GROUND CREW CALL SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
Operational Test of the Mechanic Call
HORN - MECHANIC CALL
HORN - MECHANIC CALL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Mechanic Call Horn
Mechanic Call Horn
Installation of the Mechanic Call Horn
FLIGHT CREW INTERPHONE
FLIGHT CREW INTERPHONE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
FLIGHT CREW INTERPHONE - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

T.O.C.

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
23-43-00-700-001-A
23-44-00
23-44-00 PB 001
23-44-00-12400-B
23-44-00-15600-B
23-44-00 PB 201
23-44-00-860-001-A
23-44-00 PB 501
23-44-00-700-001-A
23-44-41
23-44-41 PB 401 CONF 13
23-44-41-000-002-A
23-44-41-991-15000-B
23-44-41-400-002-A
23-44-42
23-44-42 PB 401
23-44-42-000-001-A
23-44-42-991-00100-A
23-44-42-991-00200-A
23-44-42-991-00300-A
23-44-42-991-00400-A
23-44-42-991-00500-A
23-44-42-400-001-A
23-51-00
23-51-00 PB 001
23-51-00-11400-C

AES

SUBJECT
Operational Test of the Cabin and Flight Crew Interphone System.
CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE
CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Service Interphone System - Component Location
Service Interphone System - Schematic Diagram
CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
Operation of the Service Interphone System
CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
Operational Test of the Service Interphone
JACK - MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE (POWER PLANT)
JACK - MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE (POWER PLANT) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Jack - Maintenance Interphone
Air Intake Cowl - Interphone Harness
Installation of the Jack - Maintenance Interphone
ISOLATION UNIT - SERVICE INTERPHONE JACKS
ISOLATION UNIT - SERVICE INTERPHONE JACKS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Isolation Units
Isolation Unit
Isolation Unit
Isolation Unit
Isolation Unit
Isolation Unit
Installation of the Isolation Units
AUDIO MANAGEMENT
AUDIO MANAGEMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Audio Management - Block Diagram

23-51-00-14200-A

Audio Management - Component Location (CAPT & F/O Stations)

23-51-00-14300-A

Audio Management - Component Location (CAPT & F/O Stations)

23-51-00-14400-A

Audio Management - Component Location (3rd Occupant Station)

23-51-00-14500-C

Audio Management - Component Location (4th Occupant Station)

23-51-00-14600-B

Audio Management - Component Location (Avionics Compartment)

23-51-00-20800-A
23-51-00-23300-A
23-51-00-23700-A
23-51-00-25800-A
23-51-00-25900-A
23-51-00-26300-A
23-51-00-26500-A
23-51-00-26600-A

Audio Management - Electrical Power Supply of System


Audio Control Panel - Front Face
Audio Control Panel - Functional Description
Audio Control Panel - Block Diagram
Protocol for Data Exchange - Flow Diagram
SELCAL Code Panel - FRONT Face
SELCAL Code Panel - Operation of Knurled Knobs
SELCAL Code Panel - Operating Diagram

T.O.C.

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
23-51-00-28300-A
23-51-00-30300-A
23-51-00-30400-A
23-51-00-30800-A
23-51-00-31400-A
23-51-00-31500-A
23-51-00-31900-A

SUBJECT
Audio Management Unit - Block Diagram
Audio Management Unit - Block Diagram of Transmitter Circuit
Oxygen Mask Microphone - Circuit Block Diagram
Hand Microphone - Circuit Block Diagram
Muting Circuit - Block Diagram
Direct Muting - Block Diagram
Audio Circuit - Block Diagram

23-51-00-32200-A
23-51-00-32400-A
23-51-00-33000-A
23-51-00-33100-A
23-51-00-33700-A
23-51-00-33800-A
23-51-00-34000-A
23-51-00-34500-A
23-51-00-34600-A
23-51-00-35100-A
23-51-00-35200-A
23-51-00-35300-A
23-51-00-35400-A
23-51-00-35900-A
23-51-00-36300-A
23-51-00-38300-A
23-51-00-39300-A

VOR/DME/ILS/MLS Switching - Block Diagram


Navigation Reception Mode - Block Diagram
Microphone Switching - Block Diagram
Audio Switching - Block Diagram
CAA Certification - Block Diagram
FAA Certification - Block Diagram
CAA Certification - Block Diagram
Flight Interphone - Block Diagram
Logic Processing - Block Diagram
SELCAL System - Ground System
SELCAL System - Aircraft System
SELCAL System - Block Diagram
Ground Crew and Cabin Attendant Call System - Block Diagram
Pin-Program - Block Diagram
Electrical Power Supplies of the AMU - Block Diagram
MCDU - Location
MCDU - Functional Description

23-51-00-39700-B

Audio Integrating System (AIS) - LAST LEG REPORT - (Sheet 2/2)

23-51-00-39800-B

Audio Integrating System (AIS) - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT - (Sheet


2/2)

23-51-00-40100-B

Audio Integrating System (AIS) - LRU IDENTIFICATION - (Sheet 2/2)

23-51-00-40200-B

Audio Integrating System (AIS) - TEST - (Sheet 2/2)

23-51-00 PB 401

AUDIO MANAGEMENT - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

23-51-00-040-001-A
23-51-00-991-00100-A
23-51-00-440-001-A
23-51-00 PB 501

Deactivation of the Radio PTT Switch


Side Stick Assembly
Reactivation of the Radio PTT Switch
AUDIO MANAGEMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

23-51-00-710-001-A
23-51-00-710-002-A

Operational Test of the Audio Management


Operational Test of the SELCAL System

23-51-00-710-003-A

Operational Test of the CAPT and F/O ACPs Switching to the 3rd
OCCUPANT ACP
Operational Test of the Oxygen Mask Microphone
BITE Test of the Audio System

23-51-00-710-004-A
23-51-00-740-002-A
23-51-12
23-51-12 PB 401

AES

CONTROL PANEL - AUDIO (ACP)


CONTROL PANEL - AUDIO (ACP) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

T.O.C.

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
23-51-12-000-001-A
23-51-12-991-00100-A
23-51-12-400-001-A

SUBJECT
Removal of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2, 2RN3, 2RN4,
2RN5)
Audio Control Panel (ACP)
Installation of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2, 2RN3,
2RN4, 2RN5)

23-51-13
23-51-13 PB 401

CODE PANEL - SELCAL


CODE PANEL - SELCAL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

23-51-13-000-001-A
23-51-13-991-00100-A
23-51-13-400-001-A
23-51-17
23-51-17 PB 401

Removal of the SELCAL Code Panel


SELCAL Code Panel
Installation of the SELCAL Code Panel
SWITCH - RADIO PTT
SWITCH - RADIO PTT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

23-51-17-000-001-A
23-51-17-400-001-A
23-51-34

Removal of the Radio PTT Switch


Installation of the Radio PTT Switch
MANAGEMENT UNIT - AUDIO (AMU)

23-51-34 PB 401
23-51-34-000-001-A
23-51-34-991-00100-A
23-51-34-400-001-A

MANAGEMENT UNIT - AUDIO (AMU) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION


Removal of the Audio Management Unit (AMU) (1RN)
Audio Management Unit (AMU)
Installation of the Audio Management Unit (AMU) (1RN)

23-60-00
23-60-00 PB 001
23-60-00-12400-C

STATIC DISCHARGING
STATIC DISCHARGING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Static Dischargers - Location

23-61-00
23-61-00 PB 001
23-61-00 PB 601

STATIC DISCHARGER
STATIC DISCHARGER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
STATIC DISCHARGER - INSPECTION/CHECK

23-61-00-200-001-A
23-61-00-991-00100-B
23-61-41
23-61-41 PB 401

- Check Resistance of Tip to Retainer - Check Bonding of Retainer to


Structure
Static Dischargers
DISCHARGER - STATIC
DISCHARGER - STATIC - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

23-61-41-000-001-A
23-61-41-991-00100-D
23-61-41-400-001-A
23-61-42
23-61-42 PB 401

Removal of the Static Discharger


Static Discharger - Location and Detail
Installation of the Static Discharger
RETAINER - STATIC DISCHARGER
RETAINER - STATIC DISCHARGER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

23-61-42-000-001-A
23-61-42-991-00200-A
23-61-42-991-00300-B
23-61-42-991-00400-A
23-61-42-991-00500-B
23-61-42-991-00600-A

AES

Removal of the Static Discharger Retainer


Static Discharger Retainers - Tailplane, Rudder and THS
Static Discharger Retainers - Flap Track Fairings
Static Discharger Retainers - Ailerons
Static Discharger Retainers - Wing Tips
Static Discharger Retainers - Wing Tip Fences

T.O.C.

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
23-61-42-400-001-A
23-71-00
23-71-00 PB 001
23-71-00-12400-B
23-71-00-13700-C
23-71-00-15500-A
23-71-00-19400-E
23-71-00-19600-B
23-71-00-21100-G
23-71-00 PB 501

SUBJECT
Installation of the Static Discharger Retainer
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Cockpit Voice Recorder - Component Location
Cockpit Voice Recorder - Block Diagram
Cockpit Voice Recorder - Schematic
SSCVR - Component Description
Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder - Face
Cockpit Voice Recorder - Operation
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

23-71-00-710-001-A
23-71-00-710-002-A

Operational Test of the CVR and the CVR Channel Recording


Operational Test of the CVR Recording Logic Including Time Delay Relay

23-71-00-720-001-A

Operational Test of the Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB)

23-71-00-720-002-A
23-71-13
23-71-13 PB 401

Functional Test of the bulk-erase function and bulk-erase inhibition-logic


of the CVR
MICROPHONE - CVR
MICROPHONE - CVR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

23-71-13-000-001-A
23-71-13-991-00100-A
23-71-13-400-001-A
23-71-14
23-71-14 PB 401

Removal of the CVR Microphone


CVR Microphone
Installation of the CVR Microphone
AMPLIFIER - CVR MICROPHONE
AMPLIFIER - CVR MICROPHONE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

23-71-14-000-001-A
23-71-14-991-00100-A
23-71-14-400-001-A
23-71-35
23-71-35 PB 401
23-71-35-000-001-A
23-71-35-991-00100-D

RECORDER - COCKPIT VOICE (CVR)


RECORDER - COCKPIT VOICE (CVR) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) 1RK
Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR)

23-71-35-400-001-A

Installation of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) 1RK

23-71-35-000-002-A

Removal of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) Rack

23-71-35-991-00600-A

Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) Rack

23-71-35-400-002-A

Installation of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) Rack

23-71-35-920-001-A

Scheduled Replacement of the Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB) and


Battery

23-71-35-991-00500-C
23-72-00
23-72-00 PB 001
23-72-00-12400-A

AES

Removal of the CVR Microphone Amplifier


CVR Microphone Amplifier
Installation of the CVR Microphone Amplifier

Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB)


ANTI HIJACK CAMERA MONITORING
ANTI HIJACK CAMERA MONITORING - DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATION
Cockpit-Door Surveillance-System

T.O.C.

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
23-72-00-14000-A
23-72-00 PB 501

SUBJECT
Cockpit-Door Surveillance-System
ANTI HIJACK CAMERA MONITORING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

23-72-00-710-001-A
23-72-00-740-001-A
23-72-22
23-72-22 PB 401

Operational Test of the Anti-Hijack Camera-Monitoring-System


BITE Test of the Anti-Hijack Camera-Monitoring-System
MONITOR - COCKPIT DOOR SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM
MONITOR - COCKPIT DOOR SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

23-72-22-000-001-A
23-72-22-991-00200-A
23-72-22-991-00100-A
23-72-22-400-001-A
23-72-51
23-72-51 PB 401

Removal of the Cockpit-Door Surveillance-System Monitor


Monitor
Monitor
Installation of the Cockpit-Door Surveillance-System Monitor
CAMERA - ANTI HIJACK SYSTEM
CAMERA - ANTI HIJACK SYSTEM - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

23-72-51-000-001-A
23-72-51-991-00100-A
23-72-51-400-001-A
23-72-51-820-001-A
23-73-00
23-73-00 PB 001
23-73-00-13700-A
23-73-00-13700-O
23-73-00-13800-A
23-73-00-13900-A
23-73-00-14000-A
23-73-00-14100-A
23-73-00-14200-A
23-73-00-14300-A
23-73-00-17600-A
23-73-00-17700-B
23-73-00-17800-B
23-73-00-17900-B
23-73-00-22000-A
23-73-00-22100-B
23-73-00-22200-A
23-73-00-22300-J
23-73-00-22400-Q
23-73-00-22400-U
23-73-00-22500-F
23-73-00-22500-I
23-73-00-22800-A
23-73-00-23400-B

AES

Removal of the Anti-Hijack-System Cameras


Cameras
Installation of the Anti-Hijack-System Cameras
Adjustment of the Cameras
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS)
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
CIDS associated Components in the Cockpit - Component Location
CIDS associated Components in the Cockpit - Component Location
FWD Attendant Station and Cockpit Handset - Component Location
CIDS Components in the Cabin - Component Location
MCDU - Component Location
DEU A, DEU Mount and CIDS Director - Component Location
DEU B and DEU Mount - Component Location
CIDS Components in the Cabin - Component Location
Power Supply - CIDS Director, FAP and PTP
Power Supply NORM BUS - Top Line
Power Supply ESS BUS - Top Line
Power Supply - Middle Line
CIDS Director
CIDS DATA BUS - Top Line
CIDS Director - Block Diagram
CIDS DATA BUS - Middle Line DEU B Interface - Block Diagram
CIDS Director - Connections
CIDS Director - Connections
CIDS Director - Connections
CIDS Director - Connections
DEU - Physical Appearance
DEU Connection to Data Bus Power Supply and Address Coding

T.O.C.

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

REFERENCE
23-73-00-23500-B
23-73-00-23600-E
23-73-00-24200-D
23-73-00-24200-L
23-73-00-24300-A
23-73-00-24300-B
23-73-00-24400-E
23-73-00-24800-A
23-73-00-24900-Y
23-73-00-24900-AF
23-73-00-25800-A
23-73-00-27000-B
23-73-00-27300-B
23-73-00-27700-A
23-73-00-27800-B
23-73-00-28300-A
23-73-00-28300-B
23-73-00-30500-A
23-73-00-30500-G
23-73-00-30800-B
23-73-00-31200-B
23-73-00-32600-B
23-73-00-33900-D
23-73-00-37000-D
23-73-00-37000-E
23-73-00-38000-E
23-73-00-38100-B
23-73-00-38200-A
23-73-00-38400-A

SUBJECT
DEU A - Connections to Cabin Systems
DEU B - Connections to Cabin Systems
Light Module
Light Module
Connections to the Forward Attendant Panel.
Connections to the Forward Attendant Panel.
Audio Module
Air Temperature Module
Aft Attendant Panel
Aft Attendant Panel
Connections to the Aft Attendant Panel
Programming and Test Panel
Programming and Test Panel-System Connections
Attendant Indication Panel
Attendant Indication Panel - Block Diagram
Area Call Panel
Area Call Panel
PA System Architecture
PA System Architecture
Attendant Indication Panel - PA Selection Messages
Interphone System Architecture .
Passenger Lighted Signs - System Architecture.
Passenger Call System - Architecture
PTP Menu Guided Structure
PTP Menu Guided Structure
SYSTEM STATUS - Example
System Status - Failure Examples 1
System Status - Failure Examples 2
System Status - Example

23-73-00-38600-A

System Report/Test - GROUND SCAN - CLASS 3 FAULTS - Example

23-73-00-38700-H

System Report/Test - TEST - Example

23-73-00-38800-B
23-73-00-39400-G
23-73-00-39500-B

System Report/Test - Leg Reports - LRU ident. - Trouble Shooting Data Example
System Test - Example
System Test - AIP - Example

23-73-00-39700-A

Operational Test - ACP/Loudspeaker - Example

23-73-00-39900-C

System Test - Reading/Work Light Test - Example

23-73-00-40100-B
23-73-00-40600-F
23-73-00-40600-L
23-73-00-40800-C
23-73-00-40900-A
23-73-00-41300-B

System TEST - Emergency Lighting - Example


Programming - Zoning - Example
Programming - Zoning - Example
Programming - CAM Layout Selection - Example
Programming - PA Level Adjustment - Example
Failure Transmission List

T.O.C.

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
23-73-00-41400-C
23-73-00-41500-D
23-73-00-41600-E
23-73-00-41700-C
23-73-00-41800-E
23-73-00-41800-G
23-73-00-41900-B
23-73-00-42000-B
23-73-00-42100-B
23-73-00 PB 201
23-73-00-861-001-A
23-73-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

23-73-00-860-002-A
23-73-00-991-00100-A
23-73-00-860-003-A
23-73-00-991-00200-A
23-73-00-991-00300-A
23-73-00-991-00400-A

Cabin Layout Selection


Cabin Layout Selection - Example
Cabin Zones Programming
Cabin Zones Programming Example
No Smoking Zones Programming Example
Class Divider Activation - Deactivation Example

23-73-00-860-006-A

Programming of a NON SMOKER A/C

23-73-00-991-00900-A

Programming of a NON SMOKER A/C

23-73-00-860-004-A
23-73-00-991-00600-A

Passenger Address (PA) Level Adjustment via PTP


PA Level Adjustment Example

23-73-00-860-005-A
23-73-00-991-00700-A

Passenger Address (PA) Level Interrogation via CFDS


PA Level Interrogation Example

23-73-00 PB 301
23-73-00-600-001-A
23-73-00 PB 401
23-73-00-040-001-A
23-73-00-440-001-A
23-73-00-040-002-A
23-73-00-440-002-A
23-73-00-040-005-A
23-73-00-440-005-A
23-73-00-040-006-A
23-73-00-440-006-A
23-73-00-040-007-A
23-73-00-440-007-A

AES

SUBJECT
Failure Transmission List
Failure Transmission List
Failure Transmission List
Failure Transmission List
Failure Transmission List
Failure Transmission List
Failure Transmission List
Failure Transmission List
Failure Transmission List
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) - SERVICING


Cleaning of the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
Deactivation of the CIDS Director
Reactivation of the CIDS Director
Deactivation of the Forward Attendant Panel
Reactivation of the Forward Attendant Panel
Deactivation of the Programming and Test Panel
Reactivation of the Programming and Test Panel
Deactivation of the Programming and Test Panel - Slide Bottle Pressure
Indication, Emergency Exits
Reactivation of the Programming and Test Panel - Slide Bottle Pressure
Indication, Emergency Exits
Deactivation of the Programming and Test Panel - Emergency System
Test, Cabin Emergency Lighting System
Reactivation of the Programming and Test Panel - Emergency System
Test, Cabin Emergency Lighting System

T.O.C.

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
23-73-00 PB 501
23-73-00-740-003-A

SUBJECT
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) ADJUSTMENT/TEST

23-73-00-710-015-A
23-73-00-710-003-A

BITE-test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) through


the PTP
BITE-test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) through
the CFDS
Operational test of the DEU, the secondary power supply and the DEU-A
cut-off
Operational test of the power-transfer function
Operational test of the Cabin and Flight Crew Interphone System

23-73-00-710-005-A

Operational test of the Passenger Address (PA) system

23-73-00-710-007-A
23-73-00-710-017-A

Operational test of the passenger call system


Operational test of the cabin signs

23-73-00-710-004-A

Operational test of the Emergency Evacuation (EVAC) Signaling System

23-73-00-710-008-A
23-73-00-710-033-A
23-73-00-710-035-A

Operational test of the Temperature Module


Operational test of the passenger call lamps through the MCDU
Operational test of the cabin LED lamps through the MCDU

23-73-00-740-005-A
23-73-00-710-002-A

23-73-00-720-002-A
23-73-00-991-00500-A
23-73-11
23-73-11 PB 401

Verification of Speech Intelligibility of the Passenger Address (PA) System


according to CAA Spec. 15
Sound Pressure Measurement
CALL PANEL - AREA
CALL PANEL - AREA - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

23-73-11-000-001-A
23-73-11-991-00100-A
23-73-11-991-00100-H
23-73-11-400-001-A
23-73-12
23-73-12 PB 401

Removal of the Area Call Panel


Area Call Panel.
Area Call Panel
Installation of the Area Call Panel
ATTENDANT PANEL - FORWARD
ATTENDANT PANEL - FORWARD - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

23-73-12-000-002-A
23-73-12-991-00200-B
23-73-12-400-002-A
23-73-12-000-003-A
23-73-12-991-00300-A
23-73-12-400-003-A
23-73-12-000-004-A
23-73-12-991-00400-A
23-73-12-400-004-A
23-73-12-000-005-A
23-73-12-991-00500-A
23-73-12-400-005-A
23-73-12-960-001-A

Removal of the Forward Attendant Panel


Forward Attendant Panel 120RH
Installation of the Forward Attendant Panel
Removal of the Light Module
Light Module
Installation of the Light Module
Removal of the Audio Module
Audio Module
Installation of the Audio Module
Removal of the Miscellaneous Module
Miscellaneous Module
Installation of the Miscellaneous Module
Replacement of the Switchguard from the Forward Attendant Panel

23-73-12-991-00700-A

Replacement: Switchguard of the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP)

23-73-13
23-73-13 PB 401

AES

ADDITIONAL ATTENDANT PANEL (AAP)


ADDITIONAL ATTENDANT PANEL (AAP) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

T.O.C.

Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
23-73-13-000-001-A
23-73-13-991-00100-A
23-73-13-400-001-A
23-73-14
23-73-14 PB 401

SUBJECT
Removal of the Aft/Additional Attendant Panel
Aft/Additional Attendant Panel
Installation of the Aft/Additional Attendant Panel
LIGHT - CALL, LAVATORY
LIGHT - CALL, LAVATORY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

23-73-14-000-001-A
23-73-14-991-00100-A
23-73-14-991-00100-B
23-73-14-400-001-A

Removal of the Lavatory Call Light


Lavatory Call Light
Lavatory Call Light
Installation of the Lavatory Call Light

23-73-14-000-006-A

Removal of the Seat Row Call/Numbering Light

23-73-14-991-00600-A
23-73-14-400-006-A

Seat Row Call/Numbering Light


Installation of the Seat Row Call/Numbering Light

23-73-18
23-73-18 PB 401

PROGRAMMING AND TEST PANEL


PROGRAMMING AND TEST PANEL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

23-73-18-000-001-A
23-73-18-991-00100-A
23-73-18-400-001-A
23-73-19
23-73-19 PB 401

Removal of the Programming and Test Panel


Programming and Test Panel
Installation of the Programming and Test Panel
MODULE - CABIN ASSIGNMENT
MODULE - CABIN ASSIGNMENT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

23-73-19-000-001-A
23-73-19-991-00100-A

Removal of the Cabin Assignment Module


Cabin Assignment Module (115RH) - Removal/Installation

23-73-19-400-001-A
23-73-22
23-73-22 PB 401

Installation of the Cabin Assignment Module


INDICATING PANEL - ATTENDANT
INDICATING PANEL - ATTENDANT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

23-73-22-000-001-A
23-73-22-991-00100-A
23-73-22-400-001-A
23-73-34
23-73-34 PB 401

Removal of the Attendant Indication Panel


Attendant Indication Panel
Installation of the Attendant Indication Panel
DIRECTOR - CIDS
DIRECTOR - CIDS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

23-73-34-000-001-A
23-73-34-991-00100-A
23-73-34-400-001-A
23-73-38
23-73-38 PB 401

Removal of the CIDS Director


CIDS Director
Installation of the CIDS Director
POWER UNIT - PASSENGER READING LIGHT
POWER UNIT - PASSENGER READING LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

23-73-38-000-001-A
23-73-38-991-00100-A
23-73-38-400-001-A
23-73-38-960-002-A
23-73-38-991-00200-A
23-73-44
23-73-44 PB 401

AES

Removal of the Power Unit for the Passenger Reading Light


Power Unit - Removal/Installation
Installation of the Power Unit for the Passenger Reading Light
Replacement of the Power Unit Fuses for the Passenger Reading Light
Fuses - Power Unit
CRADLE - HANDSET
CRADLE - HANDSET - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

T.O.C.

Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
23-73-44-000-001-A
23-73-44-991-00600-A
23-73-44-400-001-A
23-73-46
23-73-46 PB 401
23-73-46-000-001-A
23-73-46-991-00100-B
23-73-46-400-001-A
23-73-47
23-73-47 PB 401
23-73-47-000-001-A
23-73-47-991-00100-B
23-73-47-400-001-A
23-73-48
23-73-48 PB 401
23-73-48-000-001-A
23-73-48-991-00100-B
23-73-48-400-001-A

SUBJECT
Removal of the Handset/Cradle
Handset/Cradle
Installation of the Handset/Cradle
DECODER/ENCODER UNIT A
DECODER/ENCODER UNIT A - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Decoder/Encoder Unit A (200RH)
Decoder/Encoder Unit A
Installation of the Decoder/Encoder Unit A (200RH)
DECODER/ENCODER UNIT B
DECODER/ENCODER UNIT B - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Decoder/Encoder Unit B (300RH)
Decoder/Encoder Unit B.
Installation of the Decoder/Encoder Unit B (300RH)
MOUNT - DEU A / DEU B
MOUNT - DEU A / DEU B - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the DEU A/DEU B - Mount
Mount DEU A / DEU B
Installation of the DEU A/DEU B - Mount

23-73-49
23-73-49 PB 401

BOARD - PRINTED CIRCUIT


BOARD - PRINTED CIRCUIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

23-73-49-000-001-A
23-73-49-991-00100-A
23-73-49-400-001-A
23-73-51
23-73-51 PB 401

Removal of the Printed Circuit Board


Printed Circuit Board 2038VUA
Installation of the Printed Circuit Board
LOUDSPEAKER
LOUDSPEAKER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

23-73-51-000-001-A
23-73-51-991-00100-A
23-73-51-991-00200-A
23-73-51-991-00500-A
23-73-51-400-002-A
23-73-62
23-73-62 PB 401

Removal of the Loudspeaker


Loudspeaker of the PSIU
Loudspeaker of the circuit breaker panel 2001VU
Loudspeaker Lavatory
Installation of the Loudspeaker
SIGN - RETURN TO SEAT
SIGN - RETURN TO SEAT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

23-73-62-000-001-A
23-73-62-991-00100-A
23-73-62-991-00200-A

Removal of the Return to Seat sign


Return to Seat Sign
Return To Seat Sign

23-73-62-000-006-A

Removal of the Return to Seat sign (LED)

23-73-62-991-00600-A
23-73-62-400-001-A

Return To Seat-Sign with LEDs


Installation of the Return to Seat sign

23-73-62-400-006-A
23-73-63

AES

Installation of the Return to Seat sign (LED)


SIGN - NO SMOKING/FASTEN SEAT BELT

T.O.C.

Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
23-73-63 PB 401
23-73-63-000-001-A
23-73-63-991-00100-A
23-73-63-400-001-A
23-73-64
23-73-64 PB 401
23-73-64-000-001-A
23-73-64-991-00100-A
23-73-64-400-001-A
23-73-64-720-001-A
23-73-64-991-00200-A

AES

SUBJECT
SIGN - NO SMOKING/FASTEN SEAT BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt sign from the Passenger
Service Information Unit and the C/B panels 2000VU/2001VU
No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt Signs
Installation of the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt sign in the Passenger
Service Information Unit and the C/B panels 2000VU/2001VU
LIGHT - READING
LIGHT - READING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Reading Light
Reading Light
Installation of the Reading Light
Operational test of the Reading Light
Adjustment of the Reading Light

T.O.C.

Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

COMMUNICATIONS - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND


OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.

General
The communication system is used for speech communications and optionally for data communications.
The communication system is used for communication between the crew members and betwenn the crew members
and the ground personnel.
It is also used to communicate with the passengers, other aircraft and the ground stations (speech and data).

AES

23-00-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

Description
A.

Speech Communication
(1) High Frequency (HF) system (Ref. 23-11) (optional system)
This system has two transceivers and their related equipment for long-range voice communications.
(2) Very High Frequency (VHF) system (Ref. 23-12)
This system has two or three transceivers and their related equipment for short-range voice
communications.
The VHF3 system (if installed) is also used to transmit data (Aircraft Communication Addressing and
Reporting System (ACARS) or Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU)).
(3) Radio Management Panels (RMP) (Ref. 23-13)
The RMPs enable a centralized frequency control of the VHF and HF radio communication equipment.
The RMPs also enable the frequency control of the radio navigation equipment (VHF Omnidirectional
Range (VOR), Distance Measuring Equipment (DME), Instrument Landing System (ILS), Automatic
Direction Finder (ADF)) in case of failure of the Flight Management and Guidance System (FMGC).
(4) Voice privacy system (Ref. 23-14)
The voice privacy system provides a means for coding HF communications between the aircraft and
DT.HU.Department in order to protect confidential communications.

B.

Data Transmission (optional system)


(1) ACARS (Ref. 23-24) (optional system)
The ACARS management unit allows the management of the data entered by the crews and transmitted to
the ground (SDAC, AIDS, CFDS, FMGEC). It also allows the reception, printing and display of ground
messages on the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU).
These data are transmitted through the VHF3 system (or through the Satellite Communication (SATCOM)
system if installed).
(2) SATCOM (Ref. 23-28) (optional system)
The function of the SATCOM system is the reception in the L-Band and processing of signals through
aeronautical services satellites. This system is used for all aeronautical satellite communications (cockpit
voice, passenger telephone and data services) with the ground.

C.

Passenger Address and Entertainment


This system comprises: (Ref. 23-30)
. Prerecorded Announcements and Music (PRAM) system (Ref. 23-32)
. Passenger Entertainment System (Music)/Passenger Services System (PES (Music)/PSS) (Ref. 23-33)
. Passenger Visual Information System (PVIS) (Ref. 23-34)
. Passenger Air-to-ground Telephone System (PATS) (Ref. 23-35)
. Passenger Entertainment System (Video) (PES (Video)) (Ref. 23-36)
. Passenger facility (AM/FM radio) (Ref. 23-37)
The Passenger Address System (Ref. 23-31) is part of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref.
23-73).

D. Interphone
The Interphone system comprises:
(1) Cockpit-to-ground crew call system (Ref. ATA 23-42)
Moreover, when the aircraft is battery supplied, the system comprises an aural warning function for the
following status:
. Auxiliaire Power Unit (APU) fire
. ADIRS supplied by batteries
. Equipment ventilation faulty

AES

23-00-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.

Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) operation (if installed).

(2) Flight crew interphone (Ref. 23-43)


The cockpit-to-ground crew call system is used to:
. Call a ground mechanic from the cockpit
. Call a crew member from the ground.
The flight crew interphone system is part of the CIDS.
(3) Cabin and service interphone (Ref. 23-44)
The cabin and service interphone system is used for the telephone communications on the ground between
the flight crew and the ground service personnel.
E.

Audio Integrating
The Audio Integrating System (AIS):
The AIS integrates and manages all audio signals (audio outputs, microphone inputs, sidetone and push-to-talk)
supplied by and sent to the radio communication and radio navigation systems.
This system also provides the SELCAL function and call and flight interphone functions.

F.

Static Discharging (Ref. 23-60)


Static dischargers are installed on the aircraft to protect the communication systems from interference caused by
static electricity.

G.

Audio-Video Monitoring and Intercommunication


This system comprises:
(1) Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) (Ref. 23-71)
The CVR automatically records the crew conversations and audio communications to help investigation
after an aircraft accident or incident.
(2) CIDS (Ref. 23-73)
The CIDS is a microprocessor-based system.
It is used to do the functional control, operation, testing and monitoring of the cabin systems.
These system functions are provided by the CIDS:
. Passenger address
. Passenger call
. Passenger lighted signs
. General cabin illumination control
. Cabin and flight crew interphone
. Emergency evacuation signalling
. Lavatory smoke warning
. Escape slide reservoir pressure monitoring
. Service interphone (partially integrated into the CIDS)
. Extended emergency lighting test.
(3) Cabin Management System (CMS) (Ref. 23-74) (optional system)
The CMS provides a direct contact for the cabin crew with the ground.
The cabin crew uses the CMS to transmit and receive real-time data (e.g. passenger information and
reservations, maintenance reports, security catering and beverages), through the ACARS.

AES

23-00-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

HF SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION


** On A/C 003-005
1.

General

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
The High Frequency (HF) system is used for all long-distance voice and data communications between:
. Different aircraft (in flight or on the ground)
. The aircraft and one or several ground stations.
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
The HF system operates within the frequency range defined by ARINC 719 (i.e. 2.8 to 23.999 MHz, with 1 KHz
spacing between channels).
The aircraft is provided with a single HF system (HF1).

AES

23-11-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
2.

Component Location

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-12500-A - HF System - Component Location)
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-12600-A - HF System - Component Location)
FIN

FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION

PANEL

ZONE ACCESS ATA REF.


DOOR

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
3RE1
XCVR-HF, 1
4RE1
COUPLER-HF, 1
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005

81VU

5RE
ANTENNA
** On A/C 003-005

127
261

23-11-33
23-11-36

322

23-11-11

3CA1
3CA2
1RG1

MCDU-1
MCDU-2
RMP-COM/NAV FREQ SEL, 1

11VU
11VU
11VU

210
210
210

22-82-12
22-82-12
23-13-13

1RG2

RMP-COM/NAV FREQ SEL, 2

11VU

210

23-13-13

1RG3
RMP-COM FREQ SEL, 3
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 22-1085 FOR A/C 003-004

20VU

210

23-13-13

3CA3

101VU

211

22-82-12

AES

MCDU-3

23-11-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
3.

System Description

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-14100-O - HF System - Block Diagram)
** On A/C 003-005
A.

General
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
The HF system has:
. An HF transceiver
. An HF coupler
. An HF antenna.

** On A/C 003-005
B.

Interface
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Each HF system has an interface with the following systems and components:
. Radio Management Panels (RMP)
. Audio Management Unit (AMU)
. Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU)
. Landing Gear Control Interface Unit (LGCIU)
. System Data Acquisition Concentrator (SDAC)
. Air Data/Inertial Reference Units (ADIRU)
. Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU)
. Ground HF DATA LINK (GND HF DATA LINK)
. International Civil Aircraft Organization (ICAO) address
. Multipurpose Disk Drive Unit (MDDU) or Portable Data Loader (PDL)
(1) Interface with the RMPs
The RMPs are centralized systems used for selection of the frequency/channel and display of the HF
system. They are also used to switch between the voice/data modes (Ref. 23-13).
(2) Interface with the AMU
The AMU is used for the connection to the audio integrating and SELective CALLing (SELCAL) systems by
means of the Audio Control Panels (ACP) (Ref. 23-51).
(3) Interface with the CFDIU
The CFDIU is the centralized maintenance system (Ref. 31-32).

AES

23-11-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Interface with the LGCIU
In case of CFDIU failure, the LGCIU gives the aircraft status (in flight or on the ground) to the HF BITE
(Ref. 32-31). When the LGCIU informs the HFDR of the ground aircraft status, the HF data link emission
is inhibited.
(5) Interface with the SDACs
The SDACs receive the transmission information from the HF system through the KEY EVENT output of
the HF transceiver and record the transmit mode.
When the SDACs detect that the HF system has been transmitting (Push-To-Talk (PTT) switch on) for
last more 1 minute, the HF-X EMITTING indication is displayed on the ECAM display (EWD) (Ref. ATA
31-54).
(6) Interface with the ADIRU
The ADIRU which provides the HFDR with the following information:
- time
- latitude
- longitude.
(7) Interface with the ATSU
The ATSU which is in charge of routing data towards the HF system for Data communications.
(8) Interface with the GND HF DATA Link
. The GND HF DATA LINK pushbutton switch which is used to override the data transmission inhibition
of the HF1 transceiver on the ground.
(9) Interface with the ICAO address
The ICAO address which is used to uniquely identify the aircraft by the ground station during data link
message exchanges.
(10) Interface with the MDDU or PDL
The MDDU or PDL is used to load the HFDR software.

AES

23-11-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
4.

Power Supply

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-16100-I - HF System - Power Supply)
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
The HF1 system is supplied with three-phase 115VAC:
. From the 115VAC ESS BUS/SHEDDABLE (sub-busbar 801XP)
. Through circuit breaker 1RE1 located on the overhead panel 49VU.
The HF1 transceiver (3RE1) provides the supplied to the HF1 antenna coupler (4RE1) with 28VDC and monophase
115VAC.

AES

23-11-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
5.

Interface
A.

Output Interface
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005

(1) Digital Outputs


The HF transceivers transmit labels 354, 356 and 357 to the CFDIU through a type-1 ARINC 429 bus. This
connection is capable of two-way communication with the CFDIU (Ref. 31-32).
The equipement code of the HF transceiver is 019.
An ARINC 429 High-Speed (HS) output bus between the HF1 transceiver (HFDR1) and the ATSU is used
to transmit user data and control data.
Only the HF1 transceiver transmits the label 270.
Another output bus between the HF1 transceiver (HFDR1) and the MDDU is used to load data. The table
below contains the characteristics of all these parameters:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
PARAMETER LIST
PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC)
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
|
|DEFINITION| OPER RANGE |
|BIT |
|INTV|
|CODE |ORIGIN |
|
|(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION |
|
|
|
|
|
|BUS No.|
|
|(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY |
|
|
|
|
|
|ATA REF|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|CONV
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
172
!SAL MODE !
!
!
!
!1000! BCD!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
270
!STATUS
!
!
!
!
!1000!BOOL!
!
!
!MODE
!
!
!
!
!
!WORD!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
354
!LRU IDENT !
!
!
!
!250 !ISO5!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
356
!BITE
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!STATUS
!
!
!
!
!250 !ISO5!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
377
!EQUIP
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!IDENT
!
!
!
!
!1000! BCD!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------** On A/C 003-005
B.

Output Analog Signals

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
The HF circuits have the same output analog signals, i.e:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------NAME
ELECTRICAL LEVEL
TO
SIGNAL STATUS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------AUDIO SIDETONE OUTPUT
MODULATION
AMU
SELCAL OUTPUT
MODULATION
AMU

AES

23-11-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ANTENNA OUTPUT

AES

MODULATION

CPLR

23-11-00 PB001

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
6.

Component Description
A.

HF Transceiver - Description 3RE1


** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
The HF transceiver conforms to ARINC 600 specifications. The case size is 6cu.m.
(1) HF transceiver face
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-19900-D - HF Transceiver Face)
The transceiver features:
. Two jacks (PHONE and MIC)
. A TEST pushbutton switch
. A red/grenn warning light: LRU STATUS
. Two red warning lights : KEY INTERLOCK, CONTROL FAIL
. A transportation handle
. An identification plate.
(2) HF transceiver back
The back comprises three connectors to enable connection with:
. the automatic test circuits (Top Plug (TP))
. the antenna circuit and peripheral circuits (Middle Plug (MP))
. the power supply circuits (Bottom Plug (BP)).

** On A/C 003-005
B.

HF Transceiver - Characteristics
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
The HF transceiver complies with the standards defined in ARINC 719.
The transmission and reception of coded messages between the various control units (CFDIU, RMP) comply
with ARINC 429.

** On A/C 003-005
C.

HF Antenna Coupler - Description


** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
The antenna coupler enables matching of the aircraft HF shunt-type antenna with the output circuit (50 ohms)
of the HF transceiver.
The coupler is a pressurized sealed box.
(1) The face features:
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-22200-B - HF Antenna Coupler)
. a connector J1 for connection with the transmitter
. a coaxial connector J2 to connect the coaxial cable from the transmitter
. a pressurizing valve
. a handle
. an identification plate.

AES

23-11-00 PB001

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) The back carries:
. a connector providing connection between the coupler and the antenna.
** On A/C 003-005
D. HF Antenna Coupler - Operation
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
** On A/C 003-005
E.

HF Antenna Coupler - Fault indications


** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Fault information of the coupler can be transmitted by discretes to the HF transceiver.
In this case, the HF transceiver will take these items of information into account and will transmit them to the
CFDIU.

AES

23-11-00 PB001

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
7.

Operation
A.

Receive Function
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
The HF audio integrating signals transmitted by the stations are picked-up by the antenna and transmitted to
the antenna coupler. The coupler adapts the impedance between the antenna and the HF transceiver. The signal
from the HF coupler is transmitted to the HF transceiver by a coaxial cable.
In voice mode, the HF transceiver, tuned to the selected frequency by one RMP, demodulates HF signals into
AF signals.
The AF signals are transmitted via the AMU, to the audio equipment or SELCAL system.
In data mode, the HF1 transceiver, tuned to the auto-selected frequency, demodulates the HF1 received signals
into digital information, which is transmitted to the ATSU (through ARINC 429 HS bus).

** On A/C 003-005
B.

Transmit Function
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Before transmissions, the HF transceiver has to be tuned to the new frequency selected by one RMP. This
tuning consists in activating the PTT switch, a 1000 Hz signal is heard during several seconds. The new antenna
coupler is now able to reduce the tuning duration thanks to a learning mode which memorizes several last
tuned frequencies.
In voice mode, the AF signals from the microphones are transmitted to the HF transceiver through the AMU.
The HF transceiver tuned to the frequency selected by one RMP, transforms the AF signals into HF modulated
signals. The HF signals are fed to the antenna by the coaxial cable and antenna coupler. They are then
transmitted to the various stations.
A connection between the HF transceiver and the SDAC enables to record the use of the HF system in transmit
mode. The connection is obtained through the KEY EVENT output information of the HF transceiver.
In data mode, the digital information is transmitted from the ATSU to the HF1 transceiver (tuned to the
frequency auto-selected and transmitted to the transceiver through ARINC 429 HS bus) which modulates it.
The HF signals are fed to the antenna by a coaxial cable. They are then transmitted to the various stations.

** On A/C 003-005
C.

HF Data Link ground network


** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
One service provider (ARINC) proposes the HFDL ground network with a worldwide coverage including polar
areas. Its ground stations cover a radius if approximately 3,000 miles and may cover more than one service
region. The continuous communications are offered thanks to overlapping coverage with a total of about 13
ground stations fielded worldwide and with several frequencies for each of them.

AES

23-11-00 PB001

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
8.

Test
A.

CFDS Interface
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
(1) System description - Architecture
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-29000-A - HF System - BITE Monitoring)
The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft.
The BITE detects and determines a failure related to the HF system.
The BITE of the HF transceiver is connected to the CFDIU (Ref. ATA 31-32).
The units tested are the transceiver and the coupler.
The BITE:
. transmits permanently HF system status and its identification message to the CFDIU.
. memorizes the failures occurred during the last 63 flight segments,
. monitors data input from the various peripherals (RMP, CFDIU and ATSU),
. transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and self-tests,
. can communicate with the CFDIU by the menus.
The BITE may operate in two modes:
. the normal mode,
. the interactive mode.
(a) Normal mode
In normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the status of the HF system. It transmits its information
to the CFDIU during the flight concerned.
In case of fault detection, the BITE stores the information in the fault memories.
These items of information are transmitted to the CFDIU every 250 ms maximum by an ARINC 429
message with label 356.
(b) Interactive mode
The interactive mode can only be activated on the ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the HF transceiver BITE.
This is by means of the MCDU.
The HF transceiver interactive mode is composed of:
. LAST LEG REPORT
. PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
. LRU IDENTIFICATION
. TEST
. CLASS 3 FAULTS
. GROUND REPORT
. TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
. GROUND SCANNING

(c) Reporting function description


. The tables below give the list of internal/external failures.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| COCKPIT EFFECT |
|CONSEQUENCE|
MAINTENANCE
|
| INTERNAL |----------------|DETECTION|ON THE
|-------------------------|
| FAILURES | LOCAL |ECAM|LVL|
|SYSTEM
|CLASS|MESSAGE |RECOMMEN- |

AES

23-11-00 PB001

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|LABEL356|DED ACTION|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! HF XCVR
!
!
! !Permanent!Loss of the! 1 !23-11-33! Replace !
!
FAULT
!
!
! !Moni!considered !
! HFx
! HF
!
!-Voltage / !
!
! !toring + ! HF System !
! (3REx) ! XCVR
!
!Supply
!
!
! !Moni!
!
!(x=1or2)!
!
!Voltage out !
!
! !toring
!
!
!
!
!
!of range
!
!
! !during
!
!
!
!
!
!-Power sup- !
!
! !xmsn
!
!
!
!
!
!ply too high!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!-Loss of syn!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!thesizer lock
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!-RF transmit!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!too low
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!-Amplifier !
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!too low or !
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!too high
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! HF XCVR
!
!
! !Permanent!Loss of the! 1 !23-11-33! Check:
!
!
FAULT
!
!
! !Moni!considered !
! HFx
!- HF XCVR !
!-Freq ctl
!
!
! !toring + ! HF System !
! (3REx)/!- HF
!
!microproce- !
!
! !Moni!
!
! COAX
! coaxial !
!ssor failure!
!
! !toring
!
!
!(x=1or2)! cable
!
!-Loss of
!
!
! !during
!
!
!
!
!
!synthesizer !
!
! !xmsn
!
!
!
!
!
!lock
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!-RF transmit!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!too low
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!(<30W) in
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!AM Mode
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!COUPLER
!
!
! !Permanent!Loss of the! 1 !23-11-33!Check:
!
!FAULT
!
!
! !Moni!considered !
!HFx CPLR!-HF XCVR !
!-Failure to !
!
! !toring + !HF System !
!(4REx)/ !-HF CPLR !
!tune within !
!
! !Moni!
!
!FEEDER !-HFcoaxial!
!15s with RF !
!
! !toring
!
!
!(6REx)/ ! cable
!
!applied
!
!
! !during
!
!
!ANTENNA !-HF feeder!
!-Failure of !
!
! !xmsn
!
!
!(5RE)
!-HF ant
!
!tuning
!
!
! !
!
!
!(x=1or2)!
!
!elements
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!to home
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!within 15s !
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!-Occurrence !
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!of an Arc
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!-Pressure
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!fault
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!-Failure to !
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!tune due to !
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!insufficient!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!RF power
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!from XCVR
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!(link with !
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!an HF XCVR !
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!

AES

23-11-00 PB001

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
!fault)
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!COUPLER
!
!
! !Permanent!Loss of the! 1 !23-11-33!Check:
!
!-Failure to !
!
! !Moni!considered !
!CPLR
!-HF CPLR !
!tune within !
!
! !toring + !HF system !
!(4REx) !
!
!15s with RF !
!
! !Moni!
!
!(x=1or2)!
!
!applied
!
!
! !toring
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! !during
!
!
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!ICAO ADRESS !
!
! !Power up !Missing or ! 1 !23-11-00!Check:
!
!
!
!
! !
!invalid
!
!ICAO
!-ICAO
!
!
!
!
! !
!ICAO adress!
!ADRESS/ !adress
!
!
!
!
! !
!input
!
!HFx
!
!
!
!
!
! !
!detected
!
!(3REx) !
!
!
!
!
! !
!during
!
!(x=1or2)!
!
!
!
!
! !
!power up
!
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| COCKPIT EFFECT |
|CONSEQUENCE|
MAINTENANCE
|
| EXTERNAL |----------------|DETECTION|ON THE
|-------------------------|
| FAILURES | LOCAL |ECAM|LVL|
|SYSTEM
|CLASS|MESSAGE |RECOMMEN- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|LABEL356|DED ACTION|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! FAULT
!
!
! !Permanent! HF XCVR
! 1 !23-81-13!Check:
!
! DETECTED
!
!
! !Moni!remains
!
!RMP1/2/3!-RMP Sys !
! ON THE
!
!
! !toring
!tuned on
!
!(1RG1/2/!-Tuning
!
!DGTL SERIAL !
!
! !
!the last
!
!3)/HFx !buses and !
!TUNING BUS !
!
! !
!valid Freq !
! (3REx) !associated!
!-Label 037 !
!
! !
!
!
!
!connectors!
!missing for !
!
! !
!
!
!(x=1or2)!
!
!more than
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!10 s
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!-SSM of
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!label 037
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!NCD
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!-Correct SDI!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!never
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!received
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!-Incorrect !
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
! parity
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!-Frequency !
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!out of range!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!CFDIU FAULT !
!
! !Permanent!No exchange! 3 !31-32-34!Check:
!
!-Label 227 !
!
! !Moni!with CFDIU !
! CFDIU !-CFDIU
!
!missing for !
!
! !toring
!for HF
!
!(1TW)/ !-Buses and!
!more than
!
!
! !
!BITE Info !
! /HFx !associated!
!10s
!
!
! !
!No access !
! (3REx) !connectors!
!
!
!
! !
!to the MENU!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! !
!MODE of the!
!(x=1or2)!
!
!
!
!
! !
! HF XCVR
!
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!LGCIU FAULT !
!
! !Permanent!Loss of
! 3 !32-31-71!
!

AES

23-11-00 PB001

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
!
!
!
! !Moni!LGCIU/HF
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! !toring
!connection !
!
!
!
!
!
!
! !when
!
!
!LGCIUx !
!
!
!
!
! !inconsis !
!
!(5Gax)/ !
!
!
!
!
! !tency bet!
!
!HFx
!
!
!
!
!
! !ween air/!
!
!(3REx) !
!
!
!
!
! !ground
!
!
!(x=1or2)!
!
!
!
!
! !infor
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! !mation
!
!
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!ATSU FAULT !
!
! !Permanent!Loss of
! 3 !46-21-34!
!
!- Label 270 !
!
! !Moni!ATSU/HF
!
!ATSU1
!
!
!missing for !
!
! !toring
!connection !
!(1TX1)/ !
!
!more than
!
!
! !
!
!
!HFx
!
!
!10s
!
!
! !
!
!
!(3REx) !
!
!
!
!
! !
!
!
!(x=1or2)!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------** On A/C 003-005
B.

Interactive menu description


** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-28900-B

003-005
003-005
003-005
- Interactive Menu Tree)

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-27900-B - HF System - SYSTEM REPORT/TEST)
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-28000-D - BITE - LAST LEG REPORT)
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-28100-D - BITE - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT)
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-28200-D - BITE - LRU IDENTIFICATION)
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-28300-D - BITE - TROUBLE SHOOT DATA)
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-28400-D - HF System - CLASS 3 FAULTS)
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-28500-D - BITE - TEST)
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-28600-B - BITE - GROUND REPORT)
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-28700-A - HF System - GROUND SCANNING)
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005

AES

23-11-00 PB001

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
To utilize the BITE system it is necessary to get through one of the three MCDUs (2CA1, 2CA2 and 2CA3 (if
installed)) (Ref. ATA 31-32).
The MCDUs are installed in the cockpit, on the center pedestal.
All the information displayed on the MCDUs during the BITE TEST configuration can be printed by the printer
(Ref. ATA 31-35).
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
To utilize the BITE system, it is necessary to get through one of the two MDCUs (Multipurpose Control Display
Unit) (3CA1 and 3CA2) (Ref.ATA 31-32).
The MCDUs are installed in the cockpit, on the center pedestal.

AES

23-11-00 PB001

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
HF ANTENNA 5RE

HF1 COUPLER 4RE1

A
ELECTRONICS RACK
80VU

80VU

A
HF TRANSCEIVER 3RE1
SHELF 81VU

N_MM_231100_0_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-00-12500-A SHEET 1


HF System - Component Location

23-11-00 PB001

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005

* = IF INSTALLED

C
*

C
A

B
A
A

RADIO MANAGEMENT PANEL


AUDIO CONTROL PANEL
CALL

CALL

CALL

CALL

CALL

MECH

ATT

VHF1

VHF2

VHF3

HF1

HF2

INT

CAB

INT
ON
VOICE
RAD
VOR1
VOR2

RESET

VHF1

VHF2

VHF3

HF1

SEL

HF2

LS

AM
STBY NAV

PA
NAV

MKR

STBY/CRS

ACTIVE

ADF1

VOR

LS

ON
ADF

BFO

ADF2

OFF

1RG1 (1RG2) (1RG3)


2RN1, 2, 3

B
MCDU

BRT

F
A
I
L
F
M
G
C

DIR

PROG

PERF

INIT

FPLN

RAD
NAV

FUEL
PRED

SEC
FPLN

DATA
MCDU
MENU

AIR
PORT

NEXT
PAGE

X
OVFY

M
C
D
U
M
E
N
U

Y
CLR

3CA1 (3CA2) (3CA3)


N_MM_231100_0_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-00-12600-A SHEET 1


HF System - Component Location

23-11-00 PB001

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

5RE

IF INSTALLED

COM/NAV
FREQ SEL
RMP 2
1RG2
1RG3

COM
FREQ
SEL
RMP 3

HF1
COUPLER
4RE1

1TW
3RE1

CFDIU

1RN

COM/NAV
FREQ SEL
RMP 1
1RG1

HF1
TRANSCEIVER

AMU

SDAC
1WV1 (2)

5GA2
LGCIU
1RE1
801XP
115VAC
ESS BUS/
SHEDDABLE

HF ANTENNA

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005

N_MM_231100_0_ALN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-00-14100-O SHEET 1


HF System - Block Diagram

23-11-00 PB001

Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005

801XP
115VAC
ESS BUS/
SHEDDABLE

115V AC
28V DC

A
B
C

HF1
TRANSCEIVER

1RE1

HF1
COUPLER
AC

AC

DC
3RE1
CHASSIS

4RE1
CHASSIS

N_MM_231100_0_ASN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-00-16100-I SHEET 1


HF System - Power Supply

23-11-00 PB001

Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005

IDENTIFICATION
PLATE

HANDLE

MICRO JACK

PHONE JACK

N_MM_231100_0_AJM1_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-00-19900-D SHEET 1


HF Transceiver Face

23-11-00 PB001

Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005

N_MM_231100_0_AYM1_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-00-22200-B SHEET 1


HF Antenna Coupler

23-11-00 PB001

Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005

FROM MAINTENANCE MENU


(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

HF
1L
2L
3L
4L
5L
6L

L AS T LEG
REPORT
PRE V I OU S LEGS
REPORT
LRU

CL AS S 3
F AU LT S

2R

TE S T

3R

I DEN T

GND SCANN I NG
TROUBLE SHOOT
DATA

1R

4R

GROUND
R EPOR T

5R
6R

RE TU R N

THEN SELECT
THE DESIRED
SUBMENU FUNCTION

N_MM_231100_0_BTP1_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-00-27900-B SHEET 1


HF System - SYSTEM REPORT/TEST

23-11-00 PB001

Page 22
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
FROM MAINTENANCE MENU
(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

SELECT LAST
LEG REPORT
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
LRU IDENTIFICATION
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
GROUND SCANNING
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
TROUBLE SHOOT DATA

1L
2L
3L
4L
5L
6L

HF 1
LAS T LEG
REPORT
PRE V I OUS LEGS
REPORT
LRU

NOTES: 1. DENOTES THIS SCREEN


FUNCTION IS SELECTABLE.

CL ASS 3
FAU LT S
TEST

I DENT

GND SCANN I NG
TROUBLE SHOOT
DATA

1R

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


CLASS 3 FAULTS

2R

REF. FIG. RELATED TO TEST

3R
4R

GROUND
REPORT

RE TURN

5R

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


GROUND REPORT

6R

NOTES: 1. PAGE ONE OF A TWO PAGE


LAST LEG REPORT.

1L

HF 1
LAS T LEG REPORT
U TC
ATA

2L

093 1

3L
4L

ANTENNA( 5 R E ) /CPLR
( 4R E x ) / FEEDER( 6RE x )
0 9 3 5 2 3 1 1 33

5L

HF 1 ( 1 RE 1 )

6L

1 /2
NOV2 8
CL AS S

2 3 1 1 33

RE TURN

2. 1/2 DENOTES THIS IS THE


FIRST OF TWO PAGES
1R

3. UTC DENOTES UNIVERSAL


TIME COORDINATED

2R

3R

4. ATA DENOTES ATA CHAPTER.

4R

5. WHEN PRINT IS SELECTED,


THE PAGE DISPLAYED ON
THE MCDU IS PRINTED.

5R

PR I N T

6R

NOTES: 1. PAGE TWO OF A TWO PAGE


LAST LEG REPORT.

1L
2L
3L

HF 1
LAS T LEG REPORT
U TC
ATA

2 /2
NOV2 8
CL AS S

0 9 40 2 3 8 1 1 3
RMP1 /2 / 3 ( 1 RG1 / 2 / 3 ) /
HF 1 ( 1 RE 1 )

1R
2R
3R

4L

4R

5L

5R

6L

RE TURN

PR I N T

6R

N_MM_231100_0_BSP1_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-00-28000-D SHEET 1


BITE - LAST LEG REPORT

23-11-00 PB001

Page 23
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
FROM MAINTENANCE MENU
(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


LAST LEG REPORT
SELECT PREVIOUS
LEGS REPORT
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
LRU IDENTIFICATION
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
GROUND SCANNING
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA

1L
2L
3L
4L
5L
6L

HF 1
LAS T LEG
REPORT
PRE V I OUS LEGS
REPORT
LRU

CL ASS 3
FAU LT S
TEST

I DENT

GND SCANN I NG
TROUBLE SHOOT
DATA

1R

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


CLASS 3 FAULTS

2R
3R
4R

GROUND
REPORT

RE TURN

5R

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


GROUND REPORT

6R

NOTES: 1. "AF1411" DENOTES AIRCRAFT


TAIL NUMBER.

1L
2L

HF1
1 /2
PRE VI OUS LEGS REPORT
AF 1 4 1 1
LEG DAT E UTC
ATA CL AS S
0 1 DEC1 4 0 95 7 2 3 1 1 3 3 1
HF2 ( 1 RE 2 )

3L
4L

1L
2L
3L
4L

4R
5R

RE TURN

PR I N T

HF 1
2 /2
PRE VI OUS LEGS REPORT
AF 1 4 1 1
LEG DAT E UTC
ATA CL AS S
1 2 NOV1 0 1 64 0 2 3 8 1 1 3 1
RPM 1 / 2 / 3 ( 1 RG 1 / 2 / 3 ) /
HF 1 ( 1 RE 1 )
SM 5 6 78
2 0 NOV0 8 1 94 7 2 3 1 1 3 3 1
HF 1 ( 1 RE 1 )

5L
6L

2R
3R

0 4 DEC1 0 1 7 1 2 2 3 1 1 3 3 1
ANTENN A(5 RE ) /CPLR
( 4RE x ) / FEEDER( 6RE x )

5L
6L

1R

6R

1R
2R
3R
4R
5R

RE TURN

PR I N T

6R

N_MM_231100_0_AUU1_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-00-28100-D SHEET 1


BITE - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT

23-11-00 PB001

Page 24
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005

FROM MAINTENANCE MENU


(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


LAST LEG REPORT
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
SELECT LRU
IDENTIFICATION
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
GROUND SCANNING
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA

1L
2L
3L
4L
5L
6L

HF 1
LAS T LEG
REPORT
PRE V I OUS LEGS
REPORT
LRU

CL ASS 3
FAU LT S
TEST

I DENT

GND SCANN I NG
TROUBLE SHOOT
DATA

3L
4L
5L
6L

2R

REF. FIG. RELATED TO TEST

4R

GROUND
REPORT

5R

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


GROUND REPORT

6R

HF 1
I DEN T I F I CAT I ON

1L
2L

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


CLASS 3 FAULTS

3R

RE TURN

LRU

1R

1R

TRANSCE I VE R
P / N : 9 6 4 04 5 2 0 1 2
S /N:
CONTROL SWP/N :
DATA SWP/N :
ST :
COUPLER
P / N : 9 6 4 04 5 3 0 0 1
S /N:
SWP/N :
RE TURN
PR I N T

2R
3R
4R
5R
6R

N_MM_231100_0_HNW1_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-00-28200-D SHEET 1


BITE - LRU IDENTIFICATION

23-11-00 PB001

Page 25
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
FROM MAINTENANCE MENU
(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


LAST LEG REPORT
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
SELECT LRU
IDENTIFICATION
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
GROUND SCANNING
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA

1L
2L

HF 1
LAS T LEG
REPORT
PRE V I OUS LEGS
REPORT
LRU

3L
4L
5L

CL ASS 3
FAU LT S
TEST

I DENT

4R

GROUND
REPORT

RE TURN

5R

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


GROUND REPORT

6R

IF NO FAULT

IF FAULT

HF 1
TROUBLE SHOOT I NG DATA
1L

2R

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


CLASS 3 FAULTS
REF. FIG. RELATED
TO TEST

3R

GND SCANN I NG
TROUBLE SHOOT
DATA

6L

1R

1R

1L

2R

2L

HF 1
1 /4
TROUBLE SHOOT I NG DATA
DAT E UTC

1R

NO FAULT DETECTED
2L
3L

3R

3L

4L

4R

4L

5L
6L

RE TURN

PR I N T

5R

5L

6R

6L

DEC2 8 0 9 4 7
F FFF 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
1 F 1 F F FFF 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 1 1 2 34 000 2
NOV2 8 1 45 0
F FFF 0 0 02 0 0 0 0
1 F 1 F 2 EA2 1 1 1 1
AC2 2 1 2 2 2 BBC0
RE TURN

2R

2F 1 E 6D8A
2F E 1 39 5 6
1 2 44 00 0 3

3R
4R

2F 1 E 44 8 0
223 1 1 2 33
0B 1 1 00 0 4
PR I N T

5R
6R

N_MM_231100_0_DEM1_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-00-28300-D SHEET 1


BITE - TROUBLE SHOOT DATA

23-11-00 PB001

Page 26
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
FROM MAINTENANCE MENU
(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)
NOTE: 1. DENOTES THIS SCREEN
FUNCTION IS SELECTABLE.

SELECT LAST
LEG REPORT
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
LRU IDENTIFICATION
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
GROUND SCANNING
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
TROUBLE SHOOT DATA

1L
2L

HF 1
LAS T LEG
REPORT
PRE V I OUS LEGS
REPORT
LRU

3L
4L
5L

CL ASS 3
FAU LT S
TEST

I DENT

4R

GROUND
REPORT

RE TURN

5R

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


GROUND REPORT

6R

IF NO FAULT

IF FAULT

HF 1
LAS T LEG CL ASS 3 FAU LT S
1L

2R

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


CLASS 3 FAULTS
REF. FIG. RELATED
TO TEST

3R

GND SCANN I NG
TROUBLE SHOOT
DATA

6L

1R

LAS T LEG
UTC ATA

HF 1
CL ASS 3 FAU LT S

1R

1L

1R

2L

2R

2L

3L

3R

3L

3R

4L

4R

4L

4R

5L

5R

5L

5R

6R

6L

NO FAULT DETECTED

6L

RE TURN

PR I N T

09 2 0 4 5 1 3 3 4
CFD I U ( 1 TW ) / HF1 ( 3RE 1 )

RE TURN

PR I N T

2R

6R

N_MM_231100_0_DFM1_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-00-28400-D SHEET 1


HF System - CLASS 3 FAULTS

23-11-00 PB001

Page 27
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
FROM MAINTENANCE MENU
(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


LAST LEG REPORT
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
SELECT LRU
IDENTIFICATION
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
GROUND SCANNING
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA

1L
2L
3L
4L
5L
6L

HF 1
LAS T LEG
REPORT
PRE V I OUS LEGS
REPORT
LRU

CL ASS 3
FAU LT S
TEST

I DENT

1R
2R

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


CLASS 3 FAULTS
REF. FIG. RELATED
TO TEST

3R

GND SCANN I NG
TROUBLE SHOOT
DATA

4R

GROUND
REPORT

RE TURN

5R

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


GROUND REPORT

6R

HF 1
TEST
1L

1R

2L

2R

TEST

I N PROGRESS 6 s

3L

3R

4L

4R

5L

5R

6L

RE TURN

PR I N T

IF NO FAULT

6R

IF FAULT

HF 1
TEST

HF 1
TEST
1R

1L

ATA

2R

2L

23 1 1 33
HF1 ( 1 RE 1 )

3L

3R

3L

3R

4L

4R

4L

4R

5L

5R

5L

5R

6R

6L

1L

TEST OK

2L

6L

RE TURN

PR I N T

RE TURN

CL ASS

1R

2R

PR I N T

6R

N_MM_231100_0_DLM1_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-00-28500-D SHEET 1


BITE - TEST

23-11-00 PB001

Page 28
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
FROM MAINTENANCE MENU
(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


LAST LEG REPORT
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
SELECT LRU
IDENTIFICATION
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
GROUND SCANNING
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA

1L
2L
3L
4L
5L
6L

HF 1
LAS T LEG
REPORT
PRE V I OUS LEGS
REPORT
LRU

CL ASS 3
F AU LT S
TEST

I DENT

GND SCANN I NG
TROUBLE SHOOT
DATA

4R

GROUND
REPORT

RE TURN

5R

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


GROUND REPORT

6R

IF FAULT

NOV2 8

1L

2R

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


CLASS 3 FAULTS
REF. FIG. RELATED
TO TEST

3R

IF NO FAULT

HF 1
GROUND REPORT

1R

HF 1
GROUND REPORT
U TC
ATA

NOV2 8
CL ASS

1R

1L

2R

2L

3L

3R

3L

3R

4L

4R

4L

4R

5L

5R

5L

5R

6R

6L

2L

6L

NO FAULT DETECTED

RE TURN

PR I N T

1L
2L
3L

1 8 06
2 3 1 1 33
HF 1 ( 3RE 1 )

RE TURN

PR I N T

HF 1
GROUND REPORT
DATE
U TC

1R
2R

6R

1R

NOV2 8 1 80 6
0 1 9 2 0 00 0 0 00 0 2E6F 3 1 5E
E6 4 5 2 2 1 B BCFF 1 2 6C A 1 2 0
F9 9 2 ABCD 0 1 2 2 1 2 2 8 0 00 1

2R
3R

4L

4R

5L

5R

6L

RE TURN

PR I N T

6R

N_MM_231100_0_DMM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-00-28600-B SHEET 1


BITE - GROUND REPORT

23-11-00 PB001

Page 29
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
FROM MAINTENANCE MENU
(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


LAST LEG REPORT
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
LRU IDENTIFICATION
SELECT GROUND
SCANNING
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA

1L
2L
3L
4L
5L
6L

1L
2L

HF 1
LAS T LEG
REPORT
PRE V I OUS LEGS
REPORT
LRU

CL ASS 3
FAU LT S
TEST

I DENT

GND SCANN I NG
TROUBLE SHOOT
DATA

5L
6L

1L
2L

4R

GROUND
REPORT

RE TURN

HF 1
GROUND SCANN I NG
U TC
ATA
0 9 30 2 3 1 1 33
HF 1 ( 3RE 1 ) COAX

1 /2
NOV2 5
CL ASS
1

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


GROUND REPORT

1R
2R
3R

09 35 23 8 1 1 3
RMP1 / 2 / 3 ( 1RG1 / 2 / 3 )
/HF 1 ( 3RE 1 )
RE TURN

HF 1
GROUND SCANN I NG
U TC
ATA
09 40 2 3 1 1 1 3
HF 1 ( 3RE 1 )

4R
5R

PR I N T

2 /2
NOV2 5
CL ASS
1

6R

1R
2R
3R

0 9 43 3 2 3 1 7 1
3
LGCI U 1 ( 5G A1 ) / HF 1 ( 3RE 1 )

5L
6L

5R
6R

3L
4L

2R

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


CLASS 3 FAULTS
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
TEST

3R

3L
4L

1R

4R
5R

RE TURN

PR I N T

6R

N_MM_231100_0_AZM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-00-28700-A SHEET 1


HF System - GROUND SCANNING

23-11-00 PB001

Page 30
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005

TROUBLE
SHOOTING
DATA

LAST LEG
REPORT

LAST LEG
CLASS 3
FAULTS

TROUBLE
SHOOTING
DATA

GROUND
REPORT

TROUBLE
SHOOTING
DATA

MAIN
MENU
TROUBLE
SHOOTING
DATA

PREV. LEGS
REPORT

LRU
IDENT

TROUBLE
SHOOTING
DATA

TEST

GND
SCANNING

TROUBLE
SHOOTING
DATA

= MORE THAN ONE PAGE MAY BE AVAILABLE

N_MM_231100_0_BXP1_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-00-28900-B SHEET 1


Interactive Menu Tree

23-11-00 PB001

Page 31
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

1RG3

RMP3

AES

FIGURE 23-11-00-29000-A SHEET 1


HF System - BITE Monitoring
1RG2

1RG1

RMP2

RMP1

RMP2
COM
BUS2

RMP1
COM
BUS1

1TW

COAXIAL
CABLE

TRANSCEIVER

HF

23-11-00 PB001

FEEDER

HF ANTENNA

4 RE 1 OR 2

HF COUPLER

3 RE1 OR 2

CFDIU

IF INSTALLED

PERMANENT MONITORING

DISCRETE

ANALOG SIGNAL

ARINC 429

ATSU
(ONLY FOR HF1)

AMU

SDAC
(1 AND 2)

LGCIU
(1 OR 2)

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005

N_MM_231100_0_AXT0_01_00

Page 32
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

HF SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
** On A/C 003-005
Task 23-11-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the HF System
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE YOU SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : DO NOT TRANSMIT WITH THE HF SYSTEM DURING REFUEL/DEFUEL OR TRANSFER OPERATIONS.
TRANSMISSION WITH THE HF SYSTEM DURING THESE FUEL OPERATIONS CAN CAUSE INJURY
AND/OR START A FIRE.
NOTE :

During this test, the aircraft must be in an open area.

NOTE :

The transmission and reception test of the HF system is the same for all the crew stations. You must do the test
at each crew station.

1.

Reason for the Job


To make sure that the reception and transmission from each station operate correctly.

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
1
BOOMSET 600 OHMS

DESIGNATION

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-860-050-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

AES

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

23-11-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
(2)

On the face of the transceiver, make sure that no lights are on.

(3)

Connect a BOOMSET 600 OHMS to the jack panel at all the crew stations.

** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-865-050-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

49VU

COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH

9RN

G08

49VU

COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O

5RN

G07

49VU

COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT

4RN

G06

COM HF1

1RE1

HA14

COM/RMP/1

2RG1

G10

INT 1 + 2
ACP F/O BITE INT 2 AUDIO 3/5 OCCPNT

9RN
5RN

G08
G07

ACP CAPT SELCAL INT 1 AUDIO AVNCS

4RN

G06

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU
** On A/C 003-005
49VU
** On A/C 005-005
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C 003-005
121VU

COM NAV/SELCAL

8RN

M04

121VU

COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT

6RN

M02

4.

Procedure
WARNING : OBEY THE RADIO REGULATIONS AND MAKE SURE THAT THE FREQUENCY IS AVAILABLE
BEFORE YOU TRANSMIT.
CAUTION :

IF THE TRANSCEIVER FAN DOES NOT OPERATE STOP THE TRANSMISSION IMMEDIATELY.

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-710-050-I
A.

Operational Test of the HF System


ACTION

1.On the RMP1:


. Set the ON/OFF selector switch to ON.

AES

RESULT
.

The RMP shows the last frequencies and the last


function used.

23-11-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ACTION
Push the HF1 pushbutton switch.

In the STBY/CRS display window, with the dual


selector knob, set the frequency of a station that
transmits.

Start this frequency. To do this, push the transfer


pushbutton switch (double arrow) between the two
display windows.

.
.

RESULT
The green LED on this pushbutton switch comes on.
The SEL indicator light (amber LED) comes on.

The frequency set comes into view in the ACTIVE


display window.

2.On the ACP of the station under maintenance:


. Push the HF1 transmission pushbutton switch.

Push and release the HF1 reception pushbutton


switch.

The green bars on the HF1 transmission pushbutton


switch come on.
The reception pushbutton switch moves fully out and
comes on.

Set the INT/RAD switch to RAD and release it (You


can do this operation on the PTT switch of the
sidestick controller at the CAPT. or F/O station).

During the tuning (which continues for approximately 5


seconds), the reception stops and you can hear a signal
of 1000 Hz in the boomset.

After the tuning, make sure that the reception in the


boomset is correct.

Smoothly turn the HF1 reception pushbutton switch


clockwise.

The reception you can hear must change smoothly


without interference.

Set the INT/RAD switch to RAD and hold it in this


.
position (You can do this operation on the PTT
switch of the sidestick controller at the CAPT. or F/O
station).

Make sure that the fan of the transceiver operates


correctly.

Hold the INT/RAD switch in the RAD position and


speak in the boomset microphone (At the CAPT. or
F/O station, you can hold the PTT switch on the
sidestick controller).

You must hear your voice in the boomset.

Make sure that the transmission is correct.

The INT/RAD switch comes back to the center


position.

Release the INT/RAD switch (or the PTT switch on


the sidestick controller at the CAPT. or F/O station).

5.

Close-up
Subtask 23-11-00-860-051-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.


(1)

On the ACP, push the HF1 transmission pushbutton switch and the HF1 reception pushbutton switch.

(2)

On the RMP1, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.

(3)

Disconnect the boomset at all the crew stations.

(4)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

23-11-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02)

AES

23-11-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
Task 23-11-00-740-001-A
Bite Test of the HF System
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE YOU SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1.

Reason for the Job


To make sure that the HF system operates correctly.

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

31-32-00-860-003-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM Page

3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-860-054-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

AES

(2)

Make sure that the annunciator lights on the front panel of the transceiver do not come on.

(3)

On one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM menu page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003-A).

23-11-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU
4.

DESIGNATION

FIN

COM HF1

1RE1

LOCATION

HA14

Procedure
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-740-050-E
A.

BITE Test of the HF System


NOTE :

This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the indications between the parentheses.

ACTION
1.On the MCDU, on the COM menu page:

On the MCDU:

Push the line key adjacent to the HF1(HF2)


indication.
2.On the HF-1(2) page :

The HF-1(2) page comes into view.

The HF-1(2) TEST page comes into view and shows


the TEST OK indication.

The MCDU MENU page comes into view.

Push the line key adjacent to the TEST indication.

RESULT

3.On the MCDU keyboard :


.

Push the MCDU MENU mode key.

5.

Close-up
Subtask 23-11-00-862-051-A
A.

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-02).

AES

23-11-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

HF SYSTEM - INSPECTION/CHECK
** On A/C 003-005
Task 23-11-00-200-001-A
Check of the Electrical Bonding of the HF System
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
GET MEDICAL AID.
1.

Reason for the Job


To measure the electrical bonding resistance.

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT)

No specific

MILLIOHMMETER 0,5 OHM MAX, 10 A MAX - MULTIRANGE

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 11-026
C.

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

261
262
321
322

AES

DESIGNATION
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AFT CABIN UTILITY AREA
AFT CABIN UTILITY AREA
DORSAL FIN
VERTICAL STABILIZER LEADING EDGE

23-11-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-720-005-A

DESIGNATION
Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different Components (But not the Fluid
Systems and the Components Installed on Composite materials)

23-11-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the HF System

23-11-00-740-001-A

Bite Test of the HF System

23-11-36-000-001-A
23-11-36-400-001-A

Removal of the HF Antenna Coupler


Installation of the HF Antenna Coupler

53-45-11-000-001-A
53-45-11-400-001-A
55-32-11-000-001-A

Removal of the Dorsal Fin 321AL


Installation of the Dorsal Fin 321AL
Removal of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge

55-32-11-400-001-A

Installation of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge

(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-991-00200-A - HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Coupler Rack)


(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-991-00400-A - HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Antenna/Feeder Assembly)
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-991-00300-A - HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Antenna)
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-991-00600-A - HF System - Electrical bonding of the Fuselage/Circular Plate)
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-991-00100-A - HF System - Electrical Bonding on the Feeder Connector Support)
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-991-00700-A - HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Coupler Rack)
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-991-00800-A - HF System - Electrical bonding of the Fuselage/Circular Plate)
3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-941-050-A
A.

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) at Zone 322.

Subtask 23-11-00-010-050-A
B.

Remove the access panels 321AL and 322AL


** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 53-45-11-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK 55-32-11-000-001-A).

** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-865-061-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU

AES

COM HF1

DESIGNATION

FIN

1RE1

LOCATION

HA14

23-11-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-869-052-A
D.

Tool
To do this procedure, use a MILLIOHMMETER 0,5 OHM MAX, 10 A MAX - MULTIRANGE , with the
related leads and prods, as follows:
(1)

Range and output test current:


. 200 milliohms with an output test current of 10 amperes (for a max. resistance value of not more
than 200 milliohms).

(2)

Accuracy:
. plus or minus 10% of the measured value.

Subtask 23-11-00-020-051-A
E.

Remove the HF antenna coupler


** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 23-11-36-000-001-A).

4.

Procedure
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-820-050-A
A.

Check of the Electrical Bonding of the HF System


(1)

On the coupler rack:


(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-991-00200-A - HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Coupler Rack)
(a)

(2)

Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the rack cutout (not painted) and the bonding
lead (1):
1

If the value is less than 2 milliohms:


. Go to step (2).

If the value is more than 2 milliohms:


. Remove the six screws (2) and the washers.
. Remove the coupler rack.
. Remove the four screws (3) and the washers.
. Repair the bonding of the screws (2) and (3) of the coupler rack
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005-A).
. Put back the coupler rack with the screws (2), (3) and washers.
. Do again the step (1).

On the antenna/feeder assembly:


** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-991-00400-A - HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Antenna/Feeder Assembly)

AES

23-11-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(a)

(3)

(5)

If the value is less than 10 milliohms:


. Go to the para. B.

If the value is more than 10 milliohms:


. Go to step (3).

On the antenna:
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-991-00300-A - HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Antenna)
(a)

Disconnect the feedline (1) from the antenna (4).

(b)

Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the antenna/feedline screw (5) and the bonding
lead (2).

(c)
(4)

Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the rack cutout contour (not painted) and the
center contact.

If the value is less than 5 milliohms:


. Go to step (4).

If the value is more than 5 milliohms:


. Repair the bonding of the twelve screws (3) on the upper and lower parts of the
antenna
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005-A) and/or change the feedline (1).
. Do again the step (3).

Connect the feedline (1) to the antenna (4).

Do the operational test of the HF system (Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-001-A).


(a)

If the time necessary for the tuning is more than 8 seconds:


. Go to step (5).

(b)

If the time necessary for the tuning is less than 8 seconds:


. Go to the para. B.

On the fuselage/circular plate:


** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-991-00600-A - HF System - Electrical bonding of the Fuselage/Circular Plate)

AES

(a)

Remove the screws (1) from the circular plate (2).

(b)

Disconnect and isolate the circular plate (2) from the fuselage.

(c)

Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the disc of the rack and the bonding lead (3).
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-991-00100-A - HF System - Electrical Bonding on the Feeder Connector
Support)
1

If the value is less than 1 milliohm:


. Go to step (6).

If the value is more than 1 milliohm:


(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-991-00700-A - HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Coupler Rack)
. Remove the aft galley unit (Ref. 25-33-41 PB 401)
. Remove the six screws (6) and the washers
. Remove the coupler rack

23-11-00 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.

.
.
(d)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No:
11-026) .

CAUTION :

(6)

Repair the bonding of the five screws (4) of the disc (5)
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005-A) of the coupler rack
Install the coupler rack
Do again the step (5).

DO NOT LET THE SEALANT GO INTO THE HOLE OF THE SCREWS.

(e)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) on the fuselage.

(f)

Clean the hole of the four screws (1) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(g)

Install the circular plate (2) on the fuselage with the screws (1).

On the fuselage/circular plate:


** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-991-00800-A - HF System - Electrical bonding of the Fuselage/Circular Plate)
(a)

Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the circulate plate (2) and the bonding lead:
1

If the value is less than 1 milliohm:


. Go to step (7).

CAUTION :
2

(7)

DO NOT LET THE SEALANT GO INTO THE HOLE OF THE SCREWS.

If the value is more than 1 millohm:


. Remove the four screws (1) from the circular plate (2)
. Repair the bonding of the four screws (1)
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005-A)
. Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No: 11-026) .
. Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) on the fuselage between the fusealge and the
circular plate
. Clean the hole of the four screws (1) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026)
. Install the circular plate (2) on the fuselage with the srews (1)
. Do again the step (6).

On the antenna/feeder assembly:


** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-991-00400-A - HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Antenna/Feeder Assembly)
(a)

AES

Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the rack cutout contour (not painted) and the
center contact.
1

If the value is less than 10 milliohms:


. Go to the para. B.

If the value more than 10 milliohms:


. Go back to step (1).

23-11-00 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 23-11-00-420-051-A
B.

Install the HF antenna coupler


** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 23-11-36-400-001-A).

** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-865-063-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU

DESIGNATION

COM HF1

FIN

1RE1

LOCATION

HA14

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-740-054-A
D.

Do the BITE test of the HF system


** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 23-11-00-740-001-A).

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-710-060-A
E.

Do the operational test of the HF system


** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-001-A).

5.

Close-up
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-410-050-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the access panels 321AL and 322AL


** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 53-45-11-400-001-A) (Ref. TASK 55-32-11-400-001-A).

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-942-050-A
B.

AES

Remove the access platform(s).

23-11-00 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005

A
A

B
C

C
B
3
1

2
2

2m
N_MM_231100_6_AAB0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-00-991-00200-A SHEET 1


HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Coupler Rack

23-11-00 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005

A
A

10m

N_MM_231100_6_AAD0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-00-991-00400-A SHEET 1


HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Antenna/Feeder
Assembly

23-11-00 PB601

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005

A
3

B
B
5m

5
2
1

N_MM_231100_6_AAC0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-00-991-00300-A SHEET 1


HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Antenna

23-11-00 PB601

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005

N_MM_231100_6_AAF0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-00-991-00600-A SHEET 1


HF System - Electrical bonding of the Fuselage/Circular
Plate

23-11-00 PB601

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005

A
A

B
C

B
3

1m
N_MM_231100_6_AAA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1


HF System - Electrical Bonding on the Feeder Connector
Support

23-11-00 PB601

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005

A
A

6
6
N_MM_231100_6_AAG0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-00-991-00700-A SHEET 1


HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Coupler Rack

23-11-00 PB601

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005

1m

N_MM_231100_6_AAH0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-00-991-00800-A SHEET 1


HF System - Electrical bonding of the Fuselage/Circular
Plate

23-11-00 PB601

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ANTENNA - HF - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C 003-005
Task 23-11-11-000-001-A
Removal of the HF Antenna
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE YOU SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
FIN 5RE
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

B.

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
53-45-11-000-001-A
55-32-11-000-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Dorsal Fin 321AL
Removal of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge

(Ref. Fig. 23-11-11-991-00100-A - HF Antenna.)


3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-11-11-865-056-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU

DESIGNATION

COM HF1

FIN

1RE1

LOCATION

HA14

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-11-941-050-A
B.

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at Zone 322.

Subtask 23-11-11-010-050-A
C.

Remove the access panels 321AL and 322AL


** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 53-45-11-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK 55-32-11-000-001-A).

AES

23-11-11 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-11-991-00100-A - HF Antenna.)
Subtask 23-11-11-020-051-A
A.

AES

Removal of the HF Antenna


(1)

Remove, the cap nut (3) from the feedline (2).

(2)

Disconnect the feedline (2) from the antenna (1).

(3)

Remove the screws (4) and the washers (5).

(4)

Remove the antenna (1) from the antenna supports (6).

23-11-11 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005

Z332

A
C
322AL

1
5RE
Z321

D
321AL

D
TYPICAL

D
6

1
5

C
6
4

4
5

1
5

1
4

1
2

NOTE:

FEEDLINE CONNECTION POINT


N_MM_231111_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-11-991-00100-A SHEET 1


HF Antenna.

23-11-11 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
Task 23-11-11-400-001-A
Installation of the HF Antenna
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
FIN 5RE
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 05-027
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 16-003
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STRUCTURE PAINTS
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS
321AL, 322AL
D.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

ZONE DESCRIPTION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-720-005-A

DESIGNATION
Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different Components (But not the Fluid
Systems and the Components Installed on Composite materials)

23-11-00-200-001-A

Check of the Electrical Bonding of the HF System

23-11-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the HF System

53-45-11-000-001-A
53-45-11-400-001-A
55-32-11-000-001-A

Removal of the Dorsal Fin 321AL


Installation of the Dorsal Fin 321AL
Removal of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge

AES

23-11-11 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
55-32-11-400-001-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge

(Ref. Fig. 23-11-11-991-00100-A - HF Antenna.)


3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-11-860-050-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at zone 322.

(2)

Make sure that the access panels 321AL and 322AL are removed
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 53-45-11-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK 55-32-11-000-001-A).

** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-11-865-057-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU
4.

DESIGNATION

COM HF1

FIN

1RE1

LOCATION

HA14

Procedure

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-11-991-00100-A - HF Antenna.)
Subtask 23-11-11-910-051-C
A.

Preparation for Installation


WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

AES

23-11-11 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
GET MEDICAL AID.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No:
11-026) and a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
NOTE :

(2)

The antenna mounting screws give electrical bonding between the antenna and the fuselage
structure.

Do a check of the electrical bonding between antenna and the fuselage structure
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005-A).

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(4)

Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to all the screws.

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-11-420-050-A
B.

Installation of the HF Antenna


(1)

Put the antenna (1) on the antenna supports (6) and install with the screws (4) and the washers (5).

(2)

Connect the feedline (2) to the antenna (1) with the cap nut (3).

(3)

Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-003) to all the screw heads (4).

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(4)

Examine the antenna assembly for the condition of the moisture-removing oil layer, SPECIAL
MATERIALS (Material No: 05-027) . Apply a new layer if necessary.

(5)

Do a check of the electrical bonding of the HF system


** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 23-11-00-200-001-A).

** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-11-865-058-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU

AES

COM HF1

DESIGNATION

FIN

1RE1

LOCATION

HA14

23-11-11 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-11-710-050-A
D.

Do the operational test of the HF system


** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-001-A).

5.

Close-up
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-11-410-051-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the access panels 321AL and 322AL


** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 53-45-11-400-001-A) (Ref. TASK 55-32-11-400-001-A).

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-11-942-050-A
B.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.


(1)

AES

Remove the access platform(s).

23-11-11 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TRANSCEIVER - HF - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C 003-005
Task 23-11-33-000-001-A
Removal of the HF Transceiver
FIN 3RE1
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

127
128
824

ZONE DESCRIPTION
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-33-991-00100-A - HF Transceiver)
3.

DESIGNATION

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-11-33-865-050-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR
FOR FIN 3RE1
49VU

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

A/C 003-005
A/C 003-005
A/C 003-005
COM HF1

1RE1

HA14

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-33-010-050-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

AES

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 824 in zone
128.

23-11-33 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)
4.

Open the access door 824.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-33-991-00100-A - HF Transceiver)
Subtask 23-11-33-020-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of the HF Transceiver


(1)

Loosen the nuts (3).

(2)

Lower the nuts (3).

(3)

Pull the HF transceiver (5) on its rack (2), to disconnect the electrical connectors (1).

(4)

Remove the HF transceiver (5).

(5)

Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors (1).

23-11-33 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
ACCESS
DOOR 824

A
80VU

FR24A
3RE1
FR20

B
81VU

B
1
5
1

2
3

N_MM_231133_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-33-991-00100-A SHEET 1


HF Transceiver

23-11-33 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
Task 23-11-33-400-001-A
Installation of the HF Transceiver
FIN 3RE1
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

127
128
824

ZONE DESCRIPTION
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
23-11-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the HF System

23-11-00-740-001-A

Bite Test of the HF System

52-41-00-410-002-A

Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access

(Ref. Fig. 23-11-33-991-00100-A - HF Transceiver)


3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-33-860-050-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.

(2)

Make sure that the access door 824 is open.

** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-33-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR
FOR FIN 3RE1
49VU

AES

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

A/C 003-005
A/C 003-005
A/C 003-005
COM HF1

1RE1

HA14

23-11-33 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-33-991-00100-A - HF Transceiver)
Subtask 23-11-33-420-050-A
A.

Installation of the HF Transceiver


(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1).

(4)

Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are clean and in the correct condition.

(5)

Install the HF transceiver (5) in its rack (2).

(6)

Push the HF transceiver (5) on its rack (2) to connect the electricals connectors (1).

(7)

Engage the nuts (3) on the lugs (4) and tighten.

** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-33-865-061-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR
FOR FIN 3RE1
49VU

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

A/C 003-005
A/C 003-005
A/C 003-005
COM HF1

1RE1

HA14

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-33-740-050-A
C.

Do the BITE test of the HF system


** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 23-11-00-740-001-A)
NOTE :

5.

As an alternative procedure, you can do this operational test without the CFDS (Ref. TASK
23-11-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-33-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 824

23-11-33 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002-A).
(3)

AES

Remove the access platform(s).

23-11-33 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

COUPLER - HF - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C 003-005
Task 23-11-36-000-001-A
Removal of the HF Antenna Coupler
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE YOU SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
FIN 4RE1
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
AR SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

261
262
261CC
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AFT CABIN UTILITY AREA
AFT CABIN UTILITY AREA

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

25-23-42-000-002-A

Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area

(Ref. Fig. 23-11-36-991-00100-C - HF Antenna Coupler)


3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-36-860-051-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

AES

23-11-36 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-36-865-066-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU

DESIGNATION

COM HF1

FIN

1RE1

LOCATION

HA14

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-36-860-052-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Make sure that the lights on the face of the transceiver are not on.

(2)

On the related Radio Management Panel (RMP), put the ON/OFF selector switch to ON. Make sure
that the RMP shows the last frequency and function used.

(3)

Push the related HF1 (HF2) pushbutton switch and monitor that the integrated green LED comes on.
Additionally the white SEL indicator light comes on.

(4)

With the dual selector knob set a station frequency in the STBY/CRS window.

(5)

Push the transfer pushbutton switch (left-right arrow) between the two display windows to start the set
frequency. This sets the antenna coupler to its home position.

(6)

NOTE :

You must not transmit on this set frequency. If you activate the transceiver to transmit, the
home position of the coupler is discarded.

NOTE :

The HF antenna coupler must not be removed before it is set to its home position.

NOTE :

If you activated the transmitter by mistake, do the procedure described above again.

On the related RMP, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.

** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-36-865-067-A
D.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU

AES

COM HF1

DESIGNATION

FIN

1RE1

LOCATION

HA14

23-11-36 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-36-010-050-A
E.

Get Access
(1)

Remove the ceiling panel 261CC in the AFT cabin utility area
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002-A).

4.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-36-991-00100-C - HF Antenna Coupler)
Subtask 23-11-36-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the HF Antenna Coupler


(1)

Disconnect the electrical connectors (2) from the antenna coupler (1).

(2)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(3)

Loosen the knurled nuts (3) and lower the fasteners.

(4)

Carefully remove the antenna coupler (1) from the rack (4).

(5)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (5) and (6).

CAUTION :

(6)

AES

CAREFULLY PUT THE COUPLER DOWN ON ITS BOTTOM PLATE ONLY. IF YOU PUT THE
COUPLER DOWN ON ITS END, YOU CAN CAUSE INTERNAL DAMAGE.

If the aircraft is operated, when an antenna coupler is removed, make sure that:
(a)

FOR 4RE1 (COUPLER-HF, 1)


the electrical connectors (2) are connected to the related dummy plugs, which are installed near
to FR68.

(b)

FOR 4RE2
the alternative SHIELD ASSY - EMI P/N A9239825400000 is installed and the electrical
connectors (2) are connected to it.

23-11-36 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
4RE1

A
B

FR69
FR68

5
2

3
4

N_MM_231136_4_AAE0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-36-991-00100-C SHEET 1


HF Antenna Coupler

23-11-36 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
Task 23-11-36-400-001-A
Installation of the HF Antenna Coupler
FIN 4RE1
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

261
262
261CC
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AFT CABIN UTILITY AREA
AFT CABIN UTILITY AREA

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
23-11-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the HF System

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

25-23-42-000-002-A

Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area

25-23-42-400-002-A

Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area

(Ref. Fig. 23-11-36-991-00100-C - HF Antenna Coupler)


3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-36-860-050-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Make sure that the ceiling panel 261CC is removed


** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002-A).

AES

23-11-36 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-36-865-068-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU
4.

DESIGNATION

COM HF1

FIN

1RE1

LOCATION

HA14

Procedure

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-36-991-00100-C - HF Antenna Coupler)
Subtask 23-11-36-420-050-A
A.

Installation of the HF Antenna Coupler


(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (5) and (6).

(4)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(5)

Carefully install the HF antenna coupler (1) into the rack (4).

(6)

Lift the fasteners and tighten the knurled nuts (3), until the antenna coupler (1) is correctly attached.

(7)

Remove the blanking caps from the connectors (2).

(8)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(9)

Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the antenna coupler (1)

(10) If the aircraft is operated, when an antenna coupler is removed, make sure that:

AES

(a)

FOR 4RE1 (COUPLER-HF, 1)


the electrical connectors (2) are disconnected from the related dummy plugs, which are installed
near to FR68.

(b)

FOR 4RE2
the alternative SHIELD ASSY - EMI P/N A9239825400000 is removed and the electrical
connectors (2) are disconnected from it.

23-11-36 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-36-865-072-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU

DESIGNATION

COM HF1

FIN

1RE1

LOCATION

HA14

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-36-710-050-A
C.

Test
(1)

Do the operational test of the HF system


** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-001-A).

5.

Close-up
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-36-410-051-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the ceiling panel 261CC in the Aft cabin utility area
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002-A).

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-36-862-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

AES

23-11-36 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FEEDER - HF - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C 003-005
Task 23-11-37-000-001-A
Removal of the HF Feeder
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
1
SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
23-11-36-000-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the HF Antenna Coupler

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

25-33-41-000-002-A

Removal of the Aft Galley Unit

53-45-11-000-001-A
Removal of the Dorsal Fin 321AL
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-37-991-00100-A - HF Coupler Rack)
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-37-991-00200-A - HF Feeder)
3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-37-860-050-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-37-010-050-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

Remove the related HF antenna coupler


** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 23-11-36-000-001-A).

AES

23-11-37 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

If necessary, remove the upper attachment of the aft galley (Ref. TASK 25-33-41-000-002-A).

(3)

In the cabin:
(a)

Remove the related HF coupler rack.


** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-37-991-00100-A - HF Coupler Rack)

(4)

Hold the HF coupler rack (3) in position and remove the screws (1) and the washers (2).

Remove the HF coupler rack (3).

From the external side of the fuselage:


(a)

Remove the dorsal fin


** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 53-45-11-000-001-A).

** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-37-865-050-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU
4.

DESIGNATION

COM HF1

FIN

1RE1

LOCATION

HA14

Procedure

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-37-991-00200-A - HF Feeder)
Subtask 23-11-37-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the HF Feeder


(1)

In the cabin:
(a)

Remove the countersunk screws (10), which attach the flange (8) to the coupler rack support
bracket (9).

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE
AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT
OR BLIND YOU.

AES

(b)

Removal of lockwire:
Remove and discard the lockwire from the nut (7).

(c)

Loosen the nut (7).

23-11-37 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

(3)

From the external side of the fuselage:


(a)

Remove the cap nut (11) for the related feedline lug (12) from the HF antenna (1).

(b)

Remove the feedline lug (12) from the HF antenna (1).

(c)

Carefully remove the sealant from the heads of the bolts (3) and from around the flange (5) of
the HF feeder (6) with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

(d)

Remove the bolts (3) and the washers (4) from the flange (5).

(e)

Carefully loosen the flange (5) of the HF feeder (6) from the aircraft structure.

In the cabin:
(a)

(4)

Fully loosen the nut (7) and remove the flange (8).

From the external side of the fuselage:


(a)

Carefully remove the HF feeder (6).


NOTE :

AES

The feedline (2) is part of the feeder (6). It is not possible to disconnect the feedline from
the feeder.

23-11-37 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005

A
STGR2

Z260

EXAMPLE

STGR3

A
FR68

FR69
FR68

FR69
STGR1

1
2

3
1

2
1

NOTE:
1

LH SHOWN, RH SYMMETRICAL

2
N_MM_231137_4_AAA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-37-991-00100-A SHEET 1


HF Coupler Rack

23-11-37 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
Z320
Z260

A
EXAMPLE

3
4
3
4

5
6RE2

FR69
8

7
9

8
6

6RE1

B
EXAMPLE

11

10

12
10

12
11
N_MM_231137_4_BAA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-11-37-991-00200-A SHEET 1


HF Feeder

23-11-37 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
Task 23-11-37-400-001-A
Installation of the HF Feeder
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
No specific

B.

DESIGNATION

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-012
Material No: 07-001B
Material No: 09-013
Material No: 11-003
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010
C.

QTY
1
SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
PURE MINERAL VASELINE OR PETROLATUMLACQUERS
ELECTRICAL BOND VARNISH
SEALANTS
SEALANT-BRUSH CONSISTENCY (OBSOLETE)
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-720-005-A

DESIGNATION
Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different Components (But not the Fluid
Systems and the Components Installed on Composite materials)

20-28-00-869-002-A
20-28-00-912-004-A

Table of the Maximum Permitted Resistance Values


Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

23-11-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the HF System

23-11-36-000-001-A

Removal of the HF Antenna Coupler

23-11-36-400-001-A
24-41-00-861-002-A

Installation of the HF Antenna Coupler


Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

25-33-41-000-002-A

Removal of the Aft Galley Unit

25-33-41-400-002-A

Installation of the Aft Galley Unit

AES

23-11-37 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
53-45-11-000-001-A
Removal of the Dorsal Fin 321AL
53-45-11-400-001-A
Installation of the Dorsal Fin 321AL
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-37-991-00200-A - HF Feeder)
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-37-991-00100-A - HF Coupler Rack)
3.

Job Set-up
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH
A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.
IF YOU DO:
RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
GET MEDICAL AID.
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-37-860-051-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized


** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

AES

(2)

Make sure that the related HF coupler is removed (Ref. TASK 23-11-36-000-001-A).

(3)

If necessary, make sure that the upper attachment of the aft galley is removed (Ref. TASK
25-33-41-000-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the related HF coupler rack is removed.

(5)

Make sure that the dorsal fin is removed (Ref. TASK 53-45-11-000-001-A).

23-11-37 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-37-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU
4.

DESIGNATION

COM HF1

FIN

1RE1

LOCATION

HA14

Procedure

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-37-991-00200-A - HF Feeder)
Subtask 23-11-37-160-050-A
A.

Preparation for Installation


(1)

Remove the sealant from around the hole for the HF feeder and from the antenna (1) connection with a
SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

(2)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.


Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) and a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No:
19-003) .

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

Prepare for electrical bonding


** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-37-420-050-A
B.

Installation of the HF Feeder


(1)

From the external side of the fuselage:


(a)

(2)

In the cabin:
(a)

(3)

AES

Put the HF feeder (6) in position through its hole in the aircraft structure.

Loosely install the flange (8) on the HF feeder (6) with the nut (7).

From the external side of the aircraft:


(a)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) to the mating surface of the flange (5).

(b)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-012) to the lower side of the flange (5).

(c)

Install the bolts (3) with the washers (4) on the flange (5).

23-11-37 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d)

Tighten the bolts (3) in a diagonally opposite sequence.


NOTE :

(e)

The bolts (3) give the electrical bonding between the HF feeder (6) and the aircraft
structure.

Do a check of the bonding contact resistance between the flange (5) and the aircraft structure
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005-A).
Make sure that the measured value is not more than the applicable value given in (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-869-002-A).

(4)

(f)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) around the flange (5) and on the heads of the bolts
(3).

(g)

Make the contour of the sealant around the flange (5) and on the heads of the bolts (3) smooth.

(h)

Install the feedline lug (12) on the HF antenna (1).

(i)

Install the cap nut (11).

(j)

Torque the cap nut (11) to between 0.35 and 0.45 M.DAN (30.97 and 39.82 LBF.IN)

(k)

Do a check of the bonding contact resistance between the HF antenna (1) and the feedline (2)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005-A).
Make sure that the measured value is not more than the applicable value given in (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-869-002-A).

(l)

Apply LACQUERS (Material No: 07-001B) to the cap nut (11), the feedline lug (12) and if
necessary to the adjacent area of the HF antenna (1).

In the cabin:
(a)

Install the flange (8) on the coupler rack support bracket (9) with the countersunk screws (10).

(b)

Tighten the countersunk screws (10) in a diagonally opposite sequence.


NOTE :

(c)

The countersunk screws (10) give the electrical bonding between the HF feeder (6) and
the coupler rack support bracket (9).

Tighten the Nut (7).

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE
AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT
OR BLIND YOU.

AES

(d)

Safety the nut (7).


Safety the nut (7) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No:
19-010) .

(e)

Do a check of the bonding contact resistance between the HF feeder (6) and the coupler rack
support bracket (9) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005-A).
Make sure that the measured value is not more than the applicable value given in (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-869-002-A).

(f)

Apply LACQUERS (Material No: 07-001B) to the countersunk screws (10).

23-11-37 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-37-410-050-A
C.

Close Access
(1)

From the cabin side:


(a)

Install the related HF coupler rack


(Ref. Fig. 23-11-37-991-00100-A - HF Coupler Rack)
1

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Prepare for electrical bonding


** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

Hold the HF coupler rack (3) in position and install the screws (1) and the washers (2).

Tighten the screws (1).


NOTE :

The screws (1) give the electrical bonding between the HF coupler rack (3) and the
aircraft structure.

Do a check of the bonding contact resistance between the HF coupler rack (3) and the
aircraft structure (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005-A).
Make sure that the measured value is not more than the applicable value given in (Ref.
TASK 20-28-00-869-002-A).

Apply LACQUERS (Material No: 07-001B) to the heads of the screws (1).

(2)

If removed, install the upper attachment of the aft galley (Ref. TASK 25-33-41-400-002-A).

(3)

Install the related HF antenna coupler (Ref. TASK 23-11-36-400-001-A).

(4)

From the external side of the fuselage:


(a)

Install the dorsal fin (Ref. TASK 53-45-11-400-001-A).

** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-37-865-052-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU

DESIGNATION

COM HF1

FIN

1RE1

LOCATION

HA14

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-37-710-050-A
E.

AES

Do the operational test of the HF system

23-11-37 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-001-A).
5.

Close-up
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-37-860-052-A
A.

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-02).

AES

23-11-37 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

VHF SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION


** On A/C ALL
1.

General

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
EMB SB 23-1249 FOR A/C 005-008
The Very High-Frequency (VHF) system is used for all short-range voice communications between:
. different aircraft in flight
. aircraft (in flight or on the ground) and ground stations.
The VHF system operates within the frequency range defined by ARINC 716 (i.e. 118 to 136.975 MHz with 8.33
KHz spacing between channels).
The aircraft is equipped with two identical VHF systems which are fully independent: VHF1, VHF2 and VHF3.
The VHF3 system (if installed) is also used to transmit data link messages (ACARS or ATSU).

AES

23-12-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-13100-A - VHF System - Component Location - A320 A/C)
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-13200-A - VHF System - Component Location)
FIN

FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION

PANEL

ATA REF.
23-12-33
23-12-33
23-12-33
23-12-11
23-12-11
23-12-11
22-82-12
22-82-12
23-13-13

1RC1
1RC2
1RC3
4RC1
4RC2
4RC3
3CA1
3CA2
1RG1

XCVR-VHF, 1
XCVR-VHF, 2
XCVR-VHF, 3
ANTENNA-VHF,
ANTENNA-VHF,
ANTENNA-VHF,
MCDU-1
MCDU-2
RMP-COM/NAV

FREQ SEL, 1

11VU
11VU
11VU

1RG2

RMP-COM/NAV FREQ SEL, 2

11VU

210

23-13-13

1RG3
RMP-COM FREQ SEL, 3
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 22-1085 FOR A/C 003-004

20VU

210

23-13-13

3CA3

101VU

211

22-82-12

AES

MCDU-3

81VU
82VU
81VU

ZONE ACCESS
DOOR
127
128
127
220
152
250
210
210
210

1
2
3

23-12-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3.

System Description

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-14600-A - VHF System - Block Diagram)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-14600-B - VHF System - Block Diagram)
Each VHF system is composed of:
. A transceiver
. A blade antenna.
The VHF system is associated with:
. The Radio Management Panels (RMP).
These are centralized systems which enable the frequency display of the VHF system (Ref. 23-13).
. The Audio Management Unit (AMU) for connections to the audio integrating and SELCAL systems (Ref. 23-51)
. The Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) (by the MCDU) which is a centralized maintenance system
(Ref. 31-32)
. The Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU) which indicates the aircraft status (flight or ground) (Ref.
32-31)
. The System Data Acquisition Concentrator (SDAC) which collects transmission data from the VHF system (Ref.
31-54).
** On A/C 003-004
A.

AES

Interface with the ATSU


The VHF3 system is also associated with the Aircraft Communication Addressing and Reporting System
(ACARS).
This system transmits the data from the SDAC, FWC, AIDS, and CFDS to the ground.

23-12-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
4.

Power Supply
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-18100-A - VHF Systems - Power Supply)

AES

A.

VHF1 System
The VHF1 system is supplied with 28VDC:
. From the 28VDC ESS BUS 4PP (sub-busbar 401PP)
. Through circuit breaker 2RC1 located on the overhead panel 49VU, in the cockpit.
In case of emergency the VHF1 system operates through the DC emergency generation.

B.

VHF2 System
The VHF2 system is supplied with 28VDC:
. From the 28VDC BUS 2 2PP (sub-busbar 204PP)
. Through circuit breaker 2RC2 located on the rear panel 121VU, in the cockpit.

C.

VHF3 System
The VHF3 system is supplied with 28VDC:
. From the 28VDC BUS1 1PP (sub-busbar 101PP)
. Through circuit breaker 2RC3 located on the rear panel 121VU in the cockpit.

23-12-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
5.

Interface
A.

Output Interface
** On A/C 003-004
(1) Digital Outputs The connections with the CFDIU is a type-1 system.
This type of system has an ARINC 429 input from the CFDIU and an ARINC 429 output. This system is
thus capable of two-way communication with the CFDIU (Ref.31-32).
The radio-communication equipment receives the frequency data through words from the RMPs. These
words have a structure and a refresh rate defined in ARINC 429 characteristics specification.
On the output bus, each VHF transceiver transmits the labels 356, 377, 350, 354.

This table contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
PARAMETER LIST
PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC)
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
|
|DEFINITION| OPER RANGE |
|BIT |
|INTV|
|CODE |ORIGIN |
|
|(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION |
|
|
|
|
|
|BUS No.|
|
|(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY |
|
|
|
|
|
|ATA REF|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|CONV
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
356
!BITE
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!STATUS
!
!
!
!
! 100! BNR!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
377
!EQUIP
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!IDENT
!
!
!
!
!1000! BCD!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
350
!FAULT
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!SUMMARY
!
!
!
!
!1000! DIS!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
354
!LRU
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!IDENT
!
!
!
!
! 250! ISO!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------The equipment code of the VHF transceiver is 016.
(2) Output Discretes
These Output discretes are the same for each VHF circuit.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------NAME
ELECTRICAL LEVEL
TO
SIGNAL STATUS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------KEY EVENT
GND/O.C.
SDAC
GND=EMISSION
(3) Output Analog Signals
These Output Analog Signals are the same for each VHF circuit.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------NAME
ELECTRICAL LEVEL
TO
SIGNAL STATUS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------AUDIO SIDETONE OUTPUT
MODULATION
AMU
SELCAL OUTPUT
MODULATION
AMU

AES

23-12-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
(4) Digital Outputs
The connections with the CFDIU is a type-1 system. This type of system has anARINC 429 input from the
CFDIU and an ARINC 429 output. This system is thus capable of two-way communication with the CFDIU
(Ref.31-32).
The radio-communication equipment receives the frequency data through words from the RMPs. These
words have a structure and a refresh rate defined in ARINC 429 characteristics specification.
On the output bus, each VHF transceiver transmits the labels 354, 356, 377.
This table contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
PARAMETER LIST
PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC)
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
|
|DEFINITION| OPER RANGE |
|BIT |
|INTV|
|CODE |ORIGIN |
|
|(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION |
|
|
|
|
|
|BUS No.|
|
|(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY |
|
|
|
|
|
|ATA REF|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|CONV
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
354
!LRU
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!IDENT
!
!
!
!
! 250!ISO5!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
377
!EQUIP
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!IDENT
!
!
!
!
!1000! BCD!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
356
!FAULT
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!MESSAGE
!
!
!
!
! 250!ISO5!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------The equipment code of the VHF transceiver is 016.
(5) Output Discretes
These Output discretes are the same for each VHF circuit.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------NAME
ELECTRICAL LEVEL
TO
SIGNAL STATUS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------KEY EVENT
GND/O.C.
SDAC
GND=EMISSION
(6) Output Analog Signals
These Output Analog Signals are the same for each VHF circuit.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------NAME
ELECTRICAL LEVEL
TO
SIGNAL STATUS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------AUDIO SIDETONE OUTPUT
MODULATION
AMU
SELCAL OUTPUT
MODULATION
AMU

AES

23-12-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
6.

Component Description
A.

VHF Transceiver - Description 1RC1 1RC2 1RC3


The VHF transceiver conforms to ARINC 600 specifications.
The case size is 3MCU.
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-22000-E - VHF Transceiver)
(1) VHF transceiver face
The face features :
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-22000-E - VHF Transceiver)
. Two jacks (PHONE and MIC)
. A TEST pushbutton switch
. A red/green warning light: LRU STATUS
. A red indicator light: CONTROL FAIL
. A red warning light: ANTENNA FAIL
. A handle
. An identification plate.
(2) VHF transceiver back
The back comprises three connectors to enable connection with:
. vendor specific test-equipment (Top Plug TP)
. The peripheral systems (Middle Plug MP)
. The antenna and the power supply circuits (Bottom Plug BP).

B.

VHF transceiver - Characteristics


** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
EMB SB 23-1249 FOR A/C 005-008
The VHF transceiver complies with the standards defined in ARINC 716.
The transmission and reception of coded messages between the various control units (CFDIU, RMP) comply
with ARINC 429.
The transceiver operates within the frequency range between 118.000 and 136.975 MHz with 8,33 KHz spacing
between channels (it has a possibility of 2278 channels).

** On A/C ALL
C.

VHF transceiver - Operation


(1) General operation
The VHF transceiver ensures its primary functions through :
. the receiver
. the transmitter
. the synthesizer
The antenna switch and final filter assembly:
. route the input signal from the antenna to the receiver in the receive mode
. connect the transmitter RF output to the antenna in the transmit mode.
In Receive Mode:
The signal is applied through a transmit/receive switch to a hight-pass filter on the RF assembly that
rejects signals in the the FM broadcast band. RF is then applied through an attenuator which reduces
high level signals to prevent cross-modulation effects and spurious responses. The signal is then filtered
by two varactors-tuned filters and an RF amplifier which provides 80dB rejection to image frequencies.
Tuning voltage is provided by d/a converters on the system processor.

AES

23-12-00 PB001

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A passive mixer converts the 118 - 138Mhz signals with a +20-dBm synthesiser frequency from the
signal processor to a 20.125Mhz if frequency. Anolog AGC is provided for IF and RF amplifiers by opamp integrator circuits.
The AM baseband input from the RF assembly is low-pass filtered by an analog filter, applied to a 12bit A/D converter, and sampled at 84kHz. The signal is amplitude compressed so that modulation
levels over a 6dB range provided the same output level. The signal is digitally filtered to provide a -3dB
response of 300 to 2500 hZ. The signal also has the capability of being muted at least 80 dB. A squelch
decision logic function that monitors the inputs from the AGC and noise squelch is used to remove
muting from the receive audio when the signal strengh is above a certain level. These are dc levels that
vary in proportion to signal strengh.
In Transmit mode:
The input from the microphone inputs is low-pass filtered by an analog filter, applied to a 12-bit A/D
converter, and sampled at 84 kHz. The signal is amplitude compressed so that modulation levels over a
20 dB range provide the same output level. The compressor treshold level is sofware selectable via
commands from the system processor. The signal is digitally filtered to provide a -3dB response of 300
to 2500Hz. The sidetone audio output signal is amplified to a nominal 10 mW level and routed to the
rear connector.
A +20-dBM signal is applied from the signal processor to a QAM modulator. Proper phase shift for the
I and Q modulators is adjustable by a voltage from the system processor providing optimun phase shift
at all VHF band frequencies. The baseband I and Q channels from the signal processor are applied to
the balanced modulators and summed to provide the QAM function.
The modulator signal is amplified to the +20-dB level and sampled by the phase correcting loop. The
main path of the signal is applied to a phase correcting element and an amplitude adjusting element.
The signal is then amplified by a four linear power amplifier to +51-dBm peak level. A pre-tuned lowpass filter reduces the harmonic level to better than -60 dB. A 20 dB dual directional coupler provides
samples of incident and reflected power for linear diode detectors. A T/R switch outputs the
transmitter to the main antenna. Baseband feedback is used for both phase and amplitude components
of modulation signal.
(2) Power supply
The power supply provides four voltages to the transceiver +12 Vdc, -12 Vdc, +35 Vdc, and 5Vdc. The
power supply will be shut down by over/undervoltage circuits when the input voltage is not within limits.
The power supply monitor a power supply over/under voltage output to the system processor. Energystorage circuits provide operation during input power interrups of 200 msec or less.
(3) Frequency Synthesizer
A dual loop digital synthesizer is used. The first loop operates at 50 kHz spacing. This output is divided by
a fixed divide by 128 digital divider to produce a variable reference in the 3.6 to 5 mHz band. The output
loop VCO operates directly at the required VHF frequency, 118 to 158 mHz. This VCO output is divided by
a fixed divide by 32 digital divider to the variable reference frequency range of 3.6 to 5 mHz. This signal is
then compared in a phase detector with the variable frequency from the reference loop. Aany phase or
frequency error is corrected by the negative feedback of the loop.
Two VCOs are used: one to operate at the output range of 118 to 158 mHz and one to operate at the
reference range of 472 to 632 mHz. A tuning voltage of approximately 5 to 10 Vdc is used to cover the
tuning range of each VCO. A common emitter RF amplifier amplifies the output loop VCO to the +20dBm level where it is routed via a pin diode switch to either the transmitter or receiver RF assembly.
A separate BITE is used during self-test and alignment modes to monitor the transmit signal with the
receiver. The BITE synthesizer is a single loop indirect phase-locked loop (PLL) providing mixer injection in
25 kHz frequency steps. A single phase-locked loop (PLL) combining dual modulus prescaler and
programmable divider provides the PLL function. The BITE synthesizer is powered off when not in use to
eliminate any possibility of spurious outputs feeding through to the output of the main synthesizer. When in
the self-test or alignment mode, a command from the system processor connects the self-test synthesizer to
the receiver mixer while the main synthesizer remains connected to the transmitter.

AES

23-12-00 PB001

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Audio processing
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-24500-C - VHF Transceiver - Block Diagram of the Audio Processing)
The microphone input-circuit provides excitation and couples voice modulation to the compressor circuits.
The compressor circuits level the range of input signal amplitudes to maintain a high level of modulation
without overmodulating. The compressed signal is amplified and applied to the modulator located on the
transmitter assembly. Data inputs are similarly processed and applied to the modulator.
In addition to transmitted audio or data control, final receiver audio amplification and filtering are
performed on this circuit board. Service adjustments are provided for data and voice audio output levels in
accordance with ARINC requirements.
D. VHF transceiver - Test
. The purpose of this test is to test the front panel LEDs and to test the functioning of the radio. The color
of the LEDs in the fourth phase indicate the result of the selftest. The duration of the LED illumination is
for reference only.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------! PHASE ! LRU STATUS
! CONTROL FAIL ! ANTENNA FAIL ! DURATION
!
--------------------------------------------------------------------------!
1
! RED
! RED
! RED
! 1-3 sec
!
!
2
! GREEN
! RED
! RED
! 1-3 sec
!
!
3
! OFF
! OFF
! OFF
! 1-3 sec
!
!
4
! GREEN
! OFF
! OFF
! 20-40 sec !
--------------------------------------------------------------------------E.

VHF Antenna
(1) Description
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-26000-A - VHF Antenna)
The VHF antenna is a white blade antenna. It weighs 1.2 kg.
This antenna is composed of:
. An aluminum base plate
. A laminated radome
. A duralinox leading edge
. A C-type coaxial connector surrounded by a seal.
The antenna is connected to the transceiver by means of a coaxial cable. It is screwed on to the fuselage.
The attachment screws ensure the electrical bonding.
(2) Operation
The VHF antenna, the height of which corresponds to a quarter of the wavelength, provides a quasiomnidirectional radiation.
This antenna allows the transmission and reception of VHF signals over the 116 to 156 MHz frequency
range. Its impedance is 50 ohms and its standing-wave ratio is lower than 2 over the 118 to 137 MHz VHF
frequency range.

AES

23-12-00 PB001

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
7.

AES

Operation
A.

Receive Function
The antenna picks up the VHF radio-communication signals from the stations. These signals are transmitted to
the transceiver by a coaxial cable.
The transceiver, tuned on the frequency selected on one RMP (Ref. 23-13) demodulates the VHF received
signals into AF signals.
The AF signals are transmitted via the AMU to the audio equipment or SELCAL system.

B.

Transmit Function
The AF signals from the microphones are transmitted to the VHF transceiver through the AMU.
The VHF transceiver tuned on the frequency selected on one RMP transforms the AF signals into VHF
modulated signals.
The VHF signals are fed to the antenna by a coaxial cable. They are then transmitted to the various stations.
A connection between the VHF transceiver and the SDAC enables to record the use of the VHF system in
transmit mode. The connection is obtained through the PTT switch.

23-12-00 PB001

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
8.

Test

** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C ALL
A.

Built-in-Test Equipment (BITE)


** On A/C 003-004
The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft.
The BITE detects and determines a failure related to the VHF system.
The BITE of the VHF transceiver is connected to the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU). Refer to
ATA 31-32.
The BITE:
. Transmits permanently VHF system status and an identification message to the CFDIU
. Memorizes the failures occurred during the last 63 flight legs
. Monitors data input from the various peripherals (RMP, CFDIU and ATSU for VHF3 only)
. Transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and self-tests
. Can communicate with the CFDIU by the menus.
** On A/C 005-099
The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft.
The BITE detects and determines a failure related to the VHF system.
The BITE of the VHF transceiver is connected to the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU). Refer to
ATA 31-32.
The BITE:
. Transmits permanently the VHF system status and an identification message to the CFDIU
. Memorizes the failures occurred during the last 63 flight legs
. Monitors data input from the various peripherals (RMP, CFDIU and ATSU)
. Transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and the result of the self-tests
. Can communicate with the CFDIU through menus.

** On A/C ALL
B.

General Operation
** On A/C 003-004
The BITE has two operation modes:
. The normal mode
. The menu mode.
** On A/C 005-099
The BITE has two operation modes:
. The normal mode
. The menu mode.
** On A/C 003-004
(1) Normal mode
During the normal mode, the BITE monitors cyclically the momentaneous status of the VHF system. It
transmits these information signals to the CFDIU during the flight concerned.

AES

23-12-00 PB001

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
In case of fault detection, the BITE stores the information signals in the fault memories.
These information signals are transmitted to the CFDIU every 250 ms by an ARINC 429 message with label
356.
(2) Menu mode
The menu mode can only be activated on the ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the VHF transceiver BITE. This is by means of
the MCDU of the maintenance system.
The VHF transceiver menu mode is composed of:
. LAST LEG REPORT
. PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
. LRU IDENTIFICATION
. GND SCANNING
. TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
. CLASS 3 FAULTS
. TEST
. GROUND REPORT
** On A/C 005-099
(3) Normal mode
In normal mode, the BITE monitors cyclically the momentaneous status of the VHF system. It transmits
these information signals to the CFDIU during the flight.
In case of fault detection, the BITE stores the information signals in the fault memories.
These information signals are transmitted to the CFDIU every 250 ms (max) through an ARINC 429
message with label 356.
(4) Menu mode
The menu mode can only be activated on the ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the VHF transceiver BITE, through the MCDU
(maintenance menu).
In menu mode, the VHF menu gives access to these pages:
. LAST LEG REPORT
. PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
. LRU IDENTIFICATION
. GND SCANNING
. TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
. CLASS 3 FAULTS
. TEST
. GROUND REPORT
** On A/C ALL
C.

Functional Description
(1) LAST LEG REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-31200-B - VHF system - LAST LEG REPORT)
This report contains the Class 1 and 2 internal and external faults recorded during the last flight.
(2) PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-31300-B - VHF system - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT)
The messages shown on this report are identical to those given in the paragraph above but they are related
to the faults that occurred during the last 63 flights.
(3) LRU IDENTIFICATION
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-31400-C - VHF system - LRU IDENT)
This report displays the Part Number (P/N) and the Serial Number (S/N).

AES

23-12-00 PB001

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) GROUND SCANNING
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-31500-A - VHF system - GND SCANNING)
This function is used to monitor and detect anomalies on the ground.
(5) TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-32000-A - VHF system - TROUBLE SHOOT DATA)
This function is used to analyze the snapshot of the recorded fault to detect any software bug. Two types
of data are displayed on the MCDU:
. Correlation parameters, which are the date and the UTC.
. Snapshot data.
(6) CLASS 3 FAULTS
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-31900-A - VHF system - CLASS 3 FAULTS)
This report contains the Class 3 internal and external faults recorded during the last flight.
(7) TEST
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-32100-B - VHF system - TEST)
A VHF built-in functional test can be initiated by pushing, on the MCDU, the line key adjacent to the
TEST indication on the VHF maintenance sub-menu. The test sequence is shown on the figure.
(8) GROUND REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-32200-A - VHF system - GROUND REPORT)
This function is used to display Class 1, 2 or 3 internal faults when they are detected on the ground. These
faults differ from these faults displayed in the LAST LEG REPORT and CLASS 3 FAULTS. The figure
shows examples of internal faults recorded on the ground by the VHF system.
(9) SPECIFIC DATA
This report displays the total flight time. The BITE system is used through one of the two MCDUs 3CA1
and 3CA2 (Ref. ATA 22-82-00).

AES

23-12-00 PB001

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

ANTENNAVHF,1
4RC1

ANTENNAVHF,3
4RC3
FR52 FR53

FR19 FR20

FR51 FR52
4RC2
ANTENNAVHF,2

ELECTRONICS RACK
80VU

A
XCVRVHF,2
1RC2

1RC1
XCVRVHF,1
1RC3
XCVRVHF,3

SHELF 82VU

SHELF 81VU

N_MM_231200_0_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-12-00-13100-A SHEET 1


VHF System - Component Location - A320 A/C

23-12-00 PB001

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A*

B
B
A

B
MCDU

* IF INSTALLED

A
BRT

RADIO MANAGEMENT PANEL

F
A
I
L
F
M
G
C

DIR

PROG

PERF

INIT

FPLN

RAD
NAV

FUEL
PRED

SEC
FPLN

MCDU
MENU

AIR
PORT

NEXT
PAGE

1RG1 (1RG2) (1RG3)

DATA

OVFY

M
C
D
U
M
E
N
U

CLR

3CA1 (3CA2) (3CA3)

N_MM_231200_0_ARS0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-12-00-13200-A SHEET 1


VHF System - Component Location

23-12-00 PB001

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

1RC3

ACARS
MU
1RB

4RC3
1RG2

RMP 2

VHF 3
TRANSCEIVER

LGCIU 2
5GA2
1RG3

VHF 3 ANTENNA

1RC2

RMP 3

1RG1

VHF 2
TRANSCEIVER

5GA1
RMP 1

4RC2

ANTENNA
VHF 2

1RC1

VHF 1
TRANSCEIVER

4RC1

VHF1 ANTENNA

LGCIU 1

AMU

CFDIU

1RN

1TW

1WV1 (2)

SDAC 1 (2)

** On A/C 003-004

IF INSTALLED

N_MM_231200_0_AFN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-12-00-14600-A SHEET 1


VHF System - Block Diagram

23-12-00 PB001

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

AES

1RG3

RMP 3

FIGURE 23-12-00-14600-B SHEET 1


VHF System - Block Diagram
1RG2

RMP 2

1RG1

RMP 1

ATSU

1TX1

1RC3

VHF 3
TRANSCEIVER

4RC3

VHF 3 ANTENNA

1RC2

VHF 2
TRANSCEIVER

4RC2

VHF 2 ANTENNA

1RC1

VHF 1
TRANSCEIVER

4RC1

VHF 1 ANTENNA

LGCIU 2
5GA2

LGCIU 1
5GA1

CFDIU
1TW

AMU
1RN

DISCRETE
INPUT / OUTPUT

ANALOG SIGNAL

ARINC 429
INPUT / OUTPUT

IF INSTALLED

1WV1(2)

SDAC 1(2)

ACPs

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

** On A/C 005-099

N_MM_231200_0_BLM1_01_00

23-12-00 PB001

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

2RC1
401PP
28VDC
ESSENTIAL BUS
DC AND CHASSIS
GROUND

VHF1
TRANSCEIVER

GROUND
1RC1

2RC2
204PP
28VDC
BUS 2
DC AND CHASSIS
GROUND

VHF2
TRANSCEIVER

GROUND
1RC2

2RC3
101PP
28VDC
BUS 1
DC AND CHASSIS
GROUND

VHF3
TRANSCEIVER

GROUND
1RC3

N_MM_231200_0_AGN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-12-00-18100-A SHEET 1


VHF Systems - Power Supply

23-12-00 PB001

Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Collins

LRU STATUS

TRANSCEIVER LED

CONTROL FAIL

CONTROL LED

ANTENNA FAIL

ANTENNA LED

PHONE

TEST

TEST SWITCH

MIC
VHF900

N_MM_231200_0_AMN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-12-00-22000-E SHEET 1


VHF Transceiver

23-12-00 PB001

Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

AMPL

SIDETONE

AUDIO
PROCESSING

RECEIVER
AUDIO

DATA
OUTPUT

REC
AUDIO/SIDETONE
OUTPUT

AMPL

MIC
INPUT

SIDETONE

DATA
MIC
EXCITATION

M
U
X

COMPRESSOR

AMPL

VOICE
DATA
INPUT

AUDIO/DATA
TO
TRANSMITTER

AMPL

N_MM_231200_0_CWM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-12-00-24500-C SHEET 1


VHF Transceiver - Block Diagram of the Audio Processing

23-12-00 PB001

Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

CTYPE COAXIAL CONNECTOR

ORING

N_MM_231200_0_BAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-12-00-26000-A SHEET 1


VHF Antenna

23-12-00 PB001

Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
FROM MAINTENANCE MENU
(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

SELECT LAST
LEG REPORT
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
LRU IDENTIFICATION
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
GND SCANNING
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
TROUBLE SHOOT DATA

VHF 1
LAST LEG
REPORT
PREV I OUS LEGS
REPORT

1L
2L

LRU

3L

CLASS 3
FAULTS
TEST

I DENT

5L

4R

GROUND
REPORT

RETURN

6L

2R

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


TO CLASS 3 FAULTS
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
TEST

3R

GND SCANN I NG
TROUBLE SHOOT
DATA

4L

1R

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


GROUND REPORT

5R
6R

NOTES:
1. 1/2 DENOTES THIS IS THE FIRST
OF THE TWO PAGES OF THE LAST LEG REPORT
2. UTC DENOTES UNIVERSAL
TIME COORDINATED
3. ATA DENOTES ATA CHAPTER
4. WHEN PRINT * IS SELECTED,
THE PAGE DISPLAYED ON
IF FAULT
THE MCDU IS PRINTED.

1L
2L

VHF 1
LAST LEG REPORT
UTC
ATA

1 /2
NOV 2 8
CLASS

0935 23 1 233
VHF 1 ( 1 RC1 )

3L
4L

0938 23 1 2 1 1
1
VHF 1 ANTENNA ( 4RC1 ) / COAX

5L
6L

1L
2L
3L

RETURN

PR I NT

VHF 1
LAST LEG REPORT
UTC
ATA

2/2
NOV 2 8
CLASS

0940 23 1 3 1 3
RMP 1 / 2 / 3 ( 1 RG1 / 2 / 3 ) /
VHF 1 ( 1 RC1 )

IF NO FAULT

VHF 1
LAST LEG REPORT
1L

2R

2L

3R

3L

3R

4R

4L

4R

5R

5L

5R

6R

6L

RETURN

PR I NT

2R

6R

3R

5L

5R

PR I NT

NO FAULT DETECTED

2R

4R

RETURN

1R

1R

4L

6L

NOV 2 8

1R

6R

N_MM_231200_0_CSM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-12-00-31200-B SHEET 1


VHF system - LAST LEG REPORT

23-12-00 PB001

Page 22
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
FROM MAINTENANCE MENU
(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


LAST LEG REPORT
SELECT
PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
LRU IDENTIFICATION
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
GND SCANNING
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
TROUBLE SHOOT DATA

<

>

<

>

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


TO CLASS 3 FAULTS
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
TEST

<
<
<

>

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


GROUND REPORT

<

IF FAULT

<

IF NO FAULT

<

NOTE:

<

1. WHEN PRINT * IS SELECTED,


THE PAGE DISPLAYED ON
THE MCDU IS PRINTED.

N_MM_231200_0_CTM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-12-00-31300-B SHEET 1


VHF system - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT

23-12-00 PB001

Page 23
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
FROM MAINTENANCE MENU
(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


LAST LEG REPORT
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
SELECT
LRU IDENTIFICATION
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
GND SCANNING
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
TROUBLE SHOOT DATA

<

>

<

>

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


TO CLASS 3 FAULTS
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
TEST

<
<
<

>

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


GROUND REPORT

<

<

N_MM_231200_0_ACN1_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-12-00-31400-C SHEET 1


VHF system - LRU IDENT

23-12-00 PB001

Page 24
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
FROM MAINTENANCE MENU
(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


LAST LEG REPORT
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
LRU IDENTIFICATION
SELECT
GND SCANNING
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
TROUBLE SHOOT DATA

<

>

<

>

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


TO CLASS 3 FAULTS
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
TEST

<
<
<

>

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


GROUND REPORT

<

IF FAULT

<

IF NO FAULT

<

A SECOND FAILURE
IS DETECTED

<

N_MM_231200_0_ASM1_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-12-00-31500-A SHEET 1


VHF system - GND SCANNING

23-12-00 PB001

Page 25
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
FROM MAINTENANCE MENU
(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


LAST LEG REPORT
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
LRU IDENTIFICATION
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
GND SCANNING
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
TROUBLE SHOOT DATA

<

>

<

>

SELECT
CLASS 3 FAULTS
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
TEST

<
<
<

>

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


GROUND REPORT

<

IF FAULT

<

IF NO FAULT

<

N_MM_231200_0_ADN1_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-12-00-31900-A SHEET 1


VHF system - CLASS 3 FAULTS

23-12-00 PB001

Page 26
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
FROM MAINTENANCE MENU
(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


LAST LEG REPORT
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
LRU IDENTIFICATION
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
GND SCANNING
SELECT
TROUBLE SHOOT DATA

<

>

<

>

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


TO CLASS 3 FAULTS
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
TEST

<
<
<

>

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


GROUND REPORT

<

IF FAULT

<

IF NO FAULT

<

N_MM_231200_0_ADP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-12-00-32000-A SHEET 1


VHF system - TROUBLE SHOOT DATA

23-12-00 PB001

Page 27
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
FROM MAINTENANCE MENU
(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


LAST LEG REPORT
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
LRU IDENTIFICATION
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
GND SCANNING
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
TROUBLE SHOOT DATA

<

>

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


CLASS 3 FAULTS

<

>

SELECT TEST

>

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


GROUND REPORT

<
<
<
<

<

IF FAULT

<

IF NO FAULT

<

N_MM_231200_0_BTM1_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-12-00-32100-B SHEET 1


VHF system - TEST

23-12-00 PB001

Page 28
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
FROM MAINTENANCE MENU
(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


LAST LEG REPORT
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
LRU IDENTIFICATION
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
GND SCANNING
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
TROUBLE SHOOT DATA

<

>

<

>

REF. FIG. RELATED TO


CLASS 3 FAULTS
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
TEST

<
<
<

>

SELECT
GROUND REPORT

<

IF FAULT

IF NO FAULT

>

<

<

<

N_MM_231200_0_BDP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-12-00-32200-A SHEET 1


VHF system - GROUND REPORT

23-12-00 PB001

Page 29
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

VHF SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST


** On A/C ALL
Task 23-12-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the VHF System
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE YOU SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
NOTE :

During this test, the aircraft must be in an open area.

NOTE :

The transmission and reception test of the VHF system is the same for all the crew stations. You must do the test
at each station.

1.

Reason for the Job


To make sure that the reception and transmission from each station operate correctly.

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
1
BOOMSET 600 OHMS

DESIGNATION

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-00-860-050-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Connect a BOOMSET 600 OHMS to the jack panel at all the crew stations.

23-12-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 23-12-00-865-050-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:


PANEL

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

49VU

COM/RMP/1

2RG1

G10

49VU

COM/VHF/1

2RC1

G09

49VU

COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH

9RN

G08

49VU

COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O

5RN

G07

49VU

COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT

4RN

G06

INT 1 + 2
ACP F/O BITE INT 2 AUDIO 3/5 OCCPNT

9RN
5RN

G08
G07

ACP CAPT SELCAL INT 1 AUDIO AVNCS

4RN

G06

121VU

COM NAV/VHF/3

2RC3

L05

121VU

COM NAV/VHF/2

2RC2

L04

121VU

COM NAV/SELCAL

8RN

M04

121VU

COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT

6RN

M02

** On A/C 003-004

** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL

4.

Procedure
WARNING : OBEY THE RADIO REGULATIONS AND MAKE SURE THAT THE FREQUENCY IS AVAILABLE
BEFORE YOU TRANSMIT.
Subtask 23-12-00-710-050-B
A.

Operational Test of the VHF System


NOTE :

This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the indications between the parentheses.

ACTION
1.On the RMP1:
. Set the ON/OFF selector switch to ON.
.

Push the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) pushbutton switch.

In the STBY/CRS display window, with the dual


selector knob, set the frequency of a station that
transmits.

Start this frequency. To do this, push the transfer


pushbutton switch (double arrow) between the two
display windows.

2.On the ACP of the station under maintenance:

AES

RESULT
On the RMP1:
. The RMP shows the last frequencies and the last
function used.
. The green LED on this pushbutton switch comes on.
. The SEL indicator light (amber LED) comes on only for
the VHF2 system.

The frequency set comes into view in the ACTIVE


display window.

On the ACP:

23-12-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

.
.

ACTION
Push the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) transmission
pushbutton switch.
Push and release the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) reception
pushbutton switch.

RESULT
The green bars on the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3)
transmission pushbutton switch come on.

The reception pushbutton switch comes fully out and


comes on.

Make sure that the reception in the boomset is correct.

The reception you can hear must change smoothly


without interference.

Smoothly turn the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) reception


pushbutton switch clockwise.

Set the INT/RAD switch to RAD and hold it in this


position (You can do this operation on the PTT
switch of the sidestick controller at the CAPT. or F/O
station).

Speak in the boomset microphone.

Make sure that the transmission is correct.

Release the INT/RAD switch (or the PTT switch on


the sidestick controller at the CAPT. or F/O station).

The INT/RAD switch comes back to the center


position.

5.

Close-up
Subtask 23-12-00-860-051-B
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.


(1)

On the ACP, push the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) transmission pushbutton switch and the VHF1 (VHF2,
VHF3) reception pushbutton switch.

(2)

On the RMP1, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.

(3)

Disconnect the boomset at all the crew stations.

(4)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

23-12-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-12-00-740-001-A
BITE Test of the VHF System
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE YOU SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1.

Reason for the Job


To make sure that the VHF system operates correctly.

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

31-32-00-860-003-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM Page

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-00-860-052-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF switch to ON.

(3)

On one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM menu page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003-A).

Subtask 23-12-00-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:


PANEL

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

49VU

COM/RMP/1

2RG1

G10

49VU

COM/VHF/1

2RC1

G09

121VU

COM NAV/VHF/3

2RC3

L05

121VU

COM NAV/VHF/2

2RC2

L04

121VU

COM NAV/RMP/3

2RG3

L03

121VU

COM NAV/RMP/2

2RG2

L02

AES

23-12-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
Subtask 23-12-00-740-050-C
A.

BITE Test of the VHF System


NOTE :

This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the indications between the parentheses.

ACTION
1.On the MCDU, on the COM menu page:
.

Push the line key adjacent to the VHF1 (VHF2,


VHF3) indication.

RESULT
.

The VHF-1 (2, 3) page comes into view.

After some seconds the TEST OK indication comes into


view.

2.On the VHF-1 (2, 3) page:


.

Push the line key adjacent to the TEST indication.

3.On the MCDU:


. On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the
RETURN indication until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.
5.

Close-up
Subtask 23-12-00-862-051-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.


(1)

On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.

(2)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

23-12-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

VHF SYSTEM - REPAIRS


** On A/C ALL
Task 23-12-00-370-001-A
Repair of VHF Antenna
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 05-065

DESIGNATION

Material No: 19-003


No specific

SPECIAL MATERIALS
EROSION PROTECTIVE TAPE
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
MASKING TAPE
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
STRUCTURE PAINTS
POLYURETHANE FINISH PAINT
STRUCTURE PAINTS
LOW VOC EXT. TOP COAT FOR 2 COAT SYSTEMS
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
emery cloth, 320 degrees

No specific

masking paper

Material No: 08-074


Material No: 11-010
Material No: 16-018
Material No: 16-059

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
23-12-11-000-001-A
23-12-11-000-002-A
23-12-11-400-001-A
23-12-11-400-002-A
24-42-00-861-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the VHF Antennas and
Removal of the VHF Antenna
Installation of the VHF Antennas and
Installation of the VHF Antenna
Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power

24-42-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from the External Power

CMM 23-12-11
SIL 34-058
SRM 515712
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-991-00100-A - VHF Antenna)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-00-861-052-A
A.

Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).

Subtask 23-12-00-010-050-A
B.

AES

If necessary, remove the VHF Antenna (Ref. TASK 23-12-11-000-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 23-12-11-000-002-A).

23-12-00 PB801

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-991-00100-A - VHF Antenna)
Subtask 23-12-00-370-050-B
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA WHEN YOU
USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15 MINUTES.
- GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN
IRRITANTS.
A.

Repair of VHF Antenna


NOTE :

In case of erosion, the antenna can be repaired with:


- paint
or
- anti-erosion tape

(1)

If the antenna shows paint cracks or any other physical damage outside the authorized area for repair,
the antenna must be replaced:
(Ref. TASK 23-12-11-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK 23-12-11-400-001-A)
or
(Ref. TASK 23-12-11-000-002-A) (Ref. TASK 23-12-11-400-002-A)

(2)

Apply the paint:


(a)

Clean the component with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton
cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .

(b)

Apply masking paper and BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-074) to
the adjacent components and areas.

(c)

Make the surface smooth with emery cloth, 320 degrees.

(d)

Clean the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE


MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(e)

Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-018) or STRUCTURE PAINTS


(Material No: 16-059) on the authorized area.
NOTE :

AES

For the geometrical details of the authorized area use the Service Information Letter (Ref.
SIL 34-058).

Make sure that the thickness of the paint layer is not more than 0.35 mm (0.0138 in.).

The paint layer must be of the same colour as the original (Ref. CMM 23-12-11).

23-12-00 PB801

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Apply anti-erosion tape:


(a)

Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-065) on the authorized area (Ref. SRM
515712).
NOTE :

5.

The procedure to apply the anti-erosion tape is similar to the procedure described in the
Structure Repair Manual.
The anti-erosion tape can be an electro-static discharger to the antenna. After the antierosion tape is installed, if the flight crew reports static noise on VHF Antenna, the tape
must be removed.

Close-up
Subtask 23-12-00-410-050-B
A.

Close Access
(1)

If necessary, install the VHF Antenna (Ref. TASK 23-12-11-400-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
23-12-11-400-001-A).

(2)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

Subtask 23-12-00-862-052-A
B.

AES

De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).

23-12-00 PB801

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

NOTE: FOR THE GEOMETRICAL DETAILS REFER TO SIL 340058


AUTHORIZED AREA FOR APPLICATION OF PAINT OR ANTIEROSION TAPE

N_MM_231200_8_AAA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-12-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1


VHF Antenna

23-12-00 PB801

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ANTENNA - VHF - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION


** On A/C ALL
Task 23-12-11-000-001-A
Removal of the VHF Antennas and
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE YOU SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
FIN 4RC1, 4RC2
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
AR SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER
1
SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

FOR FIN 4RC1(ANTENNA-VHF, 1)


No specific
B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 08-074
C.

ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT)

DESIGNATION
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
MASKING TAPE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-11-991-00100-A - VHF Antennas)
3.

DESIGNATION

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-11-865-050-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
FOR FIN 4RC1
49VU

COM/VHF/1

2RC1

G09

FOR FIN 4RC2


121VU

COM NAV/VHF/2

2RC2

L04

AES

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

23-12-11 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 23-12-11-010-050-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

4.

Get access to the VHF Antennas:


(a)

FOR 4RC1 (ANTENNA-VHF, 1)


put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) in position at Zone 220.

(b)

FOR 4RC2 (ANTENNA-VHF, 2)


find the VHF antenna 4RC2 at Zone 154.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-11-991-00100-A - VHF Antennas)
Subtask 23-12-11-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the VHF Antenna 4RC1


(1)

Remove the sealant from the heads of the screws (6) with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

(2)

Remove the sealant from the base of the antenna (1) and the fuselage structure with a SCRAPER NON METALLIC.

(3)

Remove the screws (6) from the antenna (1).

(4)

Lift the antenna (1) until you can see the coaxial cable connector (4)

(5)

Disconnect the coaxial cable connector (4) from the antenna connector (2).

(6)

Safety the coaxial cable (5). Put masking tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
No: 08-074) around the coaxial cable (5) and attach it to the fuselage.

(7)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(8)

Remove and discard the O-ring (3) from the antenna (1).

Subtask 23-12-11-020-054-A
B.

AES

Removal of the VHF Antenna 4RC2


(1)

Remove the sealant from the heads of the screws (6) and (7) with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

(2)

Remove the sealant from the base of the antenna (1) and the fuselage structure with a SCRAPER NON METALLIC.

(3)

Remove the screws (6) and (7) from the antenna (1).

(4)

Lift the antenna (1) until you can see the coaxial cable connector (4).

(5)

Disconnect the coaxial cable connector (4) from the antenna connector (2).

(6)

Safety the coaxial cable (5). Put masking tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
No: 08-074) around the coaxial cable (5) and attach it to the fuselage.

(7)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(8)

Remove and discard the O-ring (3) from the antenna (1).

23-12-11 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

FR18
FR20
FR51

FR52

B
A

4RC1

5
6
4
2
3

2
4
6

5
1 4RC2

N_MM_231211_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-12-11-991-00100-A SHEET 1


VHF Antennas

23-12-11 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-12-11-400-001-A
Installation of the VHF Antennas and
FIN 4RC1, 4RC2
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT)

No specific

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 05-013A
Material No: 08-074
Material No: 09-016
Material No: 09-019B
Material No: 11-003
Material No: 16-021
Material No: 19-003
C.

SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
RELEASE AGENT
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
MASKING TAPE
SEALANTS
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE
STRUCTURE PAINTS
FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
3

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
23-12-11-01-010

O-ring
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-005-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Antennas With Conductive Bolts.

23-12-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the VHF System

(Ref. Fig. 23-12-11-991-00100-A - VHF Antennas)


3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-11-860-050-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

AES

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) is in position at Zone 220.

23-12-11 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 23-12-11-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

PANEL
FOR FIN 4RC1
49VU

COM/VHF/1

2RC1

G09

FOR FIN 4RC2


121VU

COM NAV/VHF/2

2RC2

L04

4.

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-11-991-00100-A - VHF Antennas)
Subtask 23-12-11-910-052-A
A.

Preparation for Installation


WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
GET MEDICAL AID.
(1)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Remove the sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC and clean the fuselage structure with the
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) .

(3)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No:
11-003) and the lint-free cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .

(4)

Apply the masking tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-074) to:
. the edge of the antenna (1)
. the holes of the screws (6) or (7)
. the hole for the antenna connector (2).

(5)

Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-013A) to the bottom of the antenna (1).

(6)

Apply the SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019B) to the area of the fuselage adjacent to the antenna (1).

Subtask 23-12-11-420-051-A
B.

Installation of the VHF Antennas 4RC1


WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.

AES

23-12-11 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
GET MEDICAL AID.
(1)

Remove the blanking caps from the coaxial cable connector (4) and the antenna connector (2).

(2)

Remove the masking tape from:


. The coaxial cable (5)
. The holes of the screws (6)
. The hole for the antenna connector (2).

(3)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Put the new (IPC-CSN 23-12-11-01) O-ring (3) in its correct position, on the base of the antenna (1).

(5)

Connect the coaxial cable connector (4) to the antenna connector (2).

(6)

Put the antenna (1) in position and install the screws (6) at the fuselage structure.

(7)

Tighten the screws (6) diagonally.


NOTE :

The antenna mounting screws (6) give the electrical bonding between the antenna (1) and the
fuselage structure.

(8)

Make sure that the bonding resistance between the antenna (1) and the fuselage structure in not more
than 5 milliohms (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-005-A).

(9)

Remove the unwanted sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

(10) Clean the area with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) and a lint-free cotton cloth LINTFREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(11) Remove the masking tape from the base of the antenna (1).
(12) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) to all the screw heads (6).
(13) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) around the base of the antenna (1).
(14) Let the sealant become dry.
(15) Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-021) to all of the sealed screw heads (6), and the
antenna base seal.
NOTE :

It is not mandatory to paint the sealant around the base of the antenna and on the head of the
screws.

Subtask 23-12-11-420-054-A
C.

Installation of the VHF Antenna 4RC2


WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.

AES

23-12-11 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
GET MEDICAL AID.
(1)

Remove the blanking caps from the coaxial cable connector (4) and the antenna connector (2).

(2)

Remove the masking tape from:


. The coaxial cable (5)
. The holes of the screws (6) and (7)
. The hole for the antenna connector (2).

(3)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Put the new (IPC-CSN 23-12-11-01) O-ring (3) in its correct position, on the base of the antenna (1).

(5)

Connect the coaxial cable connector (4) to the antenna connector (2).

(6)

Put the antenna (1) in position and install the screws (6) and (7) at the fuselage structure.

(7)

Tighten the screws (6) and (7) diagonally.


NOTE :

The antenna mounting screws (6) and (7) give the electrical bonding between the antenna (1)
and the fuselage structure.

(8)

Make sure that the bonding resistance between the antenna (1) and the fuselage structure in not more
than 5 milliohms (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-005-A).

(9)

Remove the unwanted sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

(10) Clean the area with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) and a lint-free cotton cloth LINTFREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(11) Remove the masking tape from the base of the antenna (1).
(12) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) to all the screw heads (6) and (7).
(13) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) around the base of the antenna (1).
(14) Let the sealant become dry.
(15) Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-021) to all of the sealed screw heads (6) and (7),
and the antenna base seal.
NOTE :

It is not mandatory to paint the sealant around the base of the antenna and on the head of the
screws.

Subtask 23-12-11-865-052-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

49VU

COM/VHF/1

2RC1

G09

121VU

COM NAV/VHF/2

2RC2

L04

Subtask 23-12-11-710-050-A
E.

Test of the VHF System


(1)

AES

Do the operational test of the VHF system (Ref. TASK 23-12-00-710-001-A).

23-12-11 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 23-12-11-942-050-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.


(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other items.

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

23-12-11 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-12-11-000-002-A
Removal of the VHF Antenna
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE YOU SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
FIN 4RC3
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT)

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific
No specific

AR
1

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER


SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 08-074
C.

DESIGNATION
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
MASKING TAPE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-11-991-00300-B - VHF Antenna.)
3.

DESIGNATION

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-11-865-053-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):


PANEL

DESIGNATION
COM NAV/VHF/3

121VU

FIN
2RC3

LOCATION
L05

Subtask 23-12-11-010-051-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

4.

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) in position at Zone 254.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-11-991-00300-B - VHF Antenna.)
Subtask 23-12-11-020-052-A
A.

AES

Removal of the VHF Antenna


(1)

Remove the sealant from the heads of the screws (6) with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

(2)

Remove the sealant from the base of the antenna (1) and the fuselage structure with a SCRAPER NON METALLIC.

23-12-11 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

(3)

Remove the screws (6) from the antenna (1).

(4)

Lift the antenna (1) until you can see the coaxial cable connector (4).

(5)

Disconnect the coaxial cable connector (4) from the antenna connector (2).

(6)

Safety the coaxial cable (5). Put masking tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
No: 08-074) around the coaxial cable (5) and attach it to the fuselage.

(7)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(8)

Remove and discard the O-ring (3) from the antenna (1).

23-12-11 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

FR53

4RC3

FR52

6
2

3
4

N_MM_231211_4_ACU0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-12-11-991-00300-B SHEET 1


VHF Antenna.

23-12-11 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-12-11-400-002-A
Installation of the VHF Antenna
FIN 4RC3
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT)

No specific

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 05-013
Material No: 08-074
Material No: 09-016
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-003
Material No: 16-021
Material No: 19-003
C.

SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
MASKING TAPE
SEALANTS
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE
STRUCTURE PAINTS
FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
3

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
23-12-11-01-010

O-ring
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-005-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Antennas With Conductive Bolts.

23-12-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the VHF System

(Ref. Fig. 23-12-11-991-00300-B - VHF Antenna.)


3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-11-860-051-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

AES

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) is in position at Zone 254.

23-12-11 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 23-12-11-865-054-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

121VU
4.

DESIGNATION
COM NAV/VHF/3

FIN
2RC3

LOCATION
L05

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-11-991-00300-B - VHF Antenna.)
Subtask 23-12-11-910-053-A
A.

Preparation for Installation


WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
GET MEDICAL AID.
(1)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Remove the sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC and clean the fuselage structure with the
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) .

(3)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No:
11-003) and the lint-free cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .

(4)

Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-074) at the edge of the antenna
(1), the holes of the screws (6) and the antenna connector (2).

(5)

Apply the release agent SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-013) to the bottom of the antenna
(1).

(6)

Apply the SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) on to the area of the fuselage that interfaces with the
antenna (1).

Subtask 23-12-11-420-052-A
B.

Installation of the VHF Antenna


WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

AES

23-12-11 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
GET MEDICAL AID.
(1)

Remove the blanking caps from the coaxial cable connector (4) and from the antenna connector (2).

(2)

Remove the masking tape from:


. The coaxial cable (5)
. The holes of the screws (6)
. The hole for the antenna connector (2).

(3)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Put the new (IPC-CSN 23-12-11-01) O-ring (3) in its correct position, on the base of the antenna (1).

(5)

Connect the coaxial cable connector (4) to the VHF antenna connector (2).

(6)

Put the antenna (1) in position and install the screws (6) at the fuselage structure.

(7)

Tighten the screws (6) diagonally.


NOTE :

The antenna mounting screws (6) give the electrical bonding between the antenna (1) and the
fuselage structure.

(8)

Make sure that the bonding resistance between the antenna (1) and the fuselage structure is not more
than 5 milliohms (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-005-A).

(9)

Remove the unwanted sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

(10) Clean the area with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) and a lint-free cotton cloth LINTFREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(11) Remove the masking tape from the base of the antenna (1).
(12) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) to all the screw heads (6).
(13) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) around the base of the antenna (1).
(14) Let the sealant become dry.
(15) Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-021) to all of the sealed screw heads (6), and the
antenna base seal.
NOTE :

It is not mandatory to paint the sealant around the base of the antenna and on the head of the
screws.

Subtask 23-12-11-865-055-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

121VU

DESIGNATION
COM NAV/VHF/3

FIN
2RC3

LOCATION
L05

Subtask 23-12-11-710-051-A
D.
5.

Do the operational test of the VHF system (Ref. TASK 23-12-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 23-12-11-942-051-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.


(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

23-12-11 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TRANSCEIVER - VHF - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION


** On A/C ALL
Task 23-12-33-000-001-A
Removal of the VHF Transceiver
FIN 1RC1, 1RC2, 1RC3
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

127
128
824

ZONE DESCRIPTION
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-33-991-00100-A - VHF Transceiver)
3.

DESIGNATION

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-33-865-050-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
FOR FIN 1RC1
49VU

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

COM/VHF/1

2RC1

G09

FOR FIN 1RC2


121VU

COM NAV/VHF/2

2RC2

L04

FOR FIN 1RC3


121VU

COM NAV/VHF/3

2RC3

L05

Subtask 23-12-33-010-050-A
B.

AES

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 824 in zone
128.

(2)

Open the access door 824.

23-12-33 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-33-991-00100-A - VHF Transceiver)
Subtask 23-12-33-020-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of the VHF Transceiver


(1)

Loosen the nuts (3).

(2)

Lower the nuts (3).

(3)

Pull the VHF transceiver (5) on its rack (2), to disconnect the electrical connectors (1).

(4)

Remove the VHF transceiver (5).

(5)

Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors (1).

23-12-33 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
FR24A
FR20

ACCESS
DOOR 824

A
80VU

1RC1
1RC2

1RC3

82VU

81VU

1
5

4
2
3

N_MM_231233_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-12-33-991-00100-A SHEET 1


VHF Transceiver

23-12-33 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-12-33-400-001-A
Installation of the VHF Transceiver
FIN 1RC1, 1RC2, 1RC3
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

127
128
824

ZONE DESCRIPTION
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
23-12-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the VHF System

23-12-00-740-001-A

BITE Test of the VHF System

52-41-00-410-002-A

Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access

(Ref. Fig. 23-12-33-991-00100-A - VHF Transceiver)


3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-33-860-050-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.

(2)

Make sure that the access door 824 is open.

Subtask 23-12-33-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

PANEL
FOR FIN 1RC1
49VU

COM/VHF/1

2RC1

G09

FOR FIN 1RC2


121VU

COM NAV/VHF/2

2RC2

L04

FOR FIN 1RC3


121VU

COM NAV/VHF/3

2RC3

L05

4.

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-33-991-00100-A - VHF Transceiver)

AES

23-12-33 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 23-12-33-420-050-A
A.

Installation of the VHF Transceiver


(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1).

(4)

Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are clean and in the correct condition.

(5)

Install the VHF transceiver (5) on its rack (2).

(6)

Push the VHF transceiver (5) on its rack (2) to connect the electrical connectors(1).

(7)

Engage the nuts (3) on the lugs (4) and tighten.

Subtask 23-12-33-865-052-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
FOR FIN 1RC1
49VU

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

COM/VHF/1

2RC1

G09

FOR FIN 1RC2


121VU

COM NAV/VHF/2

2RC2

L04

FOR FIN 1RC3


121VU

COM NAV/VHF/3

2RC3

L05

Subtask 23-12-33-740-050-A
C.

Do the BITE test of the VHF system (Ref. TASK 23-12-00-740-001-A)


NOTE :

5.

As an alternative procedure, you can do this operational test without the CFDS (Ref. TASK
23-12-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 23-12-33-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002-A).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

23-12-33 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RADIO MANAGEMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION


** On A/C ALL
1.

General

** On A/C 006-099
The radio management panels (RMP) centralize radio communication (VHF) frequency control.
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
The radio management panels (RMP) centralize radio communication (VHF, HF) frequency control.
** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
They can also serve as backups of the flight management and guidance computers (FMGC) for radio navigation
frequencies control (VOR/DME, ILS, MLS/GLS (if activated), ADF(if installed)).
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
They can also serve as backups of the flight management and guidance computers (FMGC) for radio navigation
frequencies control (VOR/DME, LS, ADF(if installed)).
The aircraft is equipped with three RMPs which are identical and interchangeable.

AES

23-13-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

Component Location

** On A/C
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-12500-D - Radio Management - Component Location)
** On A/C ALL
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-12500-B - Radio Management - Component Location)
FIN

FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION

PANEL

ZONE ACCESS ATA REF.


DOOR

** On A/C ALL
1RG1

RMP-COM/NAV FREQ SEL, 1

11VU

210

23-13-13

1RG2

RMP-COM/NAV FREQ SEL, 2

11VU

210

23-13-13

FIN
1RG3

FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
RMP-COM FREQ SEL, 3

FIN

PANEL

ZONE ACCESS ATA REF.


DOOR
210
23-13-13

PANEL

20VU

3CA1
MCDU-1
3CA2
MCDU-2
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 22-1085 FOR A/C 003-004

11VU
11VU

ZONE ACCESS ATA REF.


DOOR
210
22-82-12
210
22-82-12

3CA3

101VU

211

AES

FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION

MCDU-3

23-13-00 PB001

22-82-12

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3.

System Description
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-14000-B - Radio Management - Communication Architecture)
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-14200-A - Radio Management - Navigation Architecture)

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
The radio management system is connected to:
. The VHF and HF radio-communication equipment (Ref. 23-12 and 23-11)
** On A/C 006-099
The radio management system is connected to:
. The VHF radio-communication equipment (Ref. 23-12)
. The VOR, DME, ADF (if installed) and ILS radio-navigation equipment (Ref. 34-55, 34-51, 34-53 and 34-36)
. The Flight Management and Guidance Computers (FMGC) (Ref. 22-83)
. The Centralized Fault-Display Interface-Unit (CFDIU) (Ref. 31-32)
. The Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU) (Ref. 32-31).

AES

23-13-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
4.

Electrical Power Supply


(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-15700-B - Radio Management - System Power Supply)
The RMP1 is supplied with 28VDC from the 28VDC ESS bus 4PP (sub-busbar 401PP) through 3A circuit breaker
2RG1 on the overhead panel 49VU (in the cockpit).
The RMP1 is supplied by the emergency system.
The RMP2 is supplied with 28VDC from the 28VDC bus 2PP (sub-busbar 204PP) through 3A circuit breaker 2RG2
on the rear circuit breaker panel 121VU (in the cockpit).
The RMP3 is supplied with 28VDC from the 28VDC bus 1PP (sub-busbar 103PP) through 3A circuit breaker 2RG3
on the rear circuit breaker panel 121VU (in the cockpit).

AES

23-13-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
5.

Component Description
A.

RMP External Description - Front face 1RG1 1RG2 1RG3


** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-17300-B - RMP - Front Face)
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-17300-C - RMP - Front Face)
Front face features:
. Two display windows. These windows have liquid crystal displays (LCD) with a high contrast:
. ACTIVE frequency display for frequencies output by the RMP.
. STBY/CRS (standby/course) display for preset frequencies (and courses for the VOR and the ILS).
. A pushbutton switch which permits the transfer of frequencies from one display to the other.
. Five pushbutton switches with selection feedback for the selection of the VHF and HF systems.
. ** On A/C ALL
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
A SEL indicator light (amber LED) to indicate the interactions between the different RMPs.
. A dual selector knob for the selection of frequency and course.
. Two pushbutton switches with selection feedback for the selection of specific modes :
. ** On A/C
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
A SEL indicator light (amber LED) to indicate the interactions between the different RMPs.
. A dual turbo tuning selector knob for the selection of frequency and course proportionally to its rotation
speed.
. Two pushbutton switches with selection feedback for the selection of specific modes :
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
.AM pushbutton switch for the HF system
.BFO pushbutton switch for the ADF system (if installed)
** On A/C 006-099
.AM pushbutton switch for the HF system (this pushbutton switch is not used on all RMPs)
.BFO pushbutton switch for the ADF system (if installed)
. A pushbutton switch with NAV selection feedback. A Plexiglas guard protects this pushbutton switch. This
pushbutton switch lets the selection of the radio-navigation back up mode.
. Four pushbutton switches with selection feedback for the selection of the radio navigation systems (VOR,
ILS, ADF (if installed) and a provision)
. A latching ON/OFF switch to set the RMP to ON and to OFF.

** On A/C ALL
B.

RMP External Description - Back


The back is equipped with a round 55-pin connector.

C.

Characteristics - Frequency ranges


** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
EMB SB 23-1249 FOR A/C 005-008
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-18700-A - RMP - Channelling/Frequency pairing (118.000 to 136.975 MHz) with 8.33 KHz

AES

23-13-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
actived)
. VHF: 118 to 136.975 MHz
Channel width: 8,33 KHz or 25 KHz according to the pin prog
The KHz figure is not given with 25 KHz spacing.
. ** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
HF: narrow band 2.8 to 23.999 MHz or wide band 2 to 29.999 MHz, according to the pin prog.
Channel width: 1 KHz or 100Hz according to the pin prog.
NOTE :

.
.

For narrow band, the frequencies between 2 and 2.799 are selectable for operating facilities but the HF
transceiver could not be tuned on these frequencies.

ADF: 190 to 1750.5 KHz


Channel width: 0.5 KHz
VOR : 108 to 117.95 MHz
Channel width : 50 KHz
Between 108 and 112 MHz, the VOR frequencies are the ones in which the figure corresponding to the
tenths of MHz is even (e.f. 108.00, 108.05, 108.20... 111.85).
All the frequencies from 112 MHz included, which end in 50 KHz are VOR frequencies.
Only the frequencies assigned to the VOR system can be displayed when VOR is selected.
Course : 0 to 359.
ILS : 108 to 111.95 MHz
Channel width : 50 KHz.
The ILS frequencies are the one in which the figure corresponding to the tenths of MHz is odd (e.f. 108.10,
108.15, 108.30... 111.95).
Only the frequencies assigned to the ILS can be displayed when ILS is selected.
Course : 0 to 359.

** On A/C ALL
D. Characteristics - Electrical power supply
Power: 27.5VDC
Placard: 5VAC
Selection feedback: 5VAC

AES

E.

Characteristics - Data transmission and reception


The RMP transmits and receives data in compliance with low speed ARINC 429 standards (between 12.5 and 14
kbits/s).
The radio-communication and the radio-navigation equipment receives the frequency and course data through
words having a structure and a refresh rate defined in the ARINC characteristics related to these systems.

F.

Characteristics - Light and display test


This test is initiated when you set the three-position INT LT/ANN LT switch on the overhead panel 25VU in
the cockpit to TEST (Ref. 33-10).
During the test:
. The displays show 8s on the RMP.
. All the selection feed back lights come on.
During the test, the RMP does not take into account selection made on its front face. It transmits the data
corresponding to its configuration at the test initiation.

G.

Characteristics - Micro power interruption and power supply cut-off


Any micro power interruption less than 200 ms has no influence on the RMP. In the event of power supply cutoff, the RMP memorizes the context. Consequently, the last configuration selected can be restored when the
power supply becomes available again.

23-13-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
H. Operation - General
The RMPs have two modes of operation:
. The normal mode (radio communication selection)
. The back up mode (radio communication and radio navigation selection).
J.

Normal Mode - Frequency selection


** On A/C
EMB SB 23-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-20800-E - RMP - Operation in Normal Mode)
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
EMB SB 23-1249 FOR A/C 005-008
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-20800-C - RMP - Operation in Normal Mode)
** On A/C 006-099
The RMPs control the frequencies of the VHF transceiver.
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
The RMPs control the frequencies of the HF and VHF transceivers.
. Selection of the transceiver is accompanied by a selection feedback and the frequencies which have been
previously selected and preset appear in the ACTIVE and STBY/CRS display windows respectively.
. Only the preset frequency can be modified by means of the dual selector knob.
. When the preset frequency corresponds to the desired value, you press the transfer pushbutton to render it
active. The displayed values are then changed over and the RMP modifies its output data accordingly.

** On A/C ALL
K.

Normal Mode - SEL indicator light


It is possible to control the operating frequency of any transceiver through one RMP. Nevertheless each RMP is
more particularly allocated to one or several systems:
If 3 RMPs are installed:
. The RMP1 is associated with the VHF1 transceiver
. The RMP2 is associated with the VHF2 transceiver
. The RMP3 is associated with the VHF3(*), HF1(*) and HF2(*) transceivers.
(* = if installed)
Each time the system operates in a different configuration (cross selection), the SEL indicator lights on the two
RMPs concerned come on (e.g. when the VHF2 transceiver is selected on the RMP1, the SEL indicator lights on
the RMP1 and the RMP2 come on).
In certain configurations, the SEL indicator lights on the three RMPs are on (e.g. selection of the VHF2
transceiver on the RMP1 and selection of the VHF1 transceiver on the RMP3).

** On A/C 003-005
L.

Normal Mode - AM mode selection


** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
The AM pushbutton switch with selection feedback enables the selection of the AM mode (amplitude
modulation) for the HF transceivers.
This pushbutton is inoperative unless an HF transceiver has been previously selected on the same RMP.
The selection is memorized when another system is selected.

AES

23-13-00 PB001

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The other RMPs take into account this selection through their dialogue buses.
If AM mode is not selected , the default mode is USB.
** On A/C ALL
M. Normal Mode - ON/OFF latching switch
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
The power supply of each RMP can be switched off by means of the ON/OFF latching switch (OFF position).
When the RMP1 or the RMP2 is off, it becomes transparent for the RMP3. The de-activated RMP then directly
connects (by means of internal relays) the RMP3 communication buses to the VHF and HF transceivers.
** On A/C 006-099
The power supply of each RMP can be switched off by means of the ON/OFF switch (OFF position). When the
RMP1 or the RMP2 is off, it becomes transparent for the RMP3. The de-activated RMP then directly connects
(by means of internal relays) the RMP3 communication buses to the VHF transceivers.
** On A/C ALL
N. Radio-Navigation Back-Up Mode - Mode selection
** On A/C
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-23200-C - RMP - Frequency and Course Selection for VOR and ILS)
** On A/C ALL
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-23200-B - RMP - Frequency and Course Selection for VOR and ILS)
It is possible to select this mode when you press the NAV pushbutton switch (protected by a grid-type guard to
avoid unwanted selections).
The selection is accompanied by a selection feedback.
This selection has no effect on the display (the same radio communication transceiver remains selected) but the
values on the RMP radio-navigation output bus are modified. These values are no longer the values delivered by
the FMGC but those memorized by the RMP (i.e. values previously selected in radio-navigation back-up mode).
It is not possible to select radio-navigation equipment unless the radio-navigation back-up mode has been
previously selected.
The selection of this mode is possible only on the RMP1 and the RMP2.
** On A/C ALL
P.

Radio-Navigation Back-Up Mode - Frequency and course selection for radio navigation equipment
The selection of a radio navigation system is accompanied by a selection feedback.
The frequency previously selected in radio-navigation back-up mode for this system is displayed.
For the ADF, there is only a selection of frequency. This selection is the same as for the VHF and HF
transceivers (if installed) (Ref. para. 5. (3) (a) 1_ Frequency selection).
If ADF 1 is not installed, a hard pin-prog on the RMP will inform this one about NO ADF configuration.
This programming must be done on all RMPs. Then the ADF keys shall not be usable on the RMP 1.
In addition a label 040 will be generated by the RMP to inform accordingly the CFDIU and other peripherals.
For the VOR and the ILS, there is a selection of frequency and course as described in figure
** On A/C
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-23200-C - RMP - Frequency and Course Selection for VOR and ILS)
** On A/C ALL
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-23200-B - RMP - Frequency and Course Selection for VOR and ILS)

AES

23-13-00 PB001

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
There is no selection for the DME : the DME receives the VOR and ILS frequencies from the RMP with the
corresponding label.
The DME then operates with the DME frequencies associated with the VOR and ILS frequencies.
** On A/C ALL
Q. Radio-Navigation Back-Up Mode - BFO mode selection
A BFO pushbutton switch with selection feedback enables the selection of the BFO mode (Beat Frequency
Oscillator) for the ADF system. This pushbutton switch is inoperative unless the ADF has been previously
selected.
This selection is memorized when another system is selected.
R.

AES

Radio-Navigation Back-Up Mode - Frequency selection for radio communication transceivers


In radio-navigation back-up mode, the radio-communication systems can be selected as in normal mode.
Transition from a radio-navigation system to a radio-communication system does not require de-activation of the
back-up mode.
When a radio navigation system is selected, the SEL indicator light continues to indicate the configurations
described in paragraph 5. (3) (a) 2_ SEL indicator light.

23-13-00 PB001

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
6.

Operation
The RMPs have two modes of operation:
. The normal mode
. The radio-navigation back-up mode.
A.

Normal Mode
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-27900-D - Radio Communication - Normal Configuration)

B.

Normal Mode
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
In normal mode, the RMPs control the frequencies of the VHF and HF transceivers.
** On A/C 006-099
In normal mode, the RMPs control the frequencies of the VHF transceivers.
The operating frequencies of all the transceivers can be displayed and modified on one RMP.
The RMPs exchange the various frequencies selected for the transceivers through dialogue buses.
Any new selection made on one RMP is taken into account by the others two.
Each RMP has two output buses connected to the radio communication equipment:
. ** On A/C 005-099
The RMP1(2) COM BUS 1 delivers the VHF1, VHF3 (if fitted) and HF1 (if fitted) frequencies.
. ** On A/C 003-004
The RMP1(2) COM BUS 1 delivers the VHF1 and HF1 (if fitted) frequencies.
. The RMP2 COM BUS 1 delivers the VHF3 frequencies.
. The RMP2(1) COM BUS 2 delivers the VHF2 and HF2 (if fitted) frequencies.
Each transceiver receives the appropriate output bus from the RMP1 and RMP2.
The transceiver only takes into account one of the two signals (depending on the status of a discrete received
from the RMP1 or 2).
In addition, the RMP1 or the RMP2 (set to OFF) can be made transparent for the RMP3 (its output buses are
linked to the RMP1 and RMP2 only).
In the event of failures of one or two RMPs, the reconfigurations are possible to control the radio
communication equipment.
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-29200-D - Radio Communication - Reconfiguration)

C.

AES

Radio-Navigation Back-Up Mode


This mode is selected in the event of failure of both FMGCs, on the RMP1 and the RMP2 only.
In addition to normal mode functions it also enables the frequency control of the radio navigation equipment :
. On Captain side (VOR1, DME1, ILS1, ADF1(*)) for the RMP1
. On First Officer side (VOR2, DME2, ILS2, ADF2(*)) for the RMP2.
(*) if installed
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-29900-A - Radio Navigation - Normal Configuration)
The RMP1 and the RMP2 transmit on a dedicated output bus the frequencies to the radio navigation
equipment. In addition, the RMP1 (RMP2) receives the FMGC1 (FMGC2) management bus.
In normal mode, these input and output are directly interconnected by means of internal relays. The RMP is
thus transparent to the onside FMGC.
In radio-navigation back-up mode, the output bus transmits frequencies generated by the RMP.
Each radio-navigation system receives the output bus from the onside RMP and the management bus from the
offside FMGC. Only one input is taken into account according to the status of a discrete received from the
RMP.

23-13-00 PB001

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
This enables reconfigurations in case of failure of one or two FMGCs.
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-30200-A - Radio Navigation - Reconfiguration)
The RMP1 and the RMP2 exchange, through the dialogue buses, the frequency and the course for the ILS: the
selected values are identical for the ILS1 and the ILS2 at selection of the back-up mode on the RMP1 and the
RMP2.
The ILS course and frequency are the only radio-navigation data exchanged through the dialogue buses.

AES

23-13-00 PB001

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
7.

Interface
A.

Connection with the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)


The RMP1 is linked to the CFDS by means of two buses:
. The RMP1 receives a bus from the CFDIU which transmits general parameters (UTC, date, flight phase
etc.) and interrogations (selection of the menu mode, etc.).
. The RMP1 then transmits these data to the RMP2 and the RMP3 through its output dialogue bus.
. The RMP1 output bus sent to the VHF1 (and VHF3 and HF1 if installed) is also connected to the CFDIU.
In addition to VHF1 (and VHF3 and HF1 if installed) frequencies, the RMP1 transmits system maintenance
data through this bus.
When the CFDIU interrogates the RMP2 or the RMP3, the interrogated RMP transmits the data (menu pages,
data pages, etc.) to the RMP1 through its dialogue output bus.
The RMP1 then transmits these data to the CFDIU.
Each RMP receives a discrete giving the landing gear configuration.
The RMP1 receives this discrete from the LGCIU1 (Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit) and the RMP2
and 3 from the LGCIU2.
Each RMP uses this discrete for confirmation of the flight phase information coming from the CFDIU.

B.

Output Interface
** On A/C ALL
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(1) Digital Outputs
The radio-communication and radio-navigation equipment receives the frequency and course data through
words. These words have a structure and a refresh rate defined in ARINC 429 Characteristics.
On the COM bus 1, each RMP transmits the labels 030, 037, 356 and 377.
On the COM bus 2, each RMP transmits the labels 030, 037 and 377.
On the NAV bus, each RMP transmits the labels 034, 035, 024, 100, 033, 017, 105, 032 and 377.

This table contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
The following table gives:
. SYS LABEL SDI: (SDAC,FWC,DMC...) output label for which the parameter is available
. PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
. RANGE ACCURACY: measurement range. Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value
changes, the change step is equal to the accuracy
. UNIT: unit in which the digital value is transmitted
. SIG BIT: indicates whether a sign bit is available
. DATA BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label
. UPD/MSEC: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given in milliseconds
. CODE:
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code
. ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
. SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
PARAMETER LIST
PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC)
|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AES

23-13-00 PB001

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
|
|DEFINITION| OPER RANGE |
|BIT |
|INTV|
|CODE |ORIGIN |
|
|(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION |
|
|
|
|
|
|BUS No.|
|
|(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY |
|
|
|
|
|
|ATA REF|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|CONV
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
030
! VHF
!118-136.975 !MHz !
! 18 ! 180! BCD!
!
!
!
! FREQ
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
037
! HF
!2.8-24
!MHz !
! 18 ! 180! BCD!
!
!
!
! FREQ
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
035
! DME
!108.00
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! FREQ
!135.95
!MHz !
! 15 ! 180! BCD!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
032
! ADF
!190-1750
!KHz !
! 15 ! 180! BCD!
!
!
!
! FREQ
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
034
! VOR
!108.00
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! FREQ
!117.95
!MHz !
! 15 ! 180! BCD!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
024
! VOR CRS !0-359
!Deg ! 3 ! 15 ! 180! BCD!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
100
! VOR CRS !0-359
!Deg ! 12 ! 11 ! 180! BNR!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
033
! ILS
!108.00
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! FREQ
!111.95
!MHz !
! 15 ! 180! BCD!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
017
! ILS CRS !0-359.9
!Deg ! 4 ! 15 ! 180! BCD!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
105
! ILS CRS !0-359.9
!Deg ! 11 ! 11 ! 180! BNR!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
356
!BITE
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!STATUS
!
!
!
!
! 100! BNR!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
377
!EQUIP
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!IDENT
!
!
!
!
!1000! BCD!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------** On A/C
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(2) Digital Outputs
The radio-communication and radio-navigation equipment receives the frequency and course data through
words. These words have a structure and a refresh rate defined in ARINC 429 Characteristics.
On the COM bus 1, each RMP transmits the labels 030, 037, 040, 047, 356, 377.
On the COM bus 2, each RMP transmits the labels 030, 037, 040, 047, 377.
On the NAV bus, each RMP transmits the labels 034, 035, 024, 100, 033, 017, 105, 032 and 377.
The table below contains the characteristics of all these parameters:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AES

23-13-00 PB001

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
! LABEL ! Parameter/Def. ! Word range ! Unit ! Rate ! Code ! Source Orig ! Bit!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! 030 !VHF FREQ 25KHz ! 118-136.975! MHz ! 190ms! BCD ! BUS COM 1/2 !
!
! 047 !VHF FREQ 8.33KHz! 118-136.975! MHz ! 190ms! BCD ! BUS COM 1/2 !
!
! 037 ! HF FREQ
! 2.8 - 24 ! MHz ! 190ms! BCD ! BUS COM 1/2 !
!
! 035 ! DME FREQ
! 108-135.95 ! MHz ! 150ms! BCD ! BUS NAV 1/2 !
!
! 032 ! ADF FREQ
! 190 - 1750 ! KHz ! 150ms! BCD ! BUS NAV 1/2 !
!
! 040 !" 0 ADF " option!
!
! 190ms!
! BUS COM 1
! 11 !
! 034 ! VOR FREQ
! 108-117.95 ! MHz ! 150ms! BCD ! BUS NAV 1/2 !
!
! 024 ! VOR CRS
!
0 - 359 ! deg ! 150ms! BCD ! BUS NAV 1/2 !
!
! 100 ! VOR CRS
!
0 - 359 ! deg ! 150ms! BNR ! BUS NAV 1/2 !
!
! 033 ! ILS FREQ
! 108-111.95 ! MHz ! 150ms! BCD ! BUS NAV 1/2 !
!
! 017 ! ILS FREQ
! 0 - 359.9 ! deg ! 150ms! BCD ! BUS NAV 1/2 !
!
! 105 ! ILS CRS
! 0 - 359.9 ! deg ! 150ms! BNR ! BUS NAV 1/2 !
!
! 356 ! BITE STATUS
!
!
! 190ms! ISO ! BUS COM 1
!
!
! 377 ! EQUIP IDENT
!
!
! 190ms! BCD ! BUS COM 1/2 !
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------** On A/C ALL
(3) Output Discretes
(a) From RMP1 & RMP2:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------NAME
ELECTRICAL LEVEL
TO
SIGNAL STATUS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------COM PORT SELECT
GND/O.C.
RADIO COM
GND = PORT B
EQUIPMENT
SELECT
NAV PORT SELECT
GND/O.C.
RADIO NAV
GND = PORT B
EQUIPMENT
SELECT
NAV CONTROL
GND/O.C.
FMGC
GND = RMP FAIL
------------------------------------------------------------------------------(b) From RMP3:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------NAME
ELECTRICAL LEVEL
TO
SIGNAL STATUS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------COM PORT SELECT
GND/O.C.
RMP1 & RMP2
GND = PORT B
SELECT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AES

23-13-00 PB001

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
8.

Test
A.

Built-In Test Equipment (BITE)


** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft. It detects and identifies a failure related to the RMP.
The BITE of the RMP is connected to the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) (Ref. 31-32).
The BITE:
. Transmits permanently RMP status and its identification message to the CFDIU.
. Memorizes the failures which occurred during the last 63 flight segments.
. Monitors data inputs from the various peripherals (VHF, HF and CFDIU).
. Transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and self-tests.
. Can communicate with the CFDIU through the menus.
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft. It detects and identifies a failure related to the RMP.
The BITE of the RMP is connected to the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) (Ref. 31-32).
The BITE:
. Transmits permanently RMP status and its identification message to the CFDIU.
. Memorizes the failures which occurred during the last 63 flight segments.
. Monitors data inputs from the various peripherals (VHF, HF and CFDIU).
. Transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and self-tests.
. Can communicate with the CFDIU through the menus.

** On A/C ALL
B.

General Operation
** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
The BITE can operate in two modes:
. The normal mode
. The menu mode.
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
The BITE can operate in two modes:
. The normal mode
. The menu mode.
** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(1) Normal mode
In normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the momentaneous status of the RMP. It transmits these
information signals to the CFDIU during the concerned flight.
In case of fault detection, the BITE stores the information signals in the fault memories.
These information signals are transmitted to the CFDIU every 100 ms by an ARINC 429 message with label
356, and label 377 with equipment id:36.

AES

23-13-00 PB001

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) Menu mode
The menu mode can only be activated on the ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the RMP BITE by means of the Multipurpose
Control and Display Unit (MCDU).
The RMP menu mode is composed of:
. LAST LEG REPORT
. PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
. LRU IDENTIFICATION
. TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
. TEST.
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(3) Normal mode
In normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the momentaneous status of the RMP. It transmits these
information signals to the CFDIU during the concerned flight.
In case of fault detection, the BITE stores the information signals in the fault memories.
These information signals are transmitted to the CFDIU every 100 ms by an ARINC 429 message with label
356, and label 377 with equipment id:36.
(4) Menu mode
The menu mode can only be activated on the ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the RMP BITE by means of the Multipurpose
Control and Display Unit (MCDU).
The RMP menu mode is composed of:
. LAST LEG REPORT
. PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
. LRU IDENTIFICATION
. GROUND SCANNING
. TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
. CLASS 3 FAULT
. GROUND REPORT
. TEST.
** On A/C ALL
C.

Functional Description
** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-34900-A - BITE - LAST LEG REPORT)
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-34900-B - BITE - LAST LEG REPORT)
** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-35000-A - BITE - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT)
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-35000-B - BITE - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT)
** On A/C 003-004

AES

23-13-00 PB001

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-35100-A - BITE - LRU IDENTIFICATION)
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-35100-B - BITE - LRU IDENTIFICATION)
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-35200-A - BITE - GROUND SCANNING)
** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-35600-A - BITE - TEST)
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-35600-B - BITE - TEST)
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-35300-A - BITE - TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA)
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-35400-A - BITE - CLASS 3 FAULTS)
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-35500-A - BITE - GROUND REPORT)
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-35500-A - BITE - GROUND REPORT)
To gain access to the BITE, it is necessary to use one MCDU (Ref. 31-32).
The MCDUs 3CA1 and 3CA2 are installed in the cockpit, on the center pedestal.

AES

23-13-00 PB001

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004

(IF INSTALLED

MCDU

RADIO MANAGEMENT PANEL

BRT

F
A
I
L
F
M
G
C

DIR

PROG

PERF

INIT

FPLN

RAD
NAV

FUEL
PRED

SEC
FPLN

DATA
MCDU
MENU

AIR
PORT

NEXT
PAGE

OVFY

1RG1
(1RG2) & 1RG3
M
C
D
U
M
E
N
U

CLR

3CA1 (3CA2)
N_MM_231300_0_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-12500-B SHEET 1


Radio Management - Component Location

23-13-00 PB001

Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004

(IF INSTALLED

MCDU

BRT

F
A
I
L
F
M
G
C

DIR

PROG

PERF

INIT

FPLN

RAD
NAV

FUEL
PRED

SEC
FPLN

DATA
MCDU
MENU

AIR
PORT

NEXT
PAGE

1RG1,2,3
RADIO MANAGEMENT PANEL

OVFY

M
C
D
U
M
E
N
U

CLR

3CA1 (3CA2, 3CA3)


N_MM_231300_0_BAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-12500-D SHEET 1


Radio Management - Component Location

23-13-00 PB001

Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

LGCIU 1

LGCIU 2
5GA2

5GA1
DIALOGUE

BUS 3

RMP 3 COM BUS 1

RMP 3 COM BUS 2


RMP 3
1RG3

RMP 3 COM

DSCRT

DIALOGUE BUS 1
DIALOGUE BUS 2

RMP 1

RMP 1 COM BUS 2

RMP 2

RMP 2 COM BUS 1

RMP2 COM DSCRT


VHF1
A

1RC1
HF1

RMP 2 COM BUS 2

1RG2

RMP 1 COM DSCRT

RMP 1 COM BUS 1

DATA BUS 4

1RG1

VHF2
1RC2 A

3RE1

HF2
3RE2 A

CFDIU

1TW

VHF3

1RC3

PORT SELECT DSCRT


IF INSTALLED

ACARS
ATSU
1RB

FREQ SELECT

N_MM_231300_0_AGP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-14000-B SHEET 1


Radio Management - Communication Architecture

23-13-00 PB001

Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
FMGC 1

FMGC 2

RMP 2

MANAGEMENT BUS FMGC 1

RMP 2 NAV PORT SELECT DSCRT

1RG2

RMP 2 NAV BUS

RMP 1 NAV BUS

RMP 1 NAV PORT SELECT DSCRT

1RG1

FMGC 2 FAIL DSCRT INPUT

RMP 1

MANAGEMENT BUS FMGC 2

FMGC 2 MANAGEMENT BUS

OUTPUT
NAV OPERATION DISCT

NAV OPERATION DISCT

FMGC 1 MANAGEMENT BUS

INPUT
FMGC 1 FAIL DSCRT

1CA2

OUTPUT

1CA1

VOR 1
3RS1 A

VOR 2 B
3RS2

DME 1
2SD1 A

DME 2 B
2SD2

ILS 1
2RT1 A

ILS 2
B
2RT2

ADF 1
2RP1 A

ADF 2 B
2RP2

IF INSTALLED
N_MM_231300_0_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-14200-A SHEET 1


Radio Management - Navigation Architecture

23-13-00 PB001

Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

401PP
28VDC
ESS BUS

3A
2RG1

RMP 1

HI
LO

DC GROUND

HI
5VAC
MONITOR LIGHT
LO

CHASSIS GROUND
SDI

204PP
28VDC
NORM BUS

3A
2RG2

1RG1

RMP 2

HI
LO

DC GROUND

5VAC
PANEL LIGHT

HI
5VAC
MONITOR LIGHT
LO

CHASSIS GROUND
SDI

103PP
28VDC
NORM BUS

5VAC
PANEL LIGHT

3A
2RG3

1RG2

RMP 3

HI
LO

DC GROUND

5VAC
PANEL LIGHT

HI
5VAC
MONITOR LIGHT
LO

CHASSIS GROUND
SDI

1RG3

N_MM_231300_0_AJN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-15700-B SHEET 1


Radio Management - System Power Supply

23-13-00 PB001

Page 22
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004

GREEN SELECTION
FEEDBACK

DISPLAY

GREEN TRANSFER
PUSHBUTTON SWITCH

SEL INDICATOR LIGHT


(WHITE LED)

DUAL SELECTOR KNOB

N_MM_231300_0_ALM1_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-17300-B SHEET 1


RMP - Front Face

23-13-00 PB001

Page 23
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004

GREEN SELECTION
FEEDBACK
DISPLAY

GREEN TRANSFER
PUSHBUTTON SWITCH

SEL INDICATOR LIGHT


(WHITE LED)

DUAL SELECTOR

KNOB

N_MM_231300_0_ADP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-17300-C SHEET 1


RMP - Front Face

23-13-00 PB001

Page 24
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
EMB SB 23-1249 FOR A/C 005-008

FREQUENCY
(MHZ)

CHANNEL
NAME
(DISPLAY)

CHANNEL
SPACING
(KHZ)

ARINC 429
WORD
CONTENT

LABEL
TRANSMITTED

118.0000

118.000

25

18.000

030

118.0000

118.005

8.33

18.000

047

118.0083

118.010

8.33

18.008

047

118.0167

118.015

8.33

18.017

047

118.0250

118.025

25

18.025

030

118.0250

118.030

8.33

18.025

047

118.0333

118.035

8.33

18.033

047

118.0417

118.040

8.33

18.042

047

118.0500

118.050

25

18.050

030

118.0500

118.055

8.33

18.050

047

118.0583

118.060

8.33

18.058

047

118.0667

118.065

8.33

18.067

047

118.0750

118.075

25

18.075

030

118.0750

118.080

8.33

18.075

047

118.0833

118.085

8.33

18.083

047

118.0917

118.090

8.33

18.092

047

118.1000

118.100

25

18.100

030

118.1000

118.105

8.33

18.100

047

ETC.

N_MM_231300_0_AZA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-18700-A SHEET 1


RMP - Channelling/Frequency pairing (118.000 to 136.975
MHz) with 8.33 KHz actived

23-13-00 PB001

Page 25
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
EMB SB 23-1249 FOR A/C 005-008
ACTIVE

VHF1

HF1

STBY/CRS

VHF2

VHF3

SEL

HF2

AM

STBY NAV
NAV

VOR

ILS

MLS

ON
ADF

BFO
OFF

ACTIVE

VHF1

HF1

STBY/CRS

VHF2

VHF3

SEL

HF2

AM

STBY NAV
NAV

VOR

ILS

MLS

ON
ADF

BFO
OFF

ACTIVE

VHF1

HF1

STBY/CRS

VHF2

VHF3

SEL

HF2

AM

STBY NAV
NAV

VOR

ILS

MLS

ON
ADF

BFO
OFF

N_MM_231300_0_AEX0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-20800-C SHEET 1


RMP - Operation in Normal Mode

23-13-00 PB001

Page 26
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C
EMB SB 23-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004

N_MM_231300_0_BNM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-20800-E SHEET 1


RMP - Operation in Normal Mode

23-13-00 PB001

Page 27
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
ACTIVE

VHF1

HF1

STBY/CRS

VHF2

VHF3

SEL

HF2

AM

STBY NAV
NAV

VOR

ILS

MLS

ON
ADF

BFO
OFF

SELECT
RMP TO NAV
ACTIVE

VHF1

HF1

STBY/CRS

VHF2

VHF3

SEL

HF2

AM

STBY NAV
NAV

VOR

ILS

MLS

ON
ADF

BFO
OFF

SELECT VOR
ACTIVE

ACTIVE

STBY/CRS
VHF1

HF1
VHF1

HF1

VHF2

VHF3

SEL

HF2

AM

STBY NAV
NAV

SEL

VOR

VHF2

VHF3
VOR

ILS

MLS

ON
ADF

BFO

AM

OFF

STBY NAV
NAV

STBY/CRS

ILS

MLS

ON
ADF

CHOOSE NEW FREQ

BFO
OFF

ACTIVATE FREQ
ACTIVE

VHF1

HF1

STBY/CRS

VHF2

VHF3

SEL

HF2

AM

STBY NAV
NAV

VOR

ILS

MLS

ON
ADF

BFO
OFF

CHOOSE NEW CRS


ACTIVE

VHF1

HF1

SELECT FREQ. CHANGE


READY FOR NEW STATION

VHF2

STBY/CRS

VHF3

SEL

AM
STBY NAV

NAV

VOR

ILS

MLS

ON
ADF

BFO
OFF

N_MM_231300_0_AFP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-23200-B SHEET 1


RMP - Frequency and Course Selection for VOR and ILS

23-13-00 PB001

Page 28
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004

SELECT
RMP TO NAV

SELECT VOR

CHOOSE NEW FREQ

ACTIVATE FREQ

CHOOSE NEW CRS

POSSIBLE DISPLAY
OF COM FREQ

SELECT FREQ CHANGE


READY FOR NEW STATION
N_MM_231300_0_BQM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-23200-C SHEET 1


RMP - Frequency and Course Selection for VOR and ILS

23-13-00 PB001

Page 29
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
DIALOGUE BUS 3

RMP 3

DIALOGUE BUS 1
DIALOGUE BUS 2

VHF 1
A

VHF 2
B

HF 2

HF 1
A

RMP2 COM BUS 2

RMP2 COM DSCRT

RMP 2

RMP1 COM DSCRT

RMP1 COM BUS 1

RMP 1

INFORMATION ACQUIRED
VHF 3
INFORMATION AVAILABLE BUT
NOT ACQUIRED

INFORMATION MISSING
FREQ SELECT
IF INSTALLED

ACARS
ATSU

PORT SELECT DSCRT


N_MM_231300_0_APR0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-27900-D SHEET 1


Radio Communication - Normal Configuration

23-13-00 PB001

Page 30
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
DIALOGUE BUS 3

RMP3 COM BUS 2

RMP 3

RMP3 COM

DSCRT

DIALOGUE BUS 1

RMP 2
OFF

VHF 1
A

VHF 2
B

HF 2

HF 1
A

RMP2 COM BUS 2

RMP2 COM DSCRT

RMP1 COM DSCRT

RMP1 COM BUS 1

RMP 1

VHF 3

FAILURE OF RMP 2
(SYMMETRICAL CONFIGURATION
IN CASE OF RMP 1 FAILURE)

IF INSTALLED

FREQ SELECT
ACARS/ATSU

PORT SELECT DSCRT


N_MM_231300_0_ATR0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-29200-D SHEET 1


Radio Communication - Reconfiguration

23-13-00 PB001

Page 31
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

RMP3 COM BUS 1

RMP3 COM BUS 2


RMP 3

VHF 1
A

RMP 2
OFF

VHF 2
B

HF 2

HF 1
A

RMP2 COM BUS 2

RMP1 COM DSCRT

RMP1 COM BUS 1

RMP 1
OFF

DSCRT

RMP2 COM DSCRT

RMP3 COM

VHF 3
B

FAILURE OF RMP 1 AND RMP 2


IF INSTALLED

FREQ SELECT
ACARS/ATSU

PORT SELECT DSCRT


N_MM_231300_0_ATR0_02_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-29200-D SHEET 2


Radio Communication - Reconfiguration

23-13-00 PB001

Page 32
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

RMP 3
OFF

RMP3 COM

DSCRT

RMP 1

RMP 2
OFF

RMP2 COM DSCRT

RMP1 COM DSCRT

RMP1 COM BUS 1

RMP1 COM BUS 2

VHF 1
A

VHF2
B

HF 2

HF 1
A

FAILURE OF RMP 2 AND RMP 3


(SYMMETRICAL CONFIGURATION
IN CASE OF RMP 1 AND RMP 3
FAILURE)

VHF 3
B

IF INSTALLED

FREQ SELECT
ACARS/ATSU

PORT SELECT DSCRT


N_MM_231300_0_ATR0_03_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-29200-D SHEET 3


Radio Communication - Reconfiguration

23-13-00 PB001

Page 33
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

ILS 1

ADF 1

NAV OPERATION
DISCT OUTPUT

FMGC 2

FMGC 1 MGT

DSCRT

VOR 2

DME 2

ILS 2

ADF 2

RMP 2 NAV

RMP 2 NAV BUS

DME 1

RMP 1 NAV

RMP 2

A
RMP 1 NAV

VOR 1

RMP 1

BUS

DSCRT

NAV OPERATION DISCT


B

MGT BUS

FMGC 2

BUS

OUTPUT

FMGC 1

INFORMATION ACQUIRED
INFORMATION AVAILABLE
BUT NOT ACQUIRED
INFORMATION MISSING
IF INSTALLED
N_MM_231300_0_AWM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-29900-A SHEET 1


Radio Navigation - Normal Configuration

23-13-00 PB001

Page 34
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

FMGC 1

VOR 1

DME 1

ILS 1

ADF 1

FMGC 2

RMP 1

RMP 2

NAV SELECTED

NAV SELECTED

VOR 2

DME 2

ILS 2

ADF 2

FAILURE OF FMGC 1 AND FMGC 2

IF INSTALLED

N_MM_231300_0_AYN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-30200-A SHEET 1


Radio Navigation - Reconfiguration

23-13-00 PB001

Page 35
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

FMGC 2

DME 1

ILS 1

ADF 1

VOR 2

DME 2

ILS 2

ADF 2

A
RMP 1 NAV

VOR 1

RMP 1 NAV

RMP 2

BUS

DSCRT

RMP 1

NAV OPERATION
DISCT OUTPUT

NAV OPERATION DISCT

BUS

OUTPUT

FMGC 1

FAILURE OF FMGC 2
(SYMMETRICAL CONFIGURATION FOR FMGC 1 FAILURE)

IF INSTALLED

N_MM_231300_0_AYN0_02_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-30200-A SHEET 2


Radio Navigation - Reconfiguration

23-13-00 PB001

Page 36
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
FROM MAINTENANCE MENU
(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

SELECT LAST LEG REPORT

<

REF.FIG.RELATED TO PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT

<

REF.FIG.RELATED TO LRU IDENTIFICATION

<

REF.FIG.RELATED TO TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA

<

REF.FIG.RELATED TO TEST

<
<

<

NEXT
PAGE

NOTE: WHEN RETURN IS SELECTED


THE MAIN MENU IS DISPLAYED
ON THE MCDU.
WHEN PRINT * IS SELECTED
THE ENTIRE LAST LEG REPORT
PAGE IS PRINTED.

<

N_MM_231300_0_ACS0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-34900-A SHEET 1


BITE - LAST LEG REPORT

23-13-00 PB001

Page 37
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004

<

>

<

>

<
<
<

>

<

>

>

<

<

N_MM_231300_0_BCS0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-34900-B SHEET 1


BITE - LAST LEG REPORT

23-13-00 PB001

Page 38
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004

FROM MAINTENANCE MENU


(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

REF.FIG.RELATED TO LAST LEG REPORT

<

SELECT PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT

<

REF.FIG.RELATED TO LRU IDENTIFICATION

<

REF.FIG.RELATED TO TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA

<

REF.FIG.RELATED TO TEST

<
<

<

NEXT
PAGE
NOTE:

<

WHEN < RETURN IS SELECTED


THE MAIN MENU IS DISPLAYED
ON THE MCDU.
WHEN PRINT * IS SELECTED
THE ENTIRE PREVIOUS LEGS
REPORT PAGE IS PRINTED.

N_MM_231300_0_ADS0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-35000-A SHEET 1


BITE - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT

23-13-00 PB001

Page 39
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004

<

>

<

>

<
<
>

<
<

>

>

<

<

N_MM_231300_0_BDS0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-35000-B SHEET 1


BITE - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT

23-13-00 PB001

Page 40
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004

FROM MAINTENANCE MENU


(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

REF.FIG.RELATED TO LAST LEG REPORT

<

REF.FIG.RELATED TO PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT

<

SELECT LRU IDENTIFICATION

<

REF.FIG.RELATED TO TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA

<

REF.FIG.RELATED TO TEST

<
<

<

NOTE: WHEN < RETURN IS SELECTED


THE MAIN MANU IS DISPLAYED
ON THE MCDU.
WHEN PRINT * IS SELECTED
THE LRU IDENTIFICATION
PAGE IS PRINTED

N_MM_231300_0_AES0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-35100-A SHEET 1


BITE - LRU IDENTIFICATION

23-13-00 PB001

Page 41
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004

<

>

<

>

<
<
<

>

<

<

N_MM_231300_0_BES0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-35100-B SHEET 1


BITE - LRU IDENTIFICATION

23-13-00 PB001

Page 42
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004

<

>

<

>

<
<
>

<
<

>

<

<

N_MM_231300_0_BHS0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-35200-A SHEET 1


BITE - GROUND SCANNING

23-13-00 PB001

Page 43
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
FROM MAINTENANCE MENU
(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

REF.FIG.RELATED TO LAST LEG REPORT

<

REF.FIG.RELATED TO PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT

<

REF.FIG.RELATED TO LRU IDENTIFICATION

<

SELECT TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA

<

REF.FIG.RELATED TO TEST

<
<

<

NOTE: WHEN < RETURN IS SELECTED


THE MAN MENU IS DISPLAYED
ON THE MCDU.
WHEN PRINT * IS SELECTED
THE TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
PAGE IS PRINTED.

<

N_MM_231300_0_AFS0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-35300-A SHEET 1


BITE - TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA

23-13-00 PB001

Page 44
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004

<

>

<

>

<
<
<

>

<

>

>

<

<

N_MM_231300_0_BJS0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-35400-A SHEET 1


BITE - CLASS 3 FAULTS

23-13-00 PB001

Page 45
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004

<

>

<

>

<
<
<

>

<

>

<

<

<

N_MM_231300_0_BKS0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-35500-A SHEET 1


BITE - GROUND REPORT

23-13-00 PB001

Page 46
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
FROM MAINTENANCE MENU
(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

REF.FIG.RELATED TO LAST LEG REPORT

<

REF.FIG.RELATED TO PRIVIOUS LEGS REPORT

<

REF.FIG.RELATED TO LRU IDENTIFICATION

<

REF.FIG.RELATED TO TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA

<

SELECT TEST

<
<

NOTE: WHEN < RETURN IS SELECTED


THE MAIN MENU IS DISPLAYED
ON THE MCDU.
WHEN PRINT * IS SELECTED
THE ENTIRE TEST PAGE IS
PRINTED.

<

<

N_MM_231300_0_AGS0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-35600-A SHEET 1


BITE - TEST

23-13-00 PB001

Page 47
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004

<

>

<

>

<
<
<

>

<

SELECT TEST

<

NO FAULT
DETECTED

FAULT

>

<

<

N_MM_231300_0_BLS0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-00-35600-B SHEET 1


BITE - TEST

23-13-00 PB001

Page 48
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RADIO MANAGEMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST


** On A/C ALL
Task 23-13-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Radio Management
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE YOU SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
NOTE :
1.

You can do this test in the hangar.

Reason for the Job


To do a check of the dialog between the Radio Managemnt Panels (RMP).

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-13-00-861-050-A
A.

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)

Subtask 23-13-00-865-050-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:


PANEL

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

49VU

COM/RMP/1

2RG1

G10

49VU

COM/VHF/1

2RC1

G09

121VU

COM NAV/RMP/3

2RG3

L03

121VU

COM NAV/RMP/2

2RG2

L02

AES

23-13-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
Subtask 23-13-00-710-050-B
A.

Operational Test of the Radio Management

ACTION
1.On the RMP1:
. Set the ON/OFF switch to ON.

RESULT
The RMP1 shows the last frequencies and the last function
used.

2.On the RMP1:


. Push the VHF1 pushbutton switch.

On the RMP1:
. The green LED on the VHF1 pushbutton switch comes
on (it does not come on if the last function used was
the VHF1 function).

3.On the RMP1:


. In the right window, with the dual selector knob, set
the frequency of a station that transmits.
4.On the RMP1:
. Start the frequency set. To do this, push the
pushbutton switch (double arrow) between the two
windows.
5.On the RMP2 and the RMP3:
. Set the ON/OFF switch to ON.

On the RMP1:
. In the left window, the frequency set comes into view.

6.On the RMP2 and the RMP3:


. Push the VHF1 pushbutton switch.

On the RMP2 and the RMP3:


. The left window shows the same frequency as the
RMP1
. The green LED on the VHF1 pushbutton switch comes
on.
On the RMP1, the RMP2 and the RMP3:
. The SEL indicator light (amber LED) is on.

The RMP2 and 3 show the last frequencies and the last
functions used.

7.On the RMP2:


. In the right window, set a new frequency with the dual
selector knob.
8.On the RMP2:
On the RMP2:
. Start the frequency set. To do this, push the
. In the left window, the frequency set comes into view.
pushbutton switch (double arrow) between the two
On the RMP1 and the RMP3:
windows.
. The left window shows the same frequency as on the
RMP2.
9.On the RMP3:
. In the right window, set a new frequency with the dual
selector knob.
10.On the RMP3:
On the RMP3:
. Start the frequency set. To do this, push the
. In the left window, the frequency set comes into view.
pushbutton switch (double arrow) between the two
On the RMP1 and the RMP2:
windows.
. The left window shows the same frequency as on the
RMP3.
5.

Close-up
Subtask 23-13-00-860-050-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.


(1)

AES

On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.

23-13-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

AES

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

23-13-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-13-00-710-002-A
Operational Test of the Radio Navigation Selection in Standby Mode with the RMP1 and 2.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE YOU SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1.

Reason for the Job


(Ref. MPD 23-13-00-01-)
OPERATIONAL CHECK OF RADIO NAVIGATION SELECTION IN STANDBY MODE USING RMP 1 AND 2
To do a check of the RMP1 and RMP2 operation in standby mode for the radio navigation.

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
1
HEADSET 600 OHMS

DESIGNATION

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-13-00-860-051-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Connect a HEADSET 600 OHMS to the HEADSET connector of the Captain station.

Subtask 23-13-00-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:


PANEL

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

49VU

NAV/VOR/1

2RS1

G13

49VU

COM/RMP/1

2RG1

G10

49VU

NAV/ADF/1

1RP1

H14

COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT

4RN

G06

** On A/C 003-004
49VU

AES

23-13-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
** On A/C ALL

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

ACP CAPT SELCAL INT 1 AUDIO AVNCS

4RN

G06

121VU

COM NAV/VOR/2

2RS2

K08

121VU

COM NAV/ADF/2

1RP2

K02

121VU

COM NAV/RMP/2

2RG2

L02

4.

Procedure
Subtask 23-13-00-710-051-A
A.

Operational Test of the Radio Navigation Selection in Standby Mode with the RMP1 and 2
NOTE :

This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the indications between the parentheses.

ACTION
1.On the RMP1 and RMP2:
. Set the ON/OFF selector switch to ON.

RESULT
On the RMP1 and RMP2:
. The RMP shows the last frequencies and the last
function used.

Push the NAV pushbutton switch.

The green LED on this pushbutton switch comes on.

Push the ILS pushbutton switch.

The green LED on this pushbutton switch comes on.

The set ILS frequency comes into view in the two


display windows.

NOTE :

For the RMPs that have the LS label (and not


the ILS label), push the LS pushbutton switch.

2.On the RMP1 (RMP2):


. In the STBY/CRS window, set an ILS frequency of
109.5 Mhz with the dual selector knob.
. Start this frequency. To do this, push the transfer
pushbutton switch (double arrow) between the two
display windows.

On the RMP1 and RMP2:


. In the ACTIVE display window, the set frequency comes
into view.
On the RMP1 (RMP2):
.

Set a course of C090 with the dual selector knob.

Start this course. To do this, push the transfer


pushbutton switch (double arrow) between the two
display windows.

In the STBY/CRS display window, the set course comes


into view.
In the STBY/CRS display window, the course C090
comes into view.
In the STBY/CRS display window, the frequency
109.5MHz comes into view.

3.On the RMP2 (RMP1):

On the RMP2 (RMP1):

Push the NAV pushbutton switch.

The green LED on this pushbutton switch goes off.

Set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.

The two display windows go off.

4.On the RMP1 (RMP2):

AES

On the RMP1 (RMP2):

23-13-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ACTION
Push the VOR pushbutton switch.

RESULT
On the ILS pushbutton switch, the green LED goes off.

NOTE :
.
.

In the STBY/CRS display window, set a VOR


frequency of 117.5 MHz with the dual selector knob.

Start this frequency. To do this, push the transfer


pushbutton switch (double arrow) between the two
display windows.

For the RMPs that have the LS label (and not the
ILS label), push the LS pushbutton switch.

On the VOR pushbutton switch, the green LED comes


on.
The set VOR frequency comes into view in the two
display windows.

In the ACTIVE display window, the frequency 117.5


MHz comes into view.

In the STBY/CRS display window, the set course comes


into view.
In the STBY/CRS display window, the course C075
comes into view.
In the STBY/CRS display window, the frequency 117.5
MHz comes into view.

Set a course of C075 with the dual selector knob.

Start this course. To do this, push the transfer


pushbutton switch (double arrow) between the two
display windows.

5.On the RMP1 (on the RMP2, only if the aircraft has
two ADFs):

On the RMP1 (on the RMP2, only if the aircraft has two
ADFs):

.
.

Push the ADF pushbutton switch.

On the VOR pushbutton switch, the green LED goes off


On the ADF pushbutton switch, the green LED comes
on.
The set ADF frequency comes into view in the two
display windows.

6.On the CAPT ACP (F/O ACP) :

On the CAPT ACP (F/O ACP):

Push and release the ADF1 and ADF2 reception


pushbutton switch.

7.On the RMP1 (on the RMP2, only if the aircraft has
two ADFs):
.
.

The ADF1 and ADF2 reception pushbutton switches


come fully out and come on.

On the RMP1 (on the RMP2, only if the aircraft has two
ADFs):

Set a local NDB frequency (non-radiophonic) with the .


dual selector knob.
Start this frequency. To do this, push the transfer
.
pushbutton switch (double arrow) between the two
display windows.

In the STBY/CRS display window, the set frequency


comes into view.
The two frequencies change.

If the frequency is tuned to an A1-type station:


. You cannot hear the identification signal in the headset.
If the frequency is tuned to an A2-type station:
. You can hear the identification signal in the headset.

AES

23-13-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ACTION
Push the BFO pushbutton switch.

RESULT
If the frequency is tuned to an A1-type station:
. You can hear the identification signal in the headset.
If the frequency is tuned to an A2-type station:
. You cannot hear the identification signal in the headset.

Push the NAV pushbutton switch.

The green LED on this pushbutton switch goes off.

The RMP shows the set frequencies and function in the


communication mode.

5.

Close-up
Subtask 23-13-00-860-052-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.


(1)

On the ACP, push the ADF1 (ADF2) reception pushbutton switch

(2)

On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.

(3)

Disconnect the headset from the HEADSET connector of the Captain station.

(4)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

23-13-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-13-00-740-001-A
BITE Test of the Radio Management
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE YOU SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1.

Reason for the Job


To make sure that the RMPs operate correctly.

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

31-32-00-860-003-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM Page

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-13-00-860-053-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF selector switch to ON.

(3)

On one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM menu page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003-A).

Subtask 23-13-00-865-052-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:


PANEL

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

49VU

COM/RMP/1

2RG1

G10

121VU

COM NAV/RMP/3

2RG3

L03

121VU

COM NAV/RMP/2

2RG2

L02

AES

23-13-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
** On A/C ALL
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-13-00-740-050-B
A.

Bite Test of the Radio Management


NOTE :

This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the indications between the parentheses.

ACTION
1.On the MCDU, on the COM menu page:

On the MCDU:

the RMP 1(2,3) page comes into view.

the TEST OK indication comes into view.

Push the line key adjacent to the RMP1(RMP2RMP3) indication.

RESULT

2.On the RMP 1(2,3) page:


.

Push the line key adjacent to the TEST indication.

3.On the MCDU :


. On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the
RETURN indication until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.
** On A/C
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-13-00-740-050-C
A.

Bite Test of the Radio Management


NOTE :

This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the indications between the parentheses.

ACTION
1.On the MCDU, on the COM menu page:

On the MCDU:

the RMP 1(2,3) page comes into view.

the initial conditions and the normal test sequence come


into view the WAIT FOR XX SECONDS indication
comes into view the TEST OK indication comes into
view.

Push the line key adjacent to the RMP1(RMP2RMP3) indication.

RESULT

2.On the RMP 1(2,3) page:


.

Push the line key adjacent to the TEST indication.

3.On the RMP 1 page:


. the SWITCH ON RMP3 indication is shown.
4.On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the
RETURN indication until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.
5.

Close-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-13-00-862-052-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.


(1)

AES

On the MCDU, set the BRT knob to OFF.

23-13-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

(2)

On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.

(3)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

23-13-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RADIO MANAGEMENT PANEL (RMP) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION


** On A/C ALL
Task 23-13-13-000-001-A
Removal of the Radio Management Panel (RMP)
FIN 1RG1, 1RG2, 1RG3
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
AR SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-13-991-00100-B - Radio Management Panels (RMP) 1,2 and 3)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-13-13-865-050-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
FOR FIN 1RG1
49VU

COM/RMP/1

2RG1

G10

FOR FIN 1RG2


121VU

COM NAV/RMP/2

2RG2

L02

FOR FIN 1RG3


121VU

COM NAV/RMP/3

2RG3

L03

4.

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-13-991-00100-B - Radio Management Panels (RMP) 1,2 and 3)
Subtask 23-13-13-020-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of the RMP


(1)

Loosen the quarter-turn fasteners (1).

(2)

Pull the RMP (2) from its housing.

23-13-13 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

(3)

Disconnect the plug (4) from the receptacle (3).

(4)

Remove the RMP (2).

(5)

Put CAP - BLANKING on the plug (4) and on the receptacle (3).

23-13-13 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

1RG3

1RG1

1RG2

A
1

1
2

N_MM_231313_4_ABM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-13-13-991-00100-B SHEET 1


Radio Management Panels (RMP) 1,2 and 3

23-13-13 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-13-13-400-001-A
Installation of the Radio Management Panel (RMP)
FIN 1RG1, 1RG2, 1RG3
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
23-13-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Radio Management

23-13-00-740-001-A

BITE Test of the Radio Management

(Ref. Fig. 23-13-13-991-00100-B - Radio Management Panels (RMP) 1,2 and 3)


3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-13-13-865-051-A
A.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

PANEL
FOR FIN 1RG1
49VU

COM/RMP/1

2RG1

G10

FOR FIN 1RG2


121VU

COM NAV/RMP/2

2RG2

L02

FOR FIN 1RG3


121VU

COM NAV/RMP/3

2RG3

L03

4.

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-13-991-00100-B - Radio Management Panels (RMP) 1,2 and 3)
Subtask 23-13-13-420-050-A
A.

AES

Installation of the RMP


(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Remove the blanking caps from the plug (4) and the receptacle (3).

(4)

Make sure that the plug (4) and the receptacle (3) are clean and in the correct condition.

(5)

Connect the plug (4) to the receptacle (3).

(6)

Install the RMP (2) in its housing.

(7)

Tighten the quarter-turn fasteners (1).

23-13-13 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 23-13-13-865-056-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
FOR FIN 1RG1
49VU

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

COM/RMP/1

2RG1

G10

FOR FIN 1RG2


121VU

COM NAV/RMP/2

2RG2

L02

FOR FIN 1RG3


121VU

COM NAV/RMP/3

2RG3

L03

Subtask 23-13-13-740-050-A
C.

Do the BITE test of the Radio Management (Ref. TASK 23-13-00-740-001-A)


NOTE :

5.

As an alternative procedure, you can do this operational test without the CFDS (Ref. TASK
23-13-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 23-13-13-860-050-A
A.

AES

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

23-13-13 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION ADDRESSING AND REPORTING


SYSTEM (ACARS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
** On A/C 003-004
1.

General
The Aircraft Communications Addressing and Reporting System Management Unit (ACARS MU) is an equipment
which permits exchanges of data between the aircraft and the airline.
The radio transmission/reception of messages is performed by the VHF 3 transceiver which is controlled (in
frequency and in transmission activation) by the ACARS MU.
The main functions of the ACARS are:
A.

Transmission mode
(1) Management of data delivered by the:
. System Data Acquisition Concentrator (SDAC)
. Flight Warning Computer (FWC)
. Data Management Unit (DMU)
. Centralized fault display interface unit (CFDIU)
. Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC).
(2) Transmission to the airline of the OOOI time (Out,Off,On,In).
(3) Updating of the MU clock.
(4) Transmission of free text to the ground.

B.

Reception mode
(1) Management of the reception, printing and display of the ground messages.
(2) Reception of the meteo data

AES

23-24-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
2.

Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-13200-A - ACARS - Component Location in the Avionics Compartment)
FIN

1RB
4WT1
3CA1
3CA2
1RG1

MU-ACARS
DU-ECAM, UPPER
MCDU-1
MCDU-2
RMP-COM/NAV FREQ SEL, 1

82VU
4VU
11VU
11VU
11VU

ZONE ACCESS
DOOR
128
210
210
210
210

1RG2

RMP-COM/NAV FREQ SEL, 2

11VU

210

AES

FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION

PANEL

23-24-00 PB001

ATA REF.
23-24-34
31-63-22
22-82-12
22-82-12
23-13-13
23-13-13

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
3.

System Description
The ACARS system includes:
. an ACARS Management Unit (MU)

AES

23-24-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
4.

Power Supply
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-18000-A - ACARS - General Power Supply)
The ACARS MU is supplied with 115VAC from the 115VAC BUS1 1XP (sub-busbar 103XP) through the circuit
breaker 2RB located in the cockpit on the panel 121VU.

AES

23-24-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
5.

Interface
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-15600-A - ACARS - Block Diagram)
A.

ACARS MU Peripheral Computers Interface


The peripheral computers are:
. the Flight Management Guidance Computers 1 and 2 (FMGC) (Ref. 22-86)
. the Data Management Unit (DMU) (Ref. 31-36)
. the System Data Acquisition Concentrators 1 and 2 (SDAC) (Ref. 31-54)
. the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) (Ref. 31-32)
. the Flight Warning Computers 1 and 2 (FWC) (ref. 31-52).
The exchanges of data between the MU and the peripheral computers use ARINC 429 buses.
These exchanges are made in two different ways:
. data transfer at low speed
. broadcast of parameters at high or low speed.
The MU uses the data transparent protocol (defined in the ARINC 429 specification) when it communicates
with the onboard avionics systems.
The file data transfer uses the System Address Label to identify the receiving system as all the peripheral
computers are connected to the two general output buses of the MU.

B.

Page Organisation
(1) MU/FMGCs interface
(a) Data transmission
The FMGC 1 and 2 exchange data with the MU in ARINC 429 at low speed.
The MU transmits data to the FMGC 1 on its general output bus 1 and to FMGC 2 on its general
output bus 2.
The ACARS system enables to initialize and update the flight plan by uplinks from airline to FMGCs.
With downlinks, FMGCs through ACARS inform the airline of the configuration of the aircraft
(preflight, inflight, postflight reports); a set of broadcast data is transmitted from FMGCs to ACARS.
(2) MU/DMU interface
The MU transmits data to and receives data from the DMU in file.
For example, the following messages are transmitted:
. engine cruise report
. cruise performance report
. engine take-off report
. engine report on request
. engine gas path advisory report
. engine mechanical advisory report
. engine divergence report
. engine start report
. engine run up report
. APU MES/IDLE report
. APU shut down report
. loader report
. ECS report
. free programmable report No. 1
. free programmable report No. 2

AES

23-24-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
. free programmable report No. 3
. RAT report .
The above listed reports can be either reports stored in the DMU buffer after automatic generation, or
reports generated on request (manual request or MU request).
(3) MU/FWCs and SDACs interfaces
The MU receives parameters broadcast by the SDAC 1 and 2 and the FWC 1 and 2 at high speed, and
broadcasts a status parameter to the FWCs at low speed.
(4) MU/CFDIU interface
The MU receives data from the CFDIU in file and receives parameters broadcast by the CFDIU at low
speed. The MU transmits requests to the CFDIU.
C.

ACARS MU/MCDUs interface


The MU is interfaced with three MCDUs. When the MU dialogs with more than one MCDU, it cannot dialog
with another MCDU.
All the displays are organized and managed with the MU. The MCDU sends a code to the MU only when a key
line is pushed.
The MCDU 1 and 3 are connected to the MU general output bus 1 and the MCDU 2 is connected to the MU
general output bus 2.

D. ACARS MU/printer interface (If installed)


The MU transmits data to the multi-input cockpit printer.
The printer is not dedicated only to the ACARS. The MU can buffer data printing when the printer is busy with
another system.
E.

ACARS MU/VHF 3 interface


The MU receives uplinks and transmits downlinks through the VHF 3 transceiver.
The VHF 3 transceiver is not dedicated only to ACARS, it is also used as a back-up of the VHF 1 or VHF 2.
Each of the three RMPs is connected to the remote voice/data select discrete-input of the MU. This discrete
can apply on this input a voice/data mode transfer command.
The MU is connected to the key event discrete-output from the VHF 3 which indicates that the push-to-talk
input of the VHF 3 is activated.
The MU can use this information to automatically resume control of the transceiver after a voice conversation
through VHF 3 (the MU can resume control of the VHF 3 after a time interval of 2 minutes has elapsed since
the last VHF 3 push-to-talk activation).

F.

Interface with the ground network


The airline can exchange data with its aircraft through a ground network which is managed by four world
service providers:
These providers are:
. ARINC, in the USA
. CANADIAN, in Canada
. JAPANESE, in Japan
. SITA, in the other regions.
In this ground network, each service provider is responsible for its own network.
The networks are interconnected, therefore the data is transferred over any network.
The aircraft can be in liaison with the network through the VHF.
On the network, it is possible to communicate through two types of transmission:

AES

23-24-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1) CATEGORY A
The aircraft can transmit or receive data to or from all the VHF transceivers which are in the line of sight
of the aircraft.
(2) CATEGORY B
The aircraft can transmit or receive data to or from one VHF transceiver only. It selects the VHF
transceiver with which it wants to communicate after reception of a squitter.
On the ground, each service provider works on a special frequency:
. 131,55 MHz for the ARINC network
. 131,475 MHz for the CANADIAN network
. 131,450 MHz for the JAPANESE network
. 131,725 MHz for the SITA network.
In order to communicate, the ACARS MU tunes the frequency through a frequency management algorithm.

AES

23-24-00 PB001

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
6.

Operation
A.

Connection with the DMU


(1) Each report generated by the DMU can be programmed individually for transmission to the ACARS MU
either automatically or manually.
(2) The ACARS MU can also require generation and transmission of any report by the DMU.
(3) The ACARS MU can send information to the DMU when each report has been duly transmitted to the
ground.
(4) All these functions are described with their operational use related to the DMU in the ATA 31-36.

B.

Connection with the CFDIU


(1) All the fault messages and all the warnings recorded by the CFDIU can be transmitted automatically to the
ACARS MU as soon as the CFDIU receives them from a system or a Flight Warning Computer.
(2) The CFDIU can transmit the post-flight report automatically to the ACARS MU at the end of the flight.
This report can also be transmitted to the ACARS MU manually.
(3) Any page displayed by the CFDIU on one MCDU, which is a resultant of the dialogue in menu mode
between the CFDIU and a system, can be transmitted manually to the ACARS MU.
(4) Each function is rendered operational or not depending on the message transmitted by the ACARS MU to
the CFDIU. These functions are described with their operational use related to the CFDIU in the ATA
31-32.
(5) The ACARS MU (and all the systems linked to the CFDIU) is provided by the CFDIU with the following:
. Aircraft identification (tail number)
. Flight number
. Identifications of departure and destination airports
. Date
. Time
. Flight phase
. Installed optional systems.

C.

Connection with the FMGCs


(1) The ACARS MU is linked to the FMGC1 and 2.
(2) The FMGCs transmit the following messages to the ACARS MU either automatically or manually:
. Request for flight plan initialization
. Request for wind messages
. Pre-flight report
. In-flight report
. Post-flight report.
(3) The ACARS MU transmits the following messages to the FMGCs either automatically or manually:
. Flight plan initialization
. Wind message
. Advisory message related to a request not transmitted to the ground
. Request for a pre-flight report
. Request for a post-flight report.
(4) Each function is rendered operational or not depending on the message transmitted by the ACARS MU to
the FMGCs.
(5) The ACARS MU receives parameters from the FMGCs.

AES

23-24-00 PB001

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D. Connection with the FWCs and SDACs
(1) The ACARS MU provides the FWC1 and 2 with data indicating four ACARS configurations. The FWC1
and 2 enable display of the corresponding indications on the memo zone of the upper ECAM display unit.
These indications are:
. ACARS MSG: indicates reception of a ground message
. ACARS STBY: indicates loss of communication with the ground
. VHF3 : VOICE: indicates that the VHF3 transceiver is not controlled by the ACARS
. ACARS CALL: indicates reception of a voice communication demand with the ground.
The display unit only shows one indication even if several configurations are present at the same time.
When the FWCs are no longer provided with this data by the ACARS MU, or do not receive it in normal
conditions (incorrect refresh or validity), the ACARS MU appears on the faulty system list (ECAM
STATUS page) and the amber ACARS FAULT warning appears on the upper ECAM display unit.
(2) The ACARS MU receives the FWC1 main bus and can use any information present on this bus (available
parameters are listed in the FWC interfaces ATA 31-52).
(3) The ACARS MU receives the SDAC1 main bus and can use any information present on this bus (available
parameters are listed in the SDAC interfaces ATA 31-54).
E.

Connection with the VHF3 Transceiver


(1) The VHF3 has two audio type interfaces:
(a) An audio input, an audio output and a transmission control discrete (push-to-talk) linked to the audio
management unit (AMU) (Ref. ATA 23-51).
This interface is used for voice communications.
(b) An audio input, an audio output and a transmission control discrete (data keyline) linked to the
ACARS MU. This interface is used for transmission and reception of the ACARS data.
(2) The VHF3 can operate in two modes:
(a) Radio mode: in this case, it activates its audio type interface with the AMU and de-activates its audio
interface with the ACARS MU.
(b) DATA mode: in this case, the process is reversed.
(3) The ACARS MU controls the VHF3 operating mode through the voice/data select discrete:
(a) When this discrete is a ground signal, the VHF3 operates in DATA mode.
(b) When this discrete is in open circuit, the VHF3 operates in radio mode.
(4) The VHF3 has two frequency control interfaces:
(a) A digital input linked to the ACARS MU (input A)
(b) A digital input linked to the RMPs (input B).
(5) The ACARS MU applies a command signal to the VHF3 to take into account its frequency inputs through
the port select discrete.
(a) When this discrete is a ground signal, the VHF3 takes into account input A and operates on the
frequency transmitted by the ACARS MU.
(b) When this discrete is in open circuit, the VHF3 takes into account input B and operates on the
frequency transmitted by the RMPs.
(6) Three cases may arise:
(a) The VHF3 operates in DATA mode. In this case the VHF3 frequency is controlled through the ACARS
MU. The voice/data select and the port select discretes are grounded by the ACARS MU.

AES

23-24-00 PB001

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) The VHF3 operates in radio mode and its frequency is controlled through the RMPs. The voice/data
select and the port select discretes are in open circuit.
(c) The VHF3 operates in radio mode and its frequency is controlled through the ACARS MU. The
voice/data select discrete is in open circuit and the port select discrete is grounded.
In this case, the frequency transmitted by the ACARS MU is a frequency entered by the crew (on one
MCDU) or a frequency received in a ground message.
NOTE :

When the ACARS MU is not supplied or if it is faulty, the voice/data select and port select
discretes are in open circuit: the VHF3 operates in radio mode and its frequency is controlled
by the RMPs.

(7) The ACARS MU can switch the VHF3:


(a) From DATA to radio mode
1

Upon crew command: through the RMPs (Ref. para. Operation-Connection with the RMPs) or
one MCDU.

Automatically: further to the reception of a demand from the ground (this corresponds to the
ACARS CALL configuration described in para. Operation-Connection with the FWCs).

(b) From radio to DATA mode

F.

Upon crew command: through the RMPs (Ref. para. Operation-Connection with the RMPs) or
one MCDU.

Automatically: the ACARS MU receives the push-to-talk discrete sent by the Audio Management
Unit to the VHF3 and therefore detects the transmissions performed in radio mode. The ACARS
MU can require automatic reversion to the DATA mode when it no longer detects transmissions
in radio mode.

Connection with the RMPs


(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-26900-A - ACARS - Modification of Voice Communication Frequency Through the RMPs
(Sheet 1/2))
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-27000-A - ACARS - Modification of Voice Communication Frequency Through the RMPs
(Sheet 2/2))
(1) Each RMP receives the port select discrete (Ref. para. Operation- Connection with the VHF3 Transceiver).
(a) If the ACARS MU controls the VHF3 frequency, the following appears when the VHF3 mode is
selected on one RMP:
. ACARS in the ACTIVE display window
. A frequency in the STBY/CRS display.
This frequency can be modified by means of the selector knob located under the STBY/CRS
display window. It can be different on each RMP.
(b) If the RMPs control the VHF3 frequency, the following appears when the VHF3 mode is selected on
one RMP:
. A frequency (the same for all the RMPs) in the ACTIVE display window
. ACARS in the STBY/CRS display.
NOTE :

AES

The ACARS indication in the ACTIVE display window of the RMPs indicates that the VHF3
frequency is controlled through the ACARS MU. It does not mean that the VHF3 operates in
DATA mode (the VHF3 can operate in radio mode with a frequency controlled through the
ACARS MU). If the ACARS indication appears in the STBY/CRS display window, the VHF3
shall operate in radio mode on the frequency shown in the ACTIVE display window of the
RMPs.

23-24-00 PB001

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) Depending on the pin-programming of the ACARS MU (TP 11C grounded or in open circuit), the VHF3
frequency is controlled through the RMPs (in radio mode), the ACARS MU (in DATA mode ) or through
the ACARS MU only (in radio or DATA mode).
(a) Control of VHF3 frequency through RMPs and ACARS MU
1

When it is necessary to switch over VHF3 frequency control from the ACARS MU to the RMPs
(or vice versa), the RMPs send the remote voice/data select discrete with a momentary change in
state from open circuit to ground.
The command is initiated when, the VHF3 display mode being selected on one RMP, the transfer
pushbutton switch (between the two display windows) is pushed.

When the command is initiated with VHF3 frequency controlled through the ACARS MU (the
ACARS indication appears in the ACTIVE display window):
. The RMP display in VHF3 mode remains unchanged until the control is given to the RMPs by
the ACARS MU by changing the state of the port select discrete to open circuit.
. When the control is given to the RMPs by the ACARS MU, the RMPs (which receive the port
select discrete), modify their display in VHF3 mode as follows:
* The ACARS indication appears in the STBY/CRS display window of all the RMPs.
* The frequency which was in the STBY/CRS display window of the RMP which has
generated the command, appears in the ACTIVE display of all the RMPs.
NOTE :

Three seconds can elapse between command and display modification.

When the remote voice/data select command is initiated with VHF3 frequency controlled through
the RMPs (the ACARS indication appears in the STBY display):
. The display of the RMP which has generated the command is modified immediately, as
follows, until control is taken over by the ACARS MU:
* Dashes appear in the ACTIVE display
* The frequency which was in the ACTIVE display appears in the STBY/CRS display window
. The display of the other RMPs in VHF3 mode remains unchanged until control is taken over
by the ACARS MU.
. When the ACARS MU takes the control again (by changing the state of the port select
discrete to ground), the display of the RMPs in VHF3 mode is modified as follows :
* For the RMP which has generated the command the dashes in the ACTIVE display window
are replaced by the ACARS indication.
* For the other RMPs, the ACARS indication appears in the ACTIVE display window. The
frequency which was in the ACTIVE display window appears in the STBY/CRS display
window.
NOTE :

Time elapsed between command initiation and the taking of control by the ACARS MU is
very short.

(b) Control of VHF3 frequency through ACARS MU only (in radio or DATA mode)
The pilots can modify the frequency or the operating mode (radio or DATA mode) through the
MCDU.
G.

Connection with the MCDUs


(1) The ACARS MU is interfaced with two or three MCDUs
(2) The MCDUs enable:
(a) The display of data generated by the ACARS MU from data transmitted by the ground or by
peripheral computers (DMU, CFDIU, FWC1, SDAC1).
(b) The selection of the various functions of the ACARS MU.
(c) The entry of data or text by the crew.

AES

23-24-00 PB001

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3) Dialogue between one MCDU and the ACARS MU is initiated when ACARS is selected on the MCDU
menu.
This dialogue is performed according to the protocol specific to the exchanges of data with the MCDUs, the
same protocol being used for the dialogues between the MCDUs and the following: FMGCs, CFDIU and
DMU (Ref. ATA 22-82).
H. Connection with the Printer
(1) The ACARS MU is linked to the printer. This enables to print:
. The data generated by the ACARS MU from data transmitted by the ground and by peripheral
computers,
. The data entered by the crew through the MCDUs.
(2) The data are transmitted to the printer by the ACARS MU according to a specific protocol which is also
used by the other computers operating in conjunction with the printer (Ref. ATA 31-35).
J.

Data Exchange between Aircraft and Ground Network


(1) Data coding
The data exchanged between the ACARS MU and the VHF3 transceiver are coded by 1200 and 2400 Hz
tones
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-27700-A - ACARS - Data Coding)
A zero-bit is coded:
. By a positive half period of 1200 Hz when it is the first of a string of zero-bits (even if the string only
comprises this single bit).
. By a 2400 Hz period starting by the negative half period when this is not the case.
A one-bit is coded:
. by a negative half period of 1200 Hz when it is the first of a string of one-bits (even if the string only
comprises this single bit).
. by a 2400 Hz period starting by the positive half period when this is not the case.
The signal transmitted by the ACARS MU to the VHF3 modulates the VHF radio signal sent to the
ground. Conversely, the signal transmitted by the VHF3 to the ACARS MU is obtained after demodulation
of the radio signal from the ground.
The result of this coding is that the transmission rate is 2400 bits per second from aircraft to ground and
vice versa.
The transmitted data are characters from the ISO alphabet No.5 except the block check sequence field at
the end of transmission.
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-27800-A - ACARS - ISO Alphabet No.5)
(2) Message format
The format of the messages exchanged between the ground and the aircraft is as follows (in the
transmission order):
Pre-key
(16 characters)
Bit synchro
(2 characters)
Character synchro
(2 characters)
Start of heading
(1 character)
Mode
(1 character)
Address
(7 characters)
Technical acknowledgement (1 character)
Label
(2 characters)
Uplink block identifier
(1 character)
Start of text
(1 character)
Text
(220 characters max.)
Suffix
(1 character)
Block check sequence (BCS) (16 bits)
BCS suffix
(1 character)

AES

23-24-00 PB001

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

Pre-key: all the bits are at 1. This phase enables adjustment of VHF transmission and reception levels.
Bit synchro: enables to cross check the bits value.
Character synchro: enables to establish synchronization on the characters.
Start of heading: indicates the start of data transmission.
Mode: enables selection of a ground station or a specific group of ground stations for communication
with the aircraft.
Address: contains the identification of the aircraft which transmits or receives the message.
Technical acknowledgement: acknowledgement (either positive or negative) related to the last message
received.
Label: identifies a specific type of message.
Uplink block identifier: only appears in the messages transmitted by the ground. Enables the aircraft to
detect duplicated ground messages (aircraft-to- ground messages may have a downlink block identifier
to enable detection of duplicated aircraft messages on the ground).
Start of text: indicates the start of useful data transmission.
Text: useful data. Only one part of the ISO 5 characters can be transmitted in this field
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-27900-A - ACARS - Characters Transmittable in the Useful Data Field)
Suffix: indicates the end of useful data transmission.
Block check sequence: result of a computation made before transmission on the previous bits set. At
reception, the same computation is made and the two results are compared. If they are identical, the
transmission is correct.
BCS suffix: indicates the end of transmission.

(3) Exchange protocol between the aircraft and the ground


This protocol is described in the ARINC 597 Specification (to which the ARINC 724B refers for the
description of this protocol).

AES

23-24-00 PB001

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
7.

Test
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-29100-A - ACARS System - Last Leg Report)
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-29200-A - ACARS System - Previous Legs Report)
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-29300-A - ACARS System - LRU Identification)
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-29400-A - ACARS System - Trouble Shooting Data)
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-29500-A - ACARS System - Class 3 Faults)
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-29600-A - ACARS System - Test)
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-29700-A - ACARS System - Ground Report)
The state of the ACARS is determined by monitoring the exchanges of information that it can have with the
associated processing card.
If the exchange protocol is correct, the data transmitted is in the correct format and the ACARS does not declare
that it is wrong further to its own internal test, then the ACARS is said to be operational.
If not, it is declared to be faulty. The state of the ACARS is determined by monitoring the exchanges of information
that each of the processing cards can have with its corresponding ACARS and by analysing the results of the internal
tests of each of the processing cards.
There are two operation modes:
. normal mode: during the normal mode, the BITE monitors cyclically the status of the ACARS cards and
transmits these data to the CFDIU during the concerned flight. In case of fault detection the BITE stores the
information in the fault memory.
. menu mode: the menu mode can only be activated on the ground and the command is given by the CFDIU via
the MCDU. This ground data is supplied by the CFDIU, otherwise it can be given by a Flight-Ground discrete
provided by the ACARS.
The menu mode enables communications between the CFDIU and the ACARS BITE through the MCDU.

AES

23-24-00 PB001

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

MU ACARS
(1RB)

SHELF 82VU

ELECTRONICS RACK 80VU

N_MM_232400_0_ABM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-24-00-13200-A SHEET 1


ACARS - Component Location in the Avionics Compartment

23-24-00 PB001

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
FREQUENCY DATA
REMOTE VOICE/DATA SELECT
RMP1

RMP2

1RG1

RMP3
1RG3

1RG2
PORT SELECT

FREQUENCY DATA
B

A
VHF3

SDAC1

VOICE/DATA SELECT

1WV1

ACARS DATA (AUDIO)

ACARS DATA (AUDIO)


1RC3

ACARS
MU

DATA KEYLINE

1RB
MCDU2
3CA2

FMGC2

MCDU1
3CA1

MCDU3

1CA2

3CA3

FMGC1
1CA1

AIDS
DMU
1TV

CFDIU
1TW

FWC2
1WW2

PRINTER
4TW

FWC1
1WW1
N_MM_232400_0_ZDM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-24-00-15600-A SHEET 1


ACARS - Block Diagram

23-24-00 PB001

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

2RB
103XP
115VAC
BUS 1
ACARS
MU
AC

CHASSIS
1RB

N_MM_232400_0_ADM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-24-00-18000-A SHEET 1


ACARS - General Power Supply

23-24-00 PB001

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

ACTIVE

STBY/CRS

VHF 1

VHF 2

VHF 3

HF 1

SEL

HF 2

"PORT SELECT"
DISCRETE IN
OPEN CIRCUIT

AM

STBY NAV
NAV

VOR

ILS

MLS

ON
ADF

BFO
OFF

ACTIVE

ACTIVATION OF
"REMOTE VOICE/
DATA SELECT"
DISCRETE

STBY/CRS

VHF 1

VHF 2

VHF 3

HF 1

SEL

HF 2

AM

STBY NAV
NAV

VOR

ILS

MLS

ON
ADF

BFO
OFF

ACTIVE

STBY/CRS

VHF 1

VHF 2

VHF 3

HF 1

SEL

HF 2

"PORT SELECT"
DISCRETE TRANSITION
TO GROUND
AM

STBY NAV
NAV

VOR

ILS

MLS

ON
ADF

BFO
OFF

N_MM_232400_0_ALM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-24-00-26900-A SHEET 1


ACARS - Modification of Voice Communication Frequency
Through the RMPs (Sheet 1/2)

23-24-00 PB001

Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

ACTIVE

STBY/CRS

VHF 1

VHF 2

VHF 3

HF 1

SEL

HF 2

NEW FREQUENCY SELECTION


AM

STBY NAV
NAV

VOR

ILS

MLS

ON
ADF

BFO
OFF

ACTIVE

ACTIVATION OF
"REMOTE VOICE/
DATA SELECT"
DISCRETE

STBY/CRS

VHF 1

VHF 2

VHF 3

HF 1

SEL

HF 2

AM

STBY NAV
NAV

VOR

ILS

MLS

ON
ADF

BFO
OFF

ACTIVE

STBY/CRS

VHF 1

VHF 2

VHF 3

HF 1

SEL

HF 2

"PORT SELECT"
DISCRETE TRANSITION
TO OPEN CIRCUIT
AM

STBY NAV
NAV

VOR

ILS

MLS

ON
ADF

BFO
OFF

N_MM_232400_0_AMM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-24-00-27000-A SHEET 1


ACARS - Modification of Voice Communication Frequency
Through the RMPs (Sheet 2/2)

23-24-00 PB001

Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

BIT ORDER

10

11

MESSAGE

WAVEFORM

1200 HZ

2400 HZ

N_MM_232400_0_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-24-00-27700-A SHEET 1


ACARS - Data Coding

23-24-00 PB001

Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
b

7b

IT

00

b5

b4 b3

b2

b1

COLUMN
ROW

00

01

01

10

10
5

11

11

NUL

DLE

SP

SOH

DC1

STX

DC2

"

ETX

DC3

EOT

DC4

ENQ

NAK

$
%

0
0

1
1

1
1

0
1

6
7

ACK
BEL

SYN
ETB

&

6
7

F
G

V
W

f
g

v
w

BS

CAN

HT

EM

10

LF

SUB

11

VT

ESC

12

FF

FS

13

CR

GS

14

SO

RS

15

SI

US

^
_

ACK
BEL
BS
CAN
CR
DC
DEL
DLE
EM
ENQ
EQT
ESC
ETB
ETX
FF

ACKNOWLEDGE
BELL
BACKSPACE
CANCEL
CARRIAGE RETURN
DEVICE CONTROL
DELETE
DATA LINK ESCAPE
END OF MEDIUM
ENQUIRY
END OF TRANSMISSION
ESCAPE
END OF TRANSMISSION
BLOCK
END OF TEXT
FORM FEED

N
?

FS
GS
HT
LF
RAK
NUL
RS
SI
SO
SOH
SP
STX
SUB
SYN
US
VT

DEL

FILE SEPARATOR
GROUP SEPARATOR
HORIZONTAL TABULATION
LINE FEED
NEGATIVE ACKNOWLEDGE
NULL
RECORD SEPARATOR
SHIFTIN
SHIFTOUT
START OF HEADING
SPACE
START OF TEXT
SUBSTITUTE
SYNCHRONOUS IDLE
UNIT SEPARATOR
VERTICAL TABULATION

N_MM_232400_0_AHM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-24-00-27800-A SHEET 1


ACARS - ISO Alphabet No.5

23-24-00 PB001

Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

00
COLUMN
ROW

00
1

01

01

SP

10

10

10

11

12

13

14

15

11
6

11

N_MM_232400_0_AJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-24-00-27900-A SHEET 1


ACARS - Characters Transmittable in the Useful Data Field

23-24-00 PB001

Page 22
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
FROM MAINTENANCE MENU
(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

SELECT LAST
LEG REPORT

<

>

<

>

<

<

>

<

IF FAULT

<

OR

<

N_MM_232400_0_MAA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-24-00-29100-A SHEET 1


ACARS System - Last Leg Report

23-24-00 PB001

Page 23
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
FROM MAINTENANCE MENU
(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

SELECT PREVIOUS
LEGS REPORT

<

>

<

>

<

<

>

<

IF FAULT

<

OR

<

N_MM_232400_0_MAB0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-24-00-29200-A SHEET 1


ACARS System - Previous Legs Report

23-24-00 PB001

Page 24
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
FROM MAINTENANCE MENU
(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

SELECT LRU
IDENTIFICATION

<

>

<

>

<

<

>

<

NOTE: THIS SCREEN DISPLAYED


PART NUMBERS OF THE HARDWARE
AND THE SOFTWARE AND THE SERIAL
NUMBER OF THE ACARS MANAGEMENT
UNIT.

<

N_MM_232400_0_MBA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-24-00-29300-A SHEET 1


ACARS System - LRU Identification

23-24-00 PB001

Page 25
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
FROM MAINTENANCE MENU
(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

<

>

<

>

<

SELECT TROUBLE
SHOOTING DATA

<

>

<

IF FAULT

<

OR

<

N_MM_232400_0_MAC0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-24-00-29400-A SHEET 1


ACARS System - Trouble Shooting Data

23-24-00 PB001

Page 26
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
FROM MAINTENANCE MENU
(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

<

>

<

>

SELECT LAST LEG


CLASS 3 FAULTS

<

<

>

<

IF FAULT

<

OR

<

N_MM_232400_0_MAD0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-24-00-29500-A SHEET 1


ACARS System - Class 3 Faults

23-24-00 PB001

Page 27
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
FROM MAINTENANCE MENU
(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

<

>

<

>

SELECT TEST

<

>

<
<

IF FAULT

<

OR

<

N_MM_232400_0_MAE0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-24-00-29600-A SHEET 1


ACARS System - Test

23-24-00 PB001

Page 28
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

FROM MAINTENANCE MENU


(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

<

>

<

>

<

<

>

SELECT
GROUND REPORT

<

IF FAULT

OR

>

<

<

<

N_MM_232400_0_MAF0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-24-00-29700-A SHEET 1


ACARS System - Ground Report

23-24-00 PB001

Page 29
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION ADDRESSING AND REPORTING


SYSTEM (ACARS) - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
** On A/C 003-004
Task 23-24-00-860-001-A
Check of the Airline ID and Aircraft Registration Number on the ACARS MU after a Change of the Aircraft Registration
Number
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

31-33-00-710-010-A

Procedure to Use the Aircraft Coding Plug 197VC-A

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-24-00-860-076-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

Subtask 23-24-00-865-067-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/MCDU/1

11CA1

B01

121VU

COM NAV/ACARS/MU

2RB

L06

121VU
121VU

DUMMY CB
AUTO FLT/MCDU/2

11CA3
11CA2

N21
N20

AES

FIN

LOCATION

23-24-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
Subtask 23-24-00-860-077-A
A.

Procedure to change the airline identification (ID) for the Honeywell ACARS.
To change the airline ID on the Honeywell ACARS MU:
. Get a new database from Honeywell, or
. Make the changes directly in the database if you have the reconfiguration tool.

Subtask 23-24-00-860-079-A
B.

Procedure to do a check of the airline ID and the aircraft registration number for the COLLINS ACARS
ACTION

1.On the MCDU:


. Push the line key adjacent to the ACARS indication.
2.Push the line key adjacent to the MAINT MENU
indication.
3.Push the line key adjacent to the SYS STATUS
indication.
4.Make sure that the airline two-letter code (below ID)
and the aircraft registration number (below REG NO) are
correct.
5.If the airline ID is incorrect, then get the change
procedure from Collins.
6.If the aircraft registration number is incorrect, use the
procedure to change the aircraft registration number on
the FDIU (Ref. TASK 31-33-00-710-010-A).

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. The ACARS MENU page comes into view.
. The MAINT MENU page comes into view.
.

The SYSTEM STATUS page comes into view.

Subtask 23-24-00-860-080-A
C.

Procedure to do a check of the airline ID and the aircraft registration number for the TELEDYNE ACARS
ACTION

RESULT

1.On the MCDU:


. Push the line key adjacent to the ACARS indication.

On the MCDU:
. The ACARS MAIN MENU page comes into view.

2.Push the line key adjacent to the MISCELLANEOUS


indication.
3.Push the line key adjacent to the MAINTENANCE
indication.
4.Push the line key adjacent to the PROG ID/SENSOR
STATUS indication.
5.Make sure that the A/L & REG indication agrees with
the airline two-letter code (A/L indication) and the
aircraft registration number (REG indication).

The MISCELLANEOUS MENU page comes into view.

The MAINTENANCE MENU page comes into view.

The PROG ID/SENSOR STATUS page comes into


view.

6.If the A/L indication does not agree with the airline twoletter code:
. Tell Teledyne to supply you with the procedure to
change it (if applicable for your ACARS PN).
7.If the aircraft registration number is incorrect, use the
procedure to change the aircraft registration number on
the FDIU (Ref. TASK 31-33-00-710-010-A).

AES

23-24-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 23-24-00-860-078-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.


(1)

On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication until the MCDU MENU page
comes into view.

(2)

Fully decrease the brightness of the MCDU screen (display off).

(3)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

23-24-00 PB201

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION ADDRESSING AND REPORTING


SYSTEM (ACARS) - SERVICING
** On A/C 003-004
Task 23-24-00-610-001-A
Uploading procedure with the portable data loader (SFIM) to load the Software Standard and the standard application
database on the ACARS MU front face.
FIN 1RB
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
704-2383-001
964-0400-005
B.

QTY
1
ADAPTER CABLE
1
DATA LOADER

DESIGNATION

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

128
210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

31-32-00-860-003-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM Page

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-24-00-861-054-A
A.

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-02).

Subtask 23-24-00-480-051-D
B.

AES

On the DATA LOADER (964-0400-005) or equivalent, make sure that the ON/OFF switch is at OFF.
(1)

Remove the blanking cap from the DATA LOADER connector.

(2)

Connect the ADAPTER CABLE (704-2383-001) to the DATA LOADER connector on the ACARS MU
front face.

23-24-00 PB301

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 23-24-00-865-076-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:


PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/MCDU/1

11CA1

B01

49VU

L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM

1GA

C09

49VU

FWS/FWC1/SPLY

3WW

F01

121VU

CFDS/CFDIU/SPLY

2TW

J18

121VU

DATA/LOADER/SPLY

3TD

J16

121VU

COM NAV/ACARS/MU

2RB

L06

121VU
121VU

DUMMY CB
AUTO FLT/MCDU/2

11CA3
11CA2

N21
N20

121VU

HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2

2GA

Q35

121VU

EIS/FWC2/SPLY

2WW

Q07

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 23-24-00-970-053-A
A.

Loading of the Software Standard Application (disk 5RB) and the Standard Application Data Base (AP)

ACTION
1.On the MCDU:
. adjust the brightness of the MCDU screen.

The MCDU is on.

RESULT

2.On the portable data loader:


. set the ON/OFF switch to ON.

On the portable data loader:


. the < <MDDU READY> > indication is shown.

3.On the portable data loader:


. put the software standard application disk (5RB) into
the disk drive, the label in the forward direction.

On the MCDU:
. the ACARS indication goes out of view.
On the portable data loader:
. the READY indication is shown
. then the WAIT RESPONSE indication is shown
. then the TRANSF IN PROG indication is shown.
NOTE :

4.On the portable data loader:


. eject the disk from the disk drive.

AES

If more than one disk is necessary to upload a


same type of data, the EJECT DISK and INSERT
NEXT DISK indications are shown one after the
other.
They tell the operator that he must put a new
disk into the portable data loader.
. when all the data are put into the computer,
the TRANSF COMPLETE indication is
shown.
On the portable data loader:
. the < <MDDU READY> > indication is shown.

23-24-00 PB301

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
5.On the portable data loader:
. put the standard application data base (AP) disk into
the disk drive, the label in the forward direction.

On
.
.
.

RESULT
the portable data loader:
the READY indication is shown
then the WAIT RESPONSE indication is shown
then the TRANSF IN PROG indication is shown.

NOTE :

6.On the portable data loader:


. eject the disk from the disk drive.

7.If the buzzer still operates, on the glareshield panel:


. push the MASTER CAUT light.

If more than one disk is necessary to upload a


same type of data, the EJECT DISK and INSERT
NEXT DISK indications are shown one after the
other. They tell the operator that he must put a
new disk into the portable data loader.
. when all the data are put into the computer,
the TRANSF COMPLETE indication is
shown.
On the portable data loader:
. the < <MDDU READY> > indication is shown.
On the MCDU:
. the ACARS indication comes into view
. the buzzer operates.
The buzzer stops.

Subtask 23-24-00-280-053-A
B.

Check on the MCDU of the Reference of the Data Loaded into the ACARS MU
(1)

Do the procedure to get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM: RADIO page (Ref. TASK
31-32-00-860-003-A).

(2)

Check of the identification of the loaded disk(s)

ACTION
1.Push the line key adjacent to the ACARS indication.

RESULT
The ACARS menu page comes into view.

2.Push the line key adjacent to the LRU IDENT


indication.

The LRU IDENTIFICATION page comes into view:


. make sure that the CORE SW P/N and the APP SW
P/N references shown are the same as the CORE SW
P/N and the APP SW P/N references read on the
standard application disk (5RB).

3.Push the MCDU MENU key.

The MCDU MENU page comes into view.

4.Push the line key adjacent to the ACARS indication.

The ACARS PREFLT MENU 1/4 page comes into view.

5.Push the line key adjacent to the MISC indication.

The ACARS MISC page comes into view.

6.Push the line key adjacent to the MAINT indication.

The ACARS MAINTENANCE page comes into view.

7.Push the line key adjacent to the PART NUMBERS


indication.

The ACARS PART NUMBERS page comes into view.


. make sure that the DB P/N reference shown is the
same as the DB reference read on the standard
application data base (AP) disk.

5.

Close-up
Subtask 23-24-00-860-063-A
A.

Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration


(1)

AES

On the keyboard of the MCDU, push the MCDU MENU key to get the MCDU MENU page.

23-24-00 PB301

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Fully decrease the brightness of the MCDU screen (display off).

Subtask 23-24-00-080-053-A
B.

On the PORTABLE DATA LOADER (YV68A100), set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.
(1)

Disconnect the portable data-loader cable from the DATA LOADER connector.

(2)

Install the blanking cap to the DATA LOADER connector.

Subtask 23-24-00-862-054-A
C.

AES

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-02).

23-24-00 PB301

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION ADDRESSING AND REPORTING


SYSTEM (ACARS) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
** On A/C 003-004
Task 23-24-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the ACARS
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE YOU SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1.

Reason for the Job


To make sure that the ACARS MU operates correctly.

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A

EIS Start Procedure


EIS Stop Procedure

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-24-00-861-050-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Energize the Aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)

(2)

Do the EIS Start Procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

Subtask 23-24-00-865-050-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/MCDU/1

11CA1

B01

49VU

COM/RMP/1

2RG1

G10

121VU

COM NAV/ACARS/MU

2RB

L06

121VU

COM NAV/VHF/3

2RC3

L05

AES

FIN

LOCATION

23-24-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
COM NAV/RMP/3

2RG3

L03

121VU

COM NAV/RMP/2

2RG2

L02

121VU

AUTO FLT/MCDU/2

11CA2

N20

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 23-24-00-710-050-D
A.

Operational Test of the ACARS

ACTION
1.On the RMP 1, RMP 2 (and RMP 3 if installed):
. set the ON/OFF selector switch to ON.

RESULT
Each RMP shows the last frequencies and the last function
used.

2.On the RMPs:


. push the VHF 3 pushbutton switch.
Two configurations are possible:
First configuration:
. the ACARS MU controls the VHF 3 frequency.

Second case:
. the RMPs control the VHF 3 frequency.

On the RMPs:
. the ACARS indication shows in the ACTIVE display
window and a frequency shows in the STBY display
window.
On each the RMPs:
. the same frequency shows in the ACTIVE display
window and the ACARS indication shows in the STBY
display window.

3.In the first configuration, go to the step (5):


In the second configuration, go to the step (4):
4.On the RMP 1:
. push the transfer pushbutton switch (double arrow)
between the two windows.

On the RMPs:
after not many seconds, the frequency (which was in the
STBY display window of the RMP 1) shows in the ACTIVE
display window and the ACARS indication shows in the
STBY display window.

5.On the ACP 2:


. push and release the VHF 3 reception pushbutton
switch.

On the ACP 2:
. the VHF 3 reception pushbutton switch moves in then
out to level above that of the unselected pushbutton
switches.

6.On the ACP 2:


. turn the VHF 3 reception pushbutton swtich to the
middle position.
7.On the F/O LOUD SPEAKER control panel:
. turn the LOUD SPEAKER potentiometer to the
middle position.
8.On the RMP 1:
. push the VHF 1 pushbutton switch.

On the RMP 1:
. the green LED on the VHF 1 pushbutton switch comes
on.

9.On the RMP 1:


. in the right window, with the dual selector knob, set
the frequency of the ground station.

AES

23-24-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
10.On the RMP 1:
. start this frequency. To do this, push the pushbutton
switch (double arrow) between the two windows.

RESULT
On the RMP 1:
. the set frequency comes into view in the left window.

11.On the ACP 1:


. push and release the VHF 1 reception pushbutton
switch.

On the ACP 1:
. the VHF 1 reception pushbutton switch moves in then
out to a level above that of the unselected pushbutton
switches.

12.On the ACP 1:


. turn the VHF 1 reception pushbutton switch to the
middle position.
13.On the CAPT LOUD SPEAKER control panel:
. turn the LOUD SPEAKER potentiometer to the
middle position.
14.On the ACP 1:
. push the VHF 1 transmission pushbutton switch.
15.On the RMP 2:
. push the transfer pushbutton switch (double arrow)
between the two windows.

On the ACP 1:
. the green lines on the VHF 1 transmission pushbutton
switch come on.
On the RMP 2:
. the ACARS indication shows in the ACTIVE display
window and the frequency (which was in the ACTIVE
display window) shows in the STBY display window.
Now the ACARS MU controls the VHF 3 frequency.

16.On the MCDU 2 keyboard:


. push the MCDU MENU mode key.

On the MCDU 2:
. the MCDU MENU page comes into view.

17.On the MCDU 2:


. push the line key adjacent to the CFDS indication.

On the MCDU 2:
. the MAINTENANCE MENU page comes into view.

18.On the MCDU 2:


. push the line key adjacent to the SEND indication
related to the Post FLIGHT REPORT (PFR).

On the MCDU 2:
. the asterisk adjacent to the SEND indication goes out
of view.
After not many seconds:
. on the MCDU 2, the asterisk adjacent to the SEND
indication comes again into view.

19.On the MCDU 2:


On the MCDU 2:
. push the line key adjacent to the PRINT indication for . the asterisk adjacent to the PRINT indication goes out
the PFR.
of view. It comes again into view when you get the
printing.
20.On the CAPT side stick controller:
. push the PTT switch and tell the ground station to
give the A/C identification.
NOTE :

The ground station finds this data on the POST


FLIGHT REPORT it received.
21.On the CAPT side stick controller:
. release the PTT switch.
22.On the CAPT side stick controller:
. push the PTT switch and tell the ground station to
send a VOICE GO AHEAD message.

AES

On the CAPT loud speaker:


. the ground station gives the A/C identifaction which
must be the same as the one your printing.
On the MCDU 2 scratchpad:
. the VOICE GO AHEAD message comes into view.

23-24-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
23.On the ECAM control panel:
. Push the CLR key until the MEMO page comes into
view on the lower ECAM DU (engine paramaters).

RESULT
At the bottom of the Engine/Warning Display (EWD):
. the ACARS CALL message comes into view.

24.On the MCDU 2 keyboard:


. push the MCDU mode key.

On the MCDU 2:
. the MCDU MENU page comes into view.

25.On the MCDU 2:


. push the line key adjacent to the ACARS indication.

On the MCDU 2:
. the ACARS MENU page comes into view.

26.On the MCDU 2:


. push the line key adjacent to the indication related to
the message received.

On the MCDU 2:
. the page that includes all the received messages comes
into view.

27.On the MCDU 2:


. read the last message received and compare it with
the ground message.
28.On the MCDU 2 keyboard:
. push the MCDU MENU mode key.

On the MCDU 2:
. the MCDU MENU page comes into view.

29.On the ECAM control panel:


. push the CLR key until the MEMO section comes into
view on the lower ECAM DU.
30.On the RMP 2:
After not many seconds, on the RMP 2 (and RMP 3 if
. push the transfer pushbutton switch (double arrow)
installed):
between the two windows.
. the ACARS indication shows in the STBY display
windows and the frequency (which was in the STBY
display window of the RMP 2) shows in the ACTIVE
display window.
At the bottom of the Engine/Warning Display (in the
MEMO section):
. the VOICE message comes into view.
NOTE :

5.

If no ground station is available, you must do a


reset of the ACARS MU (pushbutton switch on
the front face of the ACARS MU). This will
prevent the queueing-up of the downlinks not sent.

Close-up
Subtask 23-24-00-860-050-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.


(1)

On the RMP 1, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.

(2)

Do the EIS Stop Procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(3)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

23-24-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
Task 23-24-00-740-004-A
BITE test of the ACARS
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

128
210
811

ZONE DESCRIPTION
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

31-32-00-860-003-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM Page

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-24-00-860-096-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Do the procedure to get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM page. (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003-A)

(3)

On the RMP 2, set the ON/OFF switch to ON.

Subtask 23-24-00-865-075-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:


PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/MCDU/1

11CA1

B01

49VU

SDAC/1/SPLY

3WV

F04

49VU

FWS/FWC1/SPLY

3WW

F01

121VU

CFDS/CFDIU/SPLY

2TW

J18

AES

FIN

LOCATION

23-24-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

121VU

AIDS/DMU

4TV

K15

121VU

COM NAV/ACARS/MU

2RB

L06

121VU

COM NAV/VHF/3

2RC3

L05

121VU

COM NAV/RMP/2

2RG2

L02

121VU
121VU

DUMMY CB
AUTO FLT/MCDU/2

11CA3
11CA2

N21
N20

121VU

EIS/FWC2/SPLY

2WW

Q07

Subtask 23-24-00-010-058-A
C.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 811.

(2)

Open the access door 811.

Procedure
Subtask 23-24-00-710-068-D
A.

BITE Test of the ACARS

ACTION
1.On the RMP 2:
. push the VHF 3 pushbutton switch.

RESULT
First configuration:
. on the RMP 2, the ACARS indication comes into view
in the ACTIVE display window
. on the RMP 2, a frequency comes into view in the
STBY display window.
Second configuration:
. on the RMP 2, a frequency comes into view in the
ACTIVE display window
. on the RMP 2, the ACARS indication comes into view
in the STBY display window.

2.In the first configuration, go to step (4).


In the second cofiguration, go to step (3).
3.On the RMP2:
. push the transfer pushbutton switch (double arrow)
between the two windows.

On the RMP 2:
. dashes show in the ACTIVE display window and the
frequency (before in the ACTIVE display window)
shows in the STBY display window
. then, the ACARS indication shows in the ACTIVE
display window.

4.On the MCDU:


. push the line key adjacent to the ACARS indication.

On the MCDU:
. the ACARS page comes into view.

5.On the MCDU:


. push the line key adjacent to the TEST indication.

On the MCDU:
. the TEST IN PROGRESS XXS message comes into
view
. the TEST OK message comes into view.

AES

23-24-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 23-24-00-860-097-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.


(1)

On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication until the MCDU MENU page
comes into view.

(2)

Fully decrease the brightness of the MCDU screen (display off).

(3)

On the RMP 1 and RMP 2, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.

(4)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

23-24-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
Task 23-24-00-710-005-A
Link Test of the ACARS
NOTE :
1.

Make sure that there is no ACARS STBY indication on the ECAM.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

210
824

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

52-41-00-410-002-A

Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-24-00-860-090-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

On the RMP 2, set the ON/OFF switch to ON.

Subtask 23-24-00-865-072-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:


PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/MCDU/1

11CA1

B01

49VU

SDAC/1/SPLY

3WV

F04

49VU

FWS/FWC1/SPLY

3WW

F01

121VU

CFDS/CFDIU/SPLY

2TW

J18

AES

FIN

LOCATION

23-24-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

121VU

AIDS/DMU

4TV

K15

121VU

COM NAV/ACARS/MU

2RB

L06

121VU

COM NAV/VHF/3

2RC3

L05

121VU

COM NAV/RMP/2

2RG2

L02

121VU
121VU

DUMMY CB
AUTO FLT/MCDU/2

11CA3
11CA2

N21
N20

121VU

EIS/FWC2/SPLY

2WW

Q07

Subtask 23-24-00-010-055-A
C.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 824.

(2)

Open the access door 824.

Procedure
Subtask 23-24-00-710-067-D
A.

Link Test of the ACARS

ACTION
1.On the RMP2:
. push the VHF3 pushbutton switch.

2.In the first configuration, go to step (3) to continue the


test.
In the second configuration, push the transfer pushbutton
switch (double arrow) between the two windows on the
RMP2.

RESULT
First configuration:
. on the RMP2, the ACARS indication comes into view in
the ACTIVE display
. on the RMP2, a frequency comes into view in the
STBY display.
Second configuration :
. on the RMP2, a frequency comes into view in the
ACTIVE display
. on the RMP2, the ACARS indication comes into view in
the STBY display.

On the RMP2:
. dashes come into view in the ACTIVE display and the
frequency (which was in the ACTIVE display) comes
into view in the STBY display
. then, the ACARS indication comes into view in the
ACTIVE display.

3.On one MCDU:


. adjust the brightness of the MCDU screen.

The MCDU starts to operate.

4.On the MCDU keyboard :


. push the MCDU MENU mode key

The MCDU MENU page comes into view.

5.On the MCDU:


. push the line key adjacent to the ACARS indication.

The ACARS PREFL MENU 1/2 page comes into view.

6.On the MCDU:


. push the line key adjacent to the MISC indication.

The ACARS MISC page comes into view.

7.On the MCDU:


. push the line key adjacent to the MAINT indication.

The ACARS MAINTENANCE page comes into view.

AES

23-24-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
8.On the MCDU:
. push the line key adjacent to the TEST indication.

RESULT
The ACARS TEST 1/2 page comes into view.

9.On the MCDU:


. push the line key adjacent to the VHF LINK
indication.

The TEST indication comes into view (and not INITIATE


indication).
At the end of the test, the PASS indication comes into
view.

10.On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the


RETURN indication until the MCDU MENU page comes
into view.
11.On the RMP2, push the transfer pushbutton switch
(double arrow) between the two windows.

5.

After not many seconds:


. the frequency (which was in the STBY display) comes
into view in the ACTIVE display and the ACARS
indication comes into view in the STBY display.

Close-up
Subtask 23-24-00-860-091-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.


(1)

Fully decrease the brightness of the MCDU screen (display off).

(2)

On the RMP 1 and RMP 2, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.

(3)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 23-24-00-410-052-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002-A).

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

23-24-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

MANAGEMENT UNIT (MU) - ACARS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION


** On A/C 003-004
Task 23-24-34-000-001-A
Removal of the ACARS Management Unit (MU)
FIN 1RB
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

128
824

ZONE DESCRIPTION
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-34-991-00100-A - ACARS Management Unit (MU))
3.

DESIGNATION

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-24-34-865-050-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):


PANEL

DESIGNATION
COM NAV/ACARS/MU

121VU

FIN
2RB

LOCATION
L06

Subtask 23-24-34-010-050-A
B.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position in the access door 824 in zone
128.

(2)

Open the access door 824.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-34-991-00100-A - ACARS Management Unit (MU))

AES

23-24-34 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 23-24-34-020-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of the ACARS MU


(1)

Loosen the nuts (3).

(2)

Lower the nuts (3).

(3)

Pull the ACARS MU (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical connectors (1).

(4)

Remove the ACARS MU (5).

(5)

Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors (1).

23-24-34 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
FR24A
FR20

ACCESS
DOOR 824

A
80VU

1RB

B
82VU

B
1
1
5

4
3
N_MM_232434_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-24-34-991-00100-A SHEET 1


ACARS Management Unit (MU)

23-24-34 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
Task 23-24-34-400-001-A
Installation of the ACARS Management Unit (MU)
FIN 1RB
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

128
824

ZONE DESCRIPTION
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
23-24-00-610-001-A

DESIGNATION
Uploading procedure with the portable data loader (SFIM) to load the Software
Standard and the standard application database on the ACARS MU front face.

23-24-00-740-004-A
23-24-00-860-001-A

BITE test of the ACARS


Check of the Airline ID and Aircraft Registration Number on the ACARS MU
after a Change of the Aircraft Registration Number

52-41-00-410-002-A

Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access

(Ref. Fig. 23-24-34-991-00100-A - ACARS Management Unit (MU))


3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-24-34-860-050-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.

(2)

Make sure that the access door 824 is open.

Subtask 23-24-34-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

121VU
4.

DESIGNATION
COM NAV/ACARS/MU

FIN
2RB

LOCATION
L06

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-34-991-00100-A - ACARS Management Unit (MU))
Subtask 23-24-34-420-050-A
A.

Installation of the ACARS MU


(1)

AES

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

23-24-34 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1).

(4)

Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are clean and in the correct condition.

(5)

Install the ACARS MU (5) on its rack (2).

(6)

Push the ACARS MU (5) on its rack (2) to connect the electrical connectors (1).

(7)

Engage the nuts (3) on the lugs (4) and tighten.

Subtask 23-24-34-865-052-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

DESIGNATION
COM NAV/ACARS/MU

121VU

FIN
2RB

LOCATION
L06

Subtask 23-24-34-610-050-A
C.

Do the uploading procedure of ACARS MU using the Portable Data Loader (PDL) (Ref. TASK
23-24-00-610-001-A)

Subtask 23-24-34-710-055-A
D.

Do the check of the Airline ID and Aircraft Registration Number on the ACARS MU (Ref. TASK
23-24-00-860-001-A).

Subtask 23-24-34-740-050-A
E.
5.

Do the BITE test of the ACARS (Ref. TASK 23-24-00-740-004-A).

Close-up
Subtask 23-24-34-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002-A).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

23-24-34 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

OPERATIONAL USE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION


** On A/C 003-004
1.

General
The Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU) is used as an interface between the operator and the Aircraft
Communication Addressing and Reporting System (ACARS). It provides the means necessary to enter the text into
the ACARS for data storage, data review and transmission-System Status and ground-to-air voice signaling functions
are also presented on the MCDU. The ACARS Management Unit (MU) is interfaced with three MCDUs.

AES

23-26-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
2.

System Description
The MCDU is used for various systems:
. the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
. the Aircraft Communication Addressing and Reporting System (ACARS)
. the Aircraft Integrated Data System Data Management Unit (AIDS DMU)
. the Flight Management function (FM).

AES

23-26-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
3.

Operation/Control and Indicating


This paragraph describes the interaction of the MU with the MCDU. The formats pictured here depict the exact
layout of each page. Along each side of the display are six line select keys. The arrows off to the sides of each display
format by the line select keys indicate the section number that defines the display to be called up or the action to be
taken for that key.
When the MCDU is initially powered up, it establishes contact with each LRU connected to it.
When the ACARS MU is given control of an MCDU, the MU displays the ACARS MENU page. The ACARS MENU
page is the root page through which all other ACARS pages may be accessed.
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-13500-A - ACARS PREFLT MENU Page 1/2)
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-13600-A - ACARS PREFLT MENU Page 2/2)
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-13700-A - ACARS INFLT MENU Page)
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-14200-A - ACARS POSTFLT MENU Page)
Each page of the ACARS Main Menu can display different data bases. These pages are created upon energization of
aircraft electrical network and are recreated when the flight phase changes from preflight to inflight, from inflight to
postflight, and from postflight to preflight. When the flight phase changes or the aircraft electrical network is
energized, then the MU updates the text and functions displayed on the ACARS Main Menu.
A.

Preflight Initialization
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-14300-A - ACARS PREFLIGHT INIT Page)
On the ACARS PREFLT MENU page, by pushing the line key adjacent to the PREFLIGHT indication, you get
the ACARS PREFLIGHT INIT page.
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-14300-A - ACARS PREFLIGHT INIT Page)
On this page, preflight initialization information is given in these fields:
(1) FMC FLT NO: It displays the FMC flight number. The default value is white dashes.
(2) ACARS FLT NO: It displays the ARINC flight number. The default value is white dashes, however, the MU
will try to initialize this parameter from the FMC flight-number broadcast-data.
The line key 2L and the alphanumeric keyboard can be used to overwrite the MU generated value. Up to 4
alphanumeric characters can be entered. If less than 4 characters are entered, then the MU will right-justify
the data and fill with zero characters.
(3) ORIGIN: It displays the origin. The default value is white dashes.
(4) DESTINATION: It displays the destination. The default value is white dashes.
(5) CAPTAIN: It displays the Captains name or identifier which can be entered by the crew. The default value
is cyan brackets.
(6) UTC: It displays the Universal Time Coordinated. The default value is white dashes.
(7) DATE: It displays the date. The default value is white dashes.
(8) ALT DEST: It displays the alternate destination. The default value is white dashes.
(9) FIRST OFF: It displays the First Officers name or identifier which can be entered by the crew. The default
value is cyan brackets.

B.

Delay Report
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-14800-A - ACARS DELAY REPORT Page)
The ACARS DELAY REPORT page is accessed by pushing the line key adjacent to the DELAY indication on
the ACARS PREFLT MENU page.
(1) DELAY CODE: This parameter is displayed adjacent to line key 1L. The default value is cyan brackets. The
crew can enter the two-character delay code by using the line key 1L and the alphanumeric keyboard.
(2) MINUTES: This parameter is diplayed adjacent to line key 2L. The default value is cyan brackets. The crew
can enter up to 4 digits by using the line key 2L and the alphanumeric keyboard.

AES

23-26-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3) UTC: This parameter is displayed adjacent to line key 1R. The default value is white dashes.
(4) ETA: This parameter is displayed adjacent to line key 2R. The default value is amber boxes.
(5) DEST: The destination is displayed adjacent to line key 3R. The default value is white dashes.
(6) SEND: The line key 6R will attempt to downlink the delay report via the downlink media defined by the
data base.
C.

ATIS Request
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-15300-A - ACARS ATIS REQUEST Page)
The ACARS ATIS REQUEST page is accessed by pushing the line key adjacent to the ATIS REQUEST
indication on the ACARS PREFLT MENU page.
(1) ARRIVAL/DEPART: This parameter is displayed adjacent to line key 1L. The default value is an amber
box. The crew will enter a single character by using line key 1L and the alphanumeric keyboard.
(2) ORIGIN: This parameter is diplayed adjacent to line key 2L. The default value is white dashes.
(3) DESTINATION: This parameter is displayed adjacent to line key 3L. The default value is white dashes.
(4) ALT DEST: Alternate destination is displayed adjacent to line key 4L. The default value is white dashes.
(5) AIRPORTS: Airport codes are displayed adjacent to line keys 1R through 5R. The default values are cyan
brackets. The crew can enter the three or four-character airport codes using respective right line keys and
the keyboard.
(6) SEND: The line key 6R will attempt to downlink the ATIS request via the downlink media defined by the
data base.

D. Weather Request
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-15800-A - ACARS WEATHER REQUEST Page)
The ACARS WEATHER REQUEST page is accessed by pushing the line key adjacent to the WEATHER
REQUEST indication on the ACARS PREFLT MENU page.
(1) ORIGIN: This parameter is displayed adjacent to the line key 1 L. The default value is white dashes.
(2) DESTINATION: This parameter is displayed adjacent to the line key 2L. The default value is white dashes.
(3) ALT DEST: Alternate destination is displayed adjacent to the line key 3L. The default value is white
dashes.
(4) AIRPORTS : Airport codes are displayed adjacent to the line keys 1R through 5R. The default values are
cyan brackets. The crew can enter the 3 or 4 character airport codes using respective right line keys and
the keyboard.
(5) SEND: The line key 6R will attempt to downlink the weather request via the downlink media defined by the
data base.
E.

Voice Contact Request


(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-16300-A - ACARS VOICE CONT REPORT Page)
The ACARS VOICE CONT REQUEST page is accessed by pushing the line key adjacent to the VOICE
CONTACT indication on the ACARS PREFLT MENU page.
(1) ON VHF: Voice Contact Request is displayed adjacent to the line key 1L. The default value is cyan
brackets. The crew can enter the six-digit frequency prior to initiating a downlink.
(2) ON HF: HF frequency is displayed adjacent to the line key 2L. The default value is cyan brackets. The crew
can enter the four or five-digit frequency prior to initiating a downlink.
(3) SEND: This key will attempt to downlink the voice report via the downlink media defined by the data base.

F.

AES

ACARS VHF CONTROL Page


(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-16800-A - ACARS VHF CONTROL Page)

23-26-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The ACARS VHF CONTROL page is displayed by pushing the line key adjacent to the VHF 3 CONTROL
indication on the ACARS PREFLT MENU page. This page enables the user to select voice or data mode on the
VHF link. The voice frequency can be selected from manual/entry or database table.
The current VHF mode of operation is displayed on line 2. Data field AAAAA contains either the VOICE or
DATA indication.
(1) Database voice frequency menu.
Line keys 1L and 1R-4R are used to select from the voice frequencies defined in the database table. The
prompt text displayed adjacent to line keys 1L-4L and 1R-4R is obtained from the voice frequency database
table and is displayed using large cyan font. The prompt text field is 11 characters in length. Line keys
2L-4L and 2R-4R also have title fields on the line above the line key. The title field text is derived from the
voice frequency database table and is displayed in small cyan font.
Actuation of one of the database defined line keys attempts to enter voice mode.
If the frequency contained in the voice frequency database table is invalid, then the star, title and prompt
are blanked and actuation of the key is ignored.
If the database does not contain an entry for a particular line key, then the asterisk for that line key is
blanked and actuation of that key has not effect.
(2) Manual voice frequency.
Line key 5L can be used to manually enter a frequency or to select a previously entered frequency. The
default value is amber boxes. Entered data is displayed using large cyan font.
If an incorrect frequency is entered, the scratchpad displays the INVALID ENTRY indication.
(3) Uplink voice frequency.
Line key 5R is used to tune the radio to a frequency received.
The default value is white dashes.
If an invalid frequency is received, then it is ignored.
(4) Select data mode.
Actuation of line key 6R causes the MU to attempt to enter data mode. If the VHF link is already in data
mode, then actuation of this key is ignored.
(5) VHF voice frequency validation.
In order for a VHF voice frequency to be considered valid, its value must be comprised between 118000 and
136975 and be a multiple of 25.
G.

TELEX with Address Selection Data Entry Screen


(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-17200-A - ACARS TELEX Page)
The ACARS TELEX ADDRESS is selected by pushing line key 5L from the ACARS PREFLT MENU page. The
hardcoded data entry screen creates a multi-page screen that provides address selection. The telex downlinks can
contain either a 4 or 7 character ground address.

H. Received Messages Page


(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-17600-A - ACARS REC MSGS Page)
The ACARS REC MSGS page is accessed by pushing line key 6R from the ACARS PREFLT MENU page.
This page is used to view REPORT uplink titles, and to select REPORT uplinks. Each REPORT uplink has its
Title, or Default Title, displayed on the Prompt Lines of line keys 1L through 5L.
Each REPORT uplink is queued for display on the ACARS REC MSGS page in the order in which it was
received. A REPORT will be identified by its associated title. The most recent REPORT Title appears at the top
of the ACARS REC MSGS page. Up to five REPORT uplinks may be displayed on a single page of this screen.
A maximum of ten pages are allowed for a total display capability of fifty REPORT uplinks.
The Message Display pages (ACARS MSG DISPLAY prompt) are selected by pushing the line key on the
ACARS REC MSGS page associated with a specific Report uplink.
If the maximum of fifty REPORT uplinks are received and queued, the MU deletes reports according to the
following priorities until enough room is available:
. reports that have been previously selected and are not Flush Override reports, oldest first

AES

23-26-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
.

.
.

reports that have not yet been selected and are not Flush Override reports, oldest first
Flush Override reports, oldest first.
Each REPORT Title is initially displayed in large font upon reception. After the crew selects a report or
after the report is automatically printed, then the associated Title changes to small font. The transition to
small font does not occur until the pilot returns to the REC MSGS page. Upon subsequent returns to the
ACARS MSG DISPLAY page, the Title is displayed in small font.
A report may be deleted from the ACARS MSG DISPLAY page by initiating the following sequence:
push the CLR function key, the string CLR appears in the scratchpad
push the line key adjacent to the RETURN TO REC MSGS indication.
The results are the same as if the report was deleted from the ACARS REC MSGS page.
For all the Message Display prompts (i.e. ACCEPT, REJECT, PRINT) if the star is absent then line key
presses for that prompt will be ignored.

J.

Miscellaneous Menu
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-18000-A - ACARS MISC Page)
(1) ACARS data frequency page
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-18200-A - ACARS DATA FREQ Page)
The ACARS DATA FREQ page is accessed by pushing the line key 1L from the ACARS MISC page.
This page presents a menu of the regions of the world that can be selected by the crew. Each region is
associated with a VHF data frequency.
The associated data frequency is displayed on the second line of this page.
The first character of this string indicates the following modes:
. A for Automatic Frequency Management mode
. M for Manual mode (frequency selected by the Pilot)
. R for Remote mode (frequency selected by the Airport)
. S for Automatic search mode (scanning)
. D for Automatic search mode for data.
The left arrow or right arrow points to the current service provider region determined by the aircraft
position data.
Action on line key 6L returns the user to the ACARS PREFLT MENU page.
(a) Automatic frequency management mode
When line key 6R is pushed, the MU sets the automatic frequency management mode and blanks the
star adjacent to line key 6R. The data frequency displayed on the second line of this page reflect the
frequency determined by the MU automatic frequency management mode.
(b) Manual mode
The manual frequency management mode is entered by selecting a line key with a frequency defined.
The star adjacent to the name of the frequency in use is blanked in order to indicate the last selection
mode. While in Manual mode, if the selected frequency is different from the frequency determined by
the aircraft position data, the MU displays the AUTO/MAN FREQ MISMATCH indication in the
MCDU scratchpad. The left arrow and right arrow are displayed next to the line key selected by the
automatic frequency management. While in manual mode, the arrow is not displayed if the MU does
not receive aircraft position.
(2) ACARS OOOI STATUS pages
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-18400-A - ACARS OOOI STATUS Page)
The ACARS OOOI STATUS 1/3 page is accessed by pushing the line key 3L from the ACARS MISC page.
There are three ACARS OOOI STATUS pages.

AES

23-26-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
On page 1/3, OOOI states which have not yet encountered time values are represented with white dashes.
When the aircraft transitions to one of these states, the time is inserted as hhmm. The current state is
indicated with an arrow in column 12 pointing to the appropriate state name.
NOTE :

Only one arrow is displayed at any one time, all arrows are depicted in the figure below to indicate
their position.

Absence of the arrow indicates the current state is INIT.


FLT NO: This field displays the flight number.
RETURN: This field displays time when the aircraft returns just after an OUT event.
OUT, OFF, ON, IN: These fields display the OUT, OFF, ON, IN times.
DEPT/DEST: This field displays the departure and destination stations.
UTC: This field displays the universal coordinated time.
BLOCK: This field displays the aircraft time from the OUT event to the IN event. The block time is
computed by subtracting the OUT time from the IN time. Whenever a new OUT or IN time is posted, this
value is updated.
FLIGHT: This field displays the time that aircraft has been airborne during one flight. The flight time is
computed by subtracting the OFF time from the ON time. Whenever a new OFF or ON time is posted this
value is updated.
Pages 2/3 and 3/3 display the values of the inputs used to determine the OOOI state and the time of the
last change in value. Page 3/3 displays the individual door discretes. The door status on page 2/3
represents the output of the door logic.
Door status is displayed in data field AAAAAA. When one of the doors is open, then the OPEN
indication is displayed, and when all the doors are closed then the CLOSED indication is displayed.
Slide status is displayed in data field BBBBBB. When the slide is armed, then ARMED is displayed, and
when the slide is not armed, then UNARMD is displayed.
Parking brake status is displayed in data field CCC. When the parking brake is set, then the SET
indication is displayed, and when the parking brake is released, then the REL indication is displayed.
Aircraft movement status is displayed in data field EEEEE. When the aircraft movement is detected, then
the MOVE indication is displayed, and when no aircraft movement is detected, then the STABLE indication
is displayed.
The flight phase is displayed in data field F.
The current OOOI state is displayed in data field GGGGGG, OUT, OFF, ON, IN, RET IN, INIT, and
HOLD.
Each entry has a corresponding time tag.
Actuation of line key 6R (PRINT prompt) on any page will attempt to print only that page of the ACARS
OOOI STATUS screen on the cockpit printer.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO ACARS MENU prompt) returns the user to the ACARS PREFLT
MENU page.
(3) VHF statistics page
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-18600-A - ACARS VHF STATISTICS Page)
The ACARS VHF STATISTICS page is accessed by pushing the line key 2R from the ACARS MISC page.
This page displays statistics concerning transmissions and receptions of the VHF used by the ACARS.
When line key 6R is pushed (PRINT prompt), then the MU attempts to print the ACARS VHF
STATISTICS page on the cockpit printer.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO ACARS MENU prompt) returns the user to the ACARS Main
menu.
(4) Satellite statistics page
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-18800-A - ACARS SAT STATISTICS Page)
The ACARS SAT STATISTICS page is accessed by pushing the line key 3R from the ACARS MISC page.
This page displays statistics concerning transmissions and receptions of the SATCOM used by the ACARS.

AES

23-26-00 PB001

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
When line key 6R is pushed (PRINT prompt), then the MU attempts to print the ACARS SAT
STATISTICS page on the cockpit printer.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO ACARS MENU prompt) returns the user to the ACARS Main
menu.
(5) Parameter display page
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-19000-A - ACARS PARAMETER DISPLAY Page)
The ACARS PARAMETER DISPLAY page is accessed by pushing the line key 5R from the ACARS MISC
page.
This page allows the user to display the value of any parameter in the parameter table. The user selects the
parameter by entering a three-digit number, representing the parameter index, into the scratchpad and
pushing line key 1L. If the index entered by the user is non-numeric (greater than three digits in length) or
exists outside the range of valid table indexes (000-255), the entry is discarded and the INVALID ENTRY
indication is displayed in the scratchpad. If the index is valid, the contents of the parameter is displayed on
the page.
Actuation of line key 6R (PRINT prompt) attempts to print the ACARS PARAMETER DISPLAY page on
the cockpit printer.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO ACARS MENU prompt) returns the user to the ACARS Main
menu.
(6) Maintenance page
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-19200-A - ACARS MAINTENANCE Page)
The ACARS MAINTENANCE page is accessed by pushing the line key 6R from the ACARS MISC page.
The user can get access to other maintenance pages through the following MCDU line keys:
- 1L: PART NUMBERS prompt on ACARS PART NUMBER page
- 2L: STATUS prompt on ACARS STATUS page
- 3L: TEST prompt on ACARS TEST page
- 4L: COMM prompt on ACARS COMM Status page
- 1R: hidden prompt on ACARS INIT page
- 6R: hidden prompt on ACARS DEBUG page
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO ACARS MENU prompt) returns the user to the ACARS MENU
page.
(a) Part number page
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-19300-A - ACARS PART NUMBER Page)
The ACARS PART NUMBER page can be accessed via the ACARS MAINTENANCE page.
The ACARS PART NUMBER page displays the following data:
- MU P/N: ACARS MU hardware part number
- MU S/N: MU serial number
- CORE SW P/N REV: Core software part number
- APP SW P/N REV: Application software part number
- DB P/N: Data base part number.
Actuation of line key 6R (PRINT prompt) attempts to print the ACARS PART NUMBER page on the
cockpit printer.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO MAINT MENU prompt) returns the user to the ACARS
MAINTENANCE page.
(b) ACARS status page
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-19400-A - ACARS STATUS Page)
The ACARS STATUS page is accessed via the ACARS MAINTENANCE page.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO MAINT MENU prompt) returns the user to the ACARS
MAINTENANCE page.
1

AES

Error log page


(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-19500-A - ACARS ERROR LOG Page)

23-26-00 PB001

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The ACARS ERROR LOG page is accessed via the ACARS STATUS page. The ACARS ERROR
LOG page allows access to submenus which provide detailed information about faults detected by
the MU.
Actuation of line key 1L (CLASS 1 AND 2 FAULTS prompt) displays the CLASS 1 AND 2
FAULTS page, on the MCDU. Access to this page is prevented if no faults exist for that category.
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-19600-A - ACARS CLASS 1 AND 2 FAULTS Page)
Actuation of line key 2L (CLASS 3 FAULTS prompt) displays the CLASS 3 FAULTS page on the
MCDU.
Access to this page is prevented if no faults exist for that category.
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-19700-A - ACARS CLASS 3 FAULTS Page)
Actuation of line key 3L (GROUND FAULTS prompt) displays the GROUND FAULTS page on
the MCDU. Access to this page is prevented if no faults exist for that category.
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-19800-A - ACARS GROUND FAULTS Page)
The data fields adjacent to each prompt indicate the number of fault entries residing in memory
for that category.
Actuation of line key 6R (PRINT prompt) attempts to print the ACARS ERROR LOG screen on
the cockpit printer.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO STATUS MENU prompt) returns the user to the ACARS
STATUS page.
Anomalies given by the CLASS 1 and 2 FAULTS page and those given by the CLASS 3 FAULTS
page are detected and recorded by the software while the aircraft is in flight.
Anomalies given by the GROUND FAULTS page are detected and recorded by the software while
the aircraft is on the ground.
The operation of all FAULTS pages is the same.
The most recent error is displayed as the first page. Actuation of the next page function key and
down-arrow function key allows the user to advance to less recent entry pages.
Data field AAA indicates the relative leg number on which the fault occurred.
Data field BBBBB indicates the date on which the fault was detected.
Data field CCCC indicates the UTC at which the fault was detected.
Data field DDDDDD indicates the ATA number of the faulty LRU.
Data field E indicates the class of the fault.
Data field FF...F indicates the fault message text.
Data field GG...G indicates the troubleshooting message text.
Data field HHHH:HHHH: indicates the segment/offset registers of the software which detected
the fault.
Data field I indicates which LRU detected the fault A for AMP, M for MOP, S for SAP,
and * for non-fatal error.
Data field K indicates the number of times that the fault was detected.
Data field M contains the aircraft registration number.
Actuation of line key 6R (PRINT prompt) attempts to print the screen on the cockpit printer.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO ERROR MENU prompt) returns the user to the ACARS
ERROR LOG menu.
2

AES

Received 429 broadcast data page


(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-19900-A - ACARS RCV 429 DATA Page)
The ACARS RCV 429 DATA page is accessed via the ACARS STATUS page.
This page allows the user to inspect specific broadcast values received from other LRUs.
The following information is displayed:
A/C REG number, UTC, DATE.
Data displayed is actual broadcast value.
For example, if UTC data is 124500, then that will be displayed until a different value is
received.

23-26-00 PB001

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO STATUS MENU prompt) returns the user to ACARS
STATUS page.
Actuation of line key 6R (PRINT prompt) attempts to print the ACARS RCV 429 DATA page on
the cockpit printer.
Actuation of line key 4R (SELECT prompt) causes the MU to display the ACARS SEL 429 RCV
page. The purpose of this page is to allow the user to view the last value received for a 429
broadcast word specified by either the core or the application.
Line key 1L is used to select the LRU. LRUs that are installed, from which 429 Broadcast data is
processed, are selectable.
Each time line key 1L is pushed, the MU selects the next LRU on the list. The LRUs are listed in
order of the input channel they utilize.
Line key 2L is used to enter the 429 label. Any value within the 1-377 octal range may be entered.
If less than 3 characters are entered, then the entered data is right-justified and zero-filled.
Line key 3L is used to select the value for SDI. Every time that line key 3L is pushed, the next
value from the list is selected. The order of values in list is:
XX (dont care)
00
01
10
11.
The default value is dont care (XX).
The data of the selected word is displayed on line 10 of the MCDU display.

AES

Transmit 429 data page


(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-20000-A - ACARS TX 429 DATA Page)
The ACARS TX 429 DATA page is accessed via the ACARS STATUS page.
The purpose of this page is to display the status of the 429 words broadcast by the MU. The bits
of labels 030, 172, 270 and 377 are displayed on this page.
Line key 2L is used to select the 429 word to be displayed. The initial value is label 172.
Every time that line key 2L is pushed, the label changes to the next value in the sequence (030,
172, 270, 377). When label 377 is displayed and line key 2L is pushed, then label 030 is displayed.
Bits 32 to 9 inclusive of the selected label are displayed on line 9, adjacent to line keys 4L and 4R.

LRU status page


(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-20100-A - ACARS LRU STATUS Page)
The ACARS LRU STATUS page is accessed via the ACARS STATUS page. The ACARS LRU
STATUS page displays the state of the activity logic for each LRU. The name of each LRU is
displayed in columns 1-10 and its status in columns 12-24. The ACTIVE indication is displayed for
each active LRU and the INACTIVE indication is displayed for each inactive LRU.
If an LRU is not installed, according to either the aircraft configuration broadcast words, the
Application, database, or the default LRU configuration specification, then the corresponding field
shows the NOT INSTALLED indication. If an LRU is installed but no 429 broadcast words are
processed, the NO 429 DATA indication is displayed. If an LRU name is not supplied, then neither
the name or status will be displayed.
Actuation of LSK 6R (PRINT prompt) attempts to print the ACARS LRU STATUS page on the
cockpit printer.
Actuation of LSK 6L (RETURN TO STATUS MENU prompt) returns the user to the ACARS
STATUS menu.

23-26-00 PB001

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5

Discrete status page


(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-20200-A - ACARS DISCRETE Page 1/5 to 3/5)
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-20300-A - ACARS DISCRETE Page 4/5 to 5/5)
The ACARS DISCRETE pages are accessed via the ACARS STATUS page. The status of the
ACARS discrete inputs and outputs are displayed and updated at 1 second intervals.
The character 1 represents an open circuit and the character 0 represents ground on the
MCDU page generated by the MU.

(c) Test page


(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-20400-A - ACARS TEST Page)
The ACARS TEST page is selected via the ACARS MAINTENANCE page.
The first page of the ACARS TEST page enables the user to exercise basic features of the ACARS
system. The ACARS TEST 2/2 page enables the user to perform a SOLO word loop back test on
LRUs. Test functions are activated by pushing the following MCDU keys:
Page 1
Line key 1L (VHF LINK prompt) - VHF Link Test
Line key 2L (PRINTER prompt) - Printer Interface Test
Line key 3L (COMM AUDIT prompt) - Display Audit screens
Line key 1R (SAT LINK prompt) - Satellite Link Test
Line key 2R (SDU prompt) - SDU Interface Test
Line key 3R (MCDU TEST prompt) - MCDU Screen Test
Line key 5R (RAM TEST prompt) - MU RAM Test
Page 2
Line key 1L (LRU1 designation) - LRU1 Interface Test
Line key 2L (LRU2 designation) - LRU2 Interface Test
Line key 3L (LRU3 designation) - LRU3 Interface Test
Line key 2R (LRU4 designation) - LRU4 Interface Test
Line key 3R (LRU5 designation) - LRU5 Interface Test
The LRU names displayed on the second page are dependent upon which LRUs are installed.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO MAINT MENU prompt) returns the user to the ACARS
MAINTENANCE page.

AES

VHF link test


The LINK TEST function attempts to downlink a label Q0 message to the ground network. If
there is another downlink message queued, then its success will be used for purposes of this test
and the Q0 will not be sent. Success of the test is determined by whether or not the downlink is
acknowledged by the service provider.
The data field displayed alongside the line key indicates the status/results of the test, initially
displaying the INITIATE indication.
When the function is first selected, the status changes to TEST to indicate that the test is active.
The asterisk (*) alongside the line key also changes to a blank. Attempts to initiate the test while
the asterisk is missing are ignored.
If the downlink is acknowledged by the ground station before the last message attempt, the status
changes to PASS and the asterisk is shown again. After the last downlink attempt, the status
changes to FAIL and the asterisk is shown again.
Five seconds after completing the test, the status changes to INITIATE.

Printer test
The PRINTER TEST function allows to print all characters on the cockpit printer.
The data field displayed alongside the line key indicates the status/results of the test, initially
displaying INITIATE indication.

23-26-00 PB001

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
When the function is first selected, the status changes to TEST to indicate that the test is active.
The asterisk (*) alongside the line key also changes to a blank. Attempts to initiate the test while
the asterisk is missing are ignored.
If the message containing the test pattern is determined to be undeliverable, the status changes to
FAIL and the asterisk is shown again. If the data transfer is successful, the status changes to
PASS and the asterisk disappears.
Five seconds after completing the test, the status changes to INITIATE.
3

MCDU test
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-20500-A - ACARS-MCDU-SCRN-TEST Page)
The MCDU TEST function causes the MU to display the ACARS-MCDU-SCRN-TEST page.
From this page, the user may select line key 6L (RETURN TO TEST MENU prompt) to return to
the ACARS TEST menu, or select line key 6R (PRINT prompt) to print the page.

Satellite link test


The SAT LINK test function is disabled because the SDU is not installed, so the MU displays the
NO SDU indication and the asterisk is blanked.

SDU test
The SDU test function is disabled because the SDU is not installed, so the MU displays the NO
SDU indication and the asterisk is blanked.

SDU test
The SDU TEST function performs a simple loop back analysis to evaluate the status of the SDU.
The data field alongside the prompt line key initially displays INITIATE. When the function is
selected, the field changes to TEST, and the asterisk alongside the line key changes to a blank.
Attempts to initiate the test while a file transfer is in progress results in the display of the BUSY
indication while a file transfer is in progress, then a return to INITIATE.
If the TEST is correct, then the MU changes the status field to PASS and displays the prompt
asterisk. Any other results cause the MU to display the FAIL indication.
Five seconds after completing the test, the status changes to INITIATE.
If the LRU activity logic indicates that the SDU is inactive, then the MU:
. blanks the asterisk
. displays INACTIVE or INITIATE
. ignores key actuations.
When the LRU activity logic indicates that the SDU is active, the MU displays:
. the asterisk
. the INITIATE indication.

Common audit
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-20600-A - ACARS COMM AUDIT Page)
The VHF and satellite communication AUDIT function is monitored via the ACARS COMM
AUDIT page. This page is accessed via the ACARS TEST 1/2 page.
Line key 1L (VHF AUDIT prompt) toggles VHF audit on and off.
Line key 2L (UPLINKS prompt) enables/disables printing of uplinks addressed to this aircraft.
Line key 3L (DOWNLINKS prompt) enables/disables printing of downlinks from this aircraft.
Line key 2R (LABEL FILTER prompt) enables/disables filtering of uplinks and downlinks.
Line key 3R (LABEL prompt) enters label to be used for label filter.
Access to each audit function can be separately disabled by the application.

AES

Common audit
The VHF and satellite communication AUDIT function is monitored via the ACARS COMM
AUDIT page. This page is accessed via the ACARS TEST 1/2 page.
Line key 1L (VHF AUDIT prompt) toggles VHF audit on and off.
Line key 2L (UPLINKS prompt) enables/disables printing of uplinks addressed to this aircraft.

23-26-00 PB001

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Line key 3L (DOWNLINKS prompt) enables/disables printing of downlinks from this aircraft.
Line key 1R (SAT AUDIT prompt) toggles satellite channel audit on and off.
Line key 2R (LABEL FILTER prompt) enables/disables filtering of uplinks and downlinks.
Line key 3R (LABEL prompt) enters label to be used for label filter.
Access to each audit function can be separately disabled by the application.
9

RAM test
The RAM test performs a simple write/read test over portions of RAM. All data stored in RAM
are saved. If no errors are detected, then the status field displays the PASS indication for 5
seconds. If errors are detected, then the status field displays the FAIL indication for 5 seconds.
While the test is performed, the status field displays the TEST indication.

10 LRU X test
The LRU X TEST function, on page 2/2 of the ACARS TEST page, performs a simple loop back
analysis to evaluate the status of the displayed LRU.
The data field alongside the prompt line key displays initially the INITIATE indication. Actuation
of the function changes the field to TEST, and the asterisk alongside the line key changes to a
blank. Attempts to initiate the test while a file transfer is in progress results in displaying the
BUSY indication while a file transfer is in progress, then a return to INITIATE.
If the TEST is correct, then the MU changes the status field to PASS and displays the prompt
asterisk. Any other result causes the MU to display the FAIL indication.
Five seconds after completing the test, the status changes to INITIATE.
If a LRU specified for file transfer is not installed, then the MU:
. blanks the star (*)
. displays NO LRU instead of INITIATE
. ignore actions on keys.
If the LRU is the slave FMC, then the MU:
. blanks the star (*)
. displays the NO TEST instead of the INITIATE indication.
. ignore actions on keys.
If the LRU activity logic indicates that the displayed LRU is inactive, then the MU:
. blanks the star (*)
. displays the INACTIVE indication instead of the INITIATE indication.
. ignore actions on keys.
When the LRU activity logic indicates that the displayed LRU is active, then the MU displays:
. the star (*)
. the INITIATE indication.
(d) Communication status page
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-20700-A - ACARS COMM STATUS Page)
The ACARS COMM STATUS page is selected by pushing line key 4L on the ACARS MAINTENANCE
menu.
The VHF link can be enabled for use and disabled by pushing line key 1L when allowed by the
database. The ACARS MU indicates that the link status can be changed by displaying the prompt title
SELECT. When SELECT is not displayed, then the link status cannot be changed. The default value is
enabled for use and is indicated by displaying <OP>. Pushing line key 1L causes the VHF link to be
disabled, when allowed by the database, and this is indicated by displaying <INOP>. Pushing line key
again causes the VHF link to be enabled.

AES

23-26-00 PB001

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The satellite link can be enabled for use and disabled by pushing line key 1R when allowed by the
database. The ACARS MU indicates that the link status can be changed by displaying the prompt title
SELECT. When SELECT is not displayed, then the link status cannot be changed. The default value is
enabled for use and is indicated by displaying <OP>. Pushing line key 1R causes the satellite link to
be disabled, when allowed by the database and this is indicated by displaying <INOP>. Pushing line
key 1R again causes the satellite link to be enabled.
The ACARS MU ignores uplinks on an air/ground channel that is set to INOP.
Data field AAAAAA contains COMM when the VHF communications link is available and NOCOMM
when the link is not available. When the VHF link is not selected (see line key 1L), then the status is
NOCOMM.
Data field BBBBB contains DATA when the VHF link is in data mode and VOICE when the VHF link
is in voice mode.
Data field CC displays the number of unsent downlinks in the VHF queue.
Data field FFFFFF contains COMM when the SAT communications link is available and NOCOMM
when the link is not available. When the SAT link is not selected (see line key 1L), then the status is
NOCOMM.
Data field GGGGG contains DATA when the SAT link is in data mode and VOICE when the SAT link
is in voice mode.
Data field DD displays the number of unsent messages in the router queue.
Data field EE displays the number of unsent messages in the SAT queue.
(e) ACARS INIT page
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-20800-A - ACARS INIT Page)
The ACARS INIT page is selected via the ACARS MAINTENANCE menu. The ACARS INIT page
enables the user to examine and change the values of some variables. The following line keys have been
defined:
Line key 1L (AIRLINE ID prompt) selects and/or enters airline identifier source.
Line key 2L (CFDIU PROG prompt) sets CFDIU program bits of label 270 word.
Line key 3L (UTC prompt) selects and/or enters UTC source.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO MAINT MENU prompt) returns the user to the ACARS
MAINTENANCE menu.
1

AES

Airline identifier page


(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-20900-A - ACARS AIRLINE ID INIT Page)
The ACARS AIRLINE ID INIT page is selected from the ACARS INIT menu.
The ACARS AIRLINE ID INIT page enables the user to select the source for the two-character
airline identifier using the line keys on the left side of the screen. The ACARS AIRLINE ID INIT
page enables the user to select the source for the three-character airline identifier using the line
keys on the right side of the screen. The values of the selected two-character airline identifier and
the three-character airline identifier are passed to the application. The default value used when all
other values are invalid is SS.
Line key 1L displays the value of the airline identifier extracted from the FMGC. The initial value
is small white dashes. When a valid value is received, then it is displayed (small, green) and can
be selected, via line key 4L, as the source for the value of airline identifier in all ACARS MU
generated messages.

23-26-00 PB001

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Line key 2L is used to enter a value for the airline identifier. The initial value is amber boxes.
When a valid value is received, then it is displayed (small, green) and can be selected, via line key
4L, as the source for the value of airline identifier in all ACARS MU generated messages.
Line key 3L is used to display the value of the airline identifier extracted from the database.
Line key 4L is used to select which source of airline identifier (FMGC manual or database) should
be used. Pushing line key 4L causes the MU to toggle to the next value and indicate it with an
arrow adjacent to the selected value.
Line key 1R displays the value of the three-character airline identifier extracted from the FMGC.
The initial value is small white dashes. Valid values are A to Z for all three characters. When a
valid value is received, then it is displayed (small, green) and can be selected, via line key 4R, as
the source for the value of three-character airline identifier.
Line key 2R is used to enter a value for the three-character airline identifier. The initial value is
amber boxes. Valid values are A to Z for all three-characters. When a valid value is received, then
it is displayed and can be selected, via line key 4R, as the source for the value of three-character
airline identifier.
Line key 3R is used to display the value of the three-character airline identifier extracted from the
database.
Line key 4R is used to select which source of three-character airline identifier (FMGC manual or
database) should be used. Pushing line key 4R causes the MU to toggle to the next value and
indicate it with an arrow adjacent to the selected value.

AES

CFDIU Program page


(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-21000-A - ACARS CFDIU PROG Page)
The ACARS CFDIU PROG page is selected via the ACARS INIT page. This page enables the user
to examine and change the setting of the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU)
program flag in the label 270 broadcast word transmitted by the MU. The setting can be changed
by pushing the line keys, this does not change the database. When you energize the aircraft, then
the setting is initialized to the value in the database.
Line key 1L displays the current default value (YES or NO) for the CFDIU BIT Data Report
Downlink.
Line key 2L displays the current default value (YES or NO) for the CFDIU Post Flight Report
Downlink.
Line key 3L displays the current default value (YES or NO) for the CFDIU Real Time Failure
Report Downlink.
Line key 4L displays the current default value (YES or NO) for the CFDIU Real Time Warning
Report Downlink.
If YES is displayed, then the generation of the report is enabled. If NO is displayed, then the
generation of the report is disabled. Pushing one of these line keys toggles the value.

UTC Initialization page


(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-21100-A - ACARS UTC/DATE INIT Page)
The ACARS UTC/DATE INIT page is selected via the ACARS INIT menu.
This page enables the user to examine the UTC value and select the source of the initialization
data.
Line key 1L displays the ACARS UTC.
Line key 2L displays the UTC value from the aircraft clock.
line ley 3L displays the crew-entered value for the UTC.
Line key 4L is pushed to generate an UTC request.
Line key 5L selects which source the MU should use to initialize its clock.
Line key 5L toggles between A/C, ENTER, and UPLINK. The selected source is identified
by a left arrow.
Line key 1R displays the ACARS DATE.
Line key 2R displays the DATE value from the aircraft clock.
Line key 3R displays the crew-entered value for the DATE.

23-26-00 PB001

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Line key 4R is pushed to generate a date request.
Line key 5R selects which source the MU should use to initialize its date.
Line key 5R toggles between A/C, UPLINK, and ENTER. The selected source is identified
by a right arrow.
(f) ACARS DEBUG page
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-21200-A - ACARS DEBUG Page)
The ACARS DEBUG page is selected via the ACARS MAINTENANCE page. It provides a mechanism
to view the status of internal processing and the ability to perform a reset of the MU.

AES

ACARS VHF DEBUG page


(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-21300-A - ACARS VHF DEBUG Page 1/2)
Line key 6L is used to display the ACARS DEBUG menu.
Line key 6R is used to print screen page. Data displayed XX...XX indicates the VHF state
machine status.
Data displayed AA indicates number of downlinks queued for transmission.

ACARS VHF CAT B page


(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-21400-A - ACARS VHF CAT B Page 2/2)
Line key 6L is used to display the ACARS DEBUG menu.
Line key 6R is used to print screen page.
Data displayed HH:MM:SS indicates time. The time displayed in the upper right-hand corner is
the current time. Data XX represents station ID letter.
Data displayed X0 indicate selected station.
Data displayed X1-X7 indicate active stations in the table stored by the first time from most
recent (X1) to Xn.

ACARS MEMORY DUMP page


(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-21500-A - ACARS MEMORY DUMP Page)
Data displayed SSSS represent the segment.
Data displayed AAAA represent the offset from the segment.
Data displayed HO-H7 represent binary data read from memory displayed in Hex ASCII or ASCII.
Line key actions:
1L - Enter address and data from sratchpad: Entered data is in the form:
segment(.offset)(/data)...
All information is entered in hexadecimal form. If no offset is entered, then the segment data is
considered as a real address which will be converted to segment and offset for display purposes.
2L - Increase memory address by 1.
2R - Decrease memory address by 1.
3L - Increase memory address by 16.
3R - Decrease memory address by 16.
4L - Increase memory address by 64.
4R - Decrease memory address by 64.
5L - Toggle prompt displayed FREEZE and LIVE. When FREEZE is selected, the memory
displayed will not be updated. When LIVE is selected, the memory data displayed will be
updated periodically.
5R - Toggle prompt displayed between ASCII and HEX. When ASCII is selected, the
memory dump will be displayed in Hexadecimal ASCII.
6L - Return to Debug Menu.
6R - Print Screen page.

ACARS PRINTER DEBUG page


(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-21600-A - ACARS PRINTER DEBUG Page)
Line key actions:
1L - Clear Debug Area.

23-26-00 PB001

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
6L - Display ACARS DEBUG Menu.
6R - Print Screen page.
The Printer state machine debug codes are displayed on this page.

AES

ACARS MCDU DEBUG page


(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-21700-A - ACARS MCDU DEBUG Page)
Line key actions:
1L - Clear Williamsburg Debug Area.
1R - Set Link Layer Type to BOP.
2R - Set Link Layer Type to COP.
3L - Clear Ground to LRU Debug Area.
5L - Clear LRU to Ground Debug Area.
6L - Display ACARS DEBUG Menu.
6R - Print Screen page.
The MCDU state machine debug codes are displayed on this page.

ACARS SDU DEBUG page


(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-21800-A - ACARS SDU DEBUG Page 1/2)
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-21900-A - ACARS SDU DEBUG Page 2/2)
Line key actions:
1L - Clear Williamsburg Debug Area.
6L - Display ACARS DEBUG Menu.
6R - Print screen page.

ACARS File Transfer LRU debug pages


(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-22000-A - ACARS File Transfer LRU Debug Page)
The following screen format is used for each of the file transfer LRUs to display debug
information.
Line key actions:
1L - Clear Link Layer Debug Area.
1R - Set Link Layer Type to BOP.
2R - Set Link Layer Type to COP.
3L - Clear Ground to LRU Debug Area.
5L - Clear LRU to Ground Debug Area.
6L - Display ACARS Debug Menu.
6R - Print screen page.
Data displayed A indicate the name of LRU.
Data displayed B indicate the file transfer protocol (CHARACTER or WILLIAMSBURG).
Data displayed X indicate a Master/Slaves status. M indicates Master FMGC, S indicates
slave FMGC.
Data displayed Y indicate the LRU state machine status.
Data displayed Z indicate the message processing uplink state machine status.
Data displayed W indicate the message processing downlink state machine status.

ACARS BUILD VERSIONS page


(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-22100-A - ACARS BUILD VERSIONS Page)
Actuation of line key 6L returns the user to the ACARS DEBUG menu page.
Actuation of line key 6R is used to print screen page.
Data displayed AA...AA indicate the database build version number.
Data displayed BB...BB indicate the application software build version number.
Data displayed CC...CC indicate the AMP core software build version number.
Data displayed DD...DD indicate the MOP core software build version number.
Data displayed EE...EE indicate the SAP core software build version number.

23-26-00 PB001

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<

>

<

>
*

<

<

>

<

>

>
<
>

<

>

N_MM_232600_0_AAA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-13500-A SHEET 1


ACARS PREFLT MENU Page 1/2

23-26-00 PB001

Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<

>

<

<

>

N_MM_232600_0_AAB0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-13600-A SHEET 1


ACARS PREFLT MENU Page 2/2

23-26-00 PB001

Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

>
<

>

<
<

>

<

>

*
>
<
>

<

>

N_MM_232600_0_AAC0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-13700-A SHEET 1


ACARS INFLT MENU Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<

<
<

>

<

>

*
>
<
>

<

>

N_MM_232600_0_AAD0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-14200-A SHEET 1


ACARS POSTFLT MENU Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<

N_MM_232600_0_AAE0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-14300-A SHEET 1


ACARS PREFLIGHT INIT Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 22
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<

N_MM_232600_0_AAF0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-14800-A SHEET 1


ACARS DELAY REPORT Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 23
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<

N_MM_232600_0_AAG0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-15300-A SHEET 1


ACARS ATIS REQUEST Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 24
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<

N_MM_232600_0_AAH0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-15800-A SHEET 1


ACARS WEATHER REQUEST Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 25
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<

N_MM_232600_0_AAJ0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-16300-A SHEET 1


ACARS VOICE CONT REPORT Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 26
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<

N_MM_232600_0_AAK0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-16800-A SHEET 1


ACARS VHF CONTROL Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 27
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

*
<

*
<

N_MM_232600_0_AAL0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-17200-A SHEET 1


ACARS TELEX Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 28
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<

<

N_MM_232600_0_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-17600-A SHEET 1


ACARS REC MSGS Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 29
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<

<

<

N_MM_232600_0_AAN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-18000-A SHEET 1


ACARS MISC Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 30
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

*
*

*
<

N_MM_232600_0_AAP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-18200-A SHEET 1


ACARS DATA FREQ Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 31
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<

<

<

N_MM_232600_0_AAQ0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-18400-A SHEET 1


ACARS OOOI STATUS Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 32
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

N_MM_232600_0_AAR0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-18600-A SHEET 1


ACARS VHF STATISTICS Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 33
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

N_MM_232600_0_AAS0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-18800-A SHEET 1


ACARS SAT STATISTICS Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 34
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

N_MM_232600_0_AAT0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-19000-A SHEET 1


ACARS PARAMETER DISPLAY Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 35
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<
<
<
<

<

N_MM_232600_0_AAU0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-19200-A SHEET 1


ACARS MAINTENANCE Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 36
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

<

** On A/C 003-004

N_MM_232600_0_AAV0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-19300-A SHEET 1


ACARS PART NUMBER Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 37
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<
<
<
<
<
<

N_MM_232600_0_AAW0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-19400-A SHEET 1


ACARS STATUS Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 38
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

N_MM_232600_0_AAX0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-19500-A SHEET 1


ACARS ERROR LOG Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 39
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

N_MM_232600_0_AAY0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-19600-A SHEET 1


ACARS CLASS 1 AND 2 FAULTS Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 40
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

N_MM_232600_0_AAZ0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-19700-A SHEET 1


ACARS CLASS 3 FAULTS Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 41
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

N_MM_232600_0_ABA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-19800-A SHEET 1


ACARS GROUND FAULTS Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 42
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

>

<

<

N_MM_232600_0_ABB0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-19900-A SHEET 1


ACARS RCV 429 DATA Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 43
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<

N_MM_232600_0_ABC0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-20000-A SHEET 1


ACARS TX 429 DATA Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 44
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<

EXAMPLE :

<

<

<

N_MM_232600_0_ABD0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-20100-A SHEET 1


ACARS LRU STATUS Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 45
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<
<
<
<
<
<

<

<

<

N_MM_232600_0_ABE0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-20200-A SHEET 1


ACARS DISCRETE Page 1/5 to 3/5

23-26-00 PB001

Page 46
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<

<

N_MM_232600_0_ABF0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-20300-A SHEET 1


ACARS DISCRETE Page 4/5 to 5/5

23-26-00 PB001

Page 47
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

*
*
*

<

*
<

*
*

<

EXAMPLE :

<

N_MM_232600_0_ABG0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-20400-A SHEET 1


ACARS TEST Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 48
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

*
< >

< >

< >
*

<

N_MM_232600_0_ABH0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-20500-A SHEET 1


ACARS-MCDU-SCRN-TEST Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 49
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

*
*
<

*
<

<

N_MM_232600_0_ABJ0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-20600-A SHEET 1


ACARS COMM AUDIT Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 50
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

N_MM_232600_0_ABK0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-20700-A SHEET 1


ACARS COMM STATUS Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 51
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<
<
<

<

N_MM_232600_0_ABL0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-20800-A SHEET 1


ACARS INIT Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 52
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

N_MM_232600_0_ABM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-20900-A SHEET 1


ACARS AIRLINE ID INIT Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 53
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

*
*
*

<

N_MM_232600_0_ABN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-21000-A SHEET 1


ACARS CFDIU PROG Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 54
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<

N_MM_232600_0_ABP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-21100-A SHEET 1


ACARS UTC/DATE INIT Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 55
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

EXAMPLE :

N_MM_232600_0_ABQ0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-21200-A SHEET 1


ACARS DEBUG Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 56
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<

N_MM_232600_0_ABR0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-21300-A SHEET 1


ACARS VHF DEBUG Page 1/2

23-26-00 PB001

Page 57
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<

N_MM_232600_0_ABS0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-21400-A SHEET 1


ACARS VHF CAT B Page 2/2

23-26-00 PB001

Page 58
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<

N_MM_232600_0_ABT0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-21500-A SHEET 1


ACARS MEMORY DUMP Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 59
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<

N_MM_232600_0_ABU0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-21600-A SHEET 1


ACARS PRINTER DEBUG Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 60
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<

N_MM_232600_0_ABV0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-21700-A SHEET 1


ACARS MCDU DEBUG Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 61
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<

N_MM_232600_0_ABW0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-21800-A SHEET 1


ACARS SDU DEBUG Page 1/2

23-26-00 PB001

Page 62
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<

<

N_MM_232600_0_ABX0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-21900-A SHEET 1


ACARS SDU DEBUG Page 2/2

23-26-00 PB001

Page 63
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<

N_MM_232600_0_ABY0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-22000-A SHEET 1


ACARS File Transfer LRU Debug Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 64
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

<

N_MM_232600_0_ABZ0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-26-00-22100-A SHEET 1


ACARS BUILD VERSIONS Page

23-26-00 PB001

Page 65
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PASSENGER ADDRESS AND ENTERTAINMENT - DESCRIPTION


AND OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.

General
The function of the Passenger Address and Entertainment Systems is, to give announcements and entertainment
programs to the passengers.
The Passenger Address System (23-31-00) is included in the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref.
23-73-00-00).
The Passenger Entertainment System options are as follows:
. The Prerecorded Announcement and Music System RX (23-32-00)
. The Passenger Entertainment System Music MK (23-33-00)
. The Pax-Facilities Air to Ground Telephone RD (23-35-00)
. The Passenger Entertainment System Video MH (23-36-00)
. The Pax-facilities AM/FM Radio System MH (23-37-00)
. The Passenger Service System MN (23-38-00).

AES

23-30-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PASSENGER ADDRESS SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND


OPERATION
** On A/C 005-099
1.

General
The passenger address system, circuit RM is described in the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref.
23-73-00-00).

AES

23-31-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION


** On A/C 005-099
1.

General
The function of the Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer 10RX is to play
prerecorded messages. It also plays boarding music programs on a cassette tape to the passengers through the
aircraft passenger address system. The PRAM is controlled by the audio module, which is a part of the Fwd Attnd
panel 120RH. It is installed in the cabin at the forward attendant station. The PRAM and the audio module are
connected with two ARINC 429 data buses. They go through the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
director (Ref. 23-73-00-00) to receive and transmit control data.

AES

23-32-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
2.

Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 23-32-00-12500-F - Component Location)

FIN
120RH
10RX

AES

FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
FAP
RPDR-ANNOUNCE/MUSIC

PANEL

88VU

ZONE ACCESS ATA REF.


DOOR
221
23-73-12
128
23-32-34

23-32-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
3.

System Description
A.

Detailed description of the installed Announcement System


(1) Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music Reproducer
The Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer 10RX is installed in the avionics
compartment in a 4 MCU (ARINC 600) box.
It has one tape deck for boarding music reproduction. Prerecorded announcements are stored in EPROM
memory chips. The memory chips have a capacity to store up to 18 minutes and 8 seconds prerecorded
announcements.
The PRAM has the capability to produce an emergency announcement in the event of rapid cabin
decompression. The emergency announcement is stored in an EPROM memory chip. A ground signal from
a rapid decompression sensor triggers the emergency announcement.
All functions are remotely controlled from the audio module in the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH.
(2) The tape deck for boarding music reproduction has four channels. This allows a maximum playtime of 120
minutes per C-60 cassette.
(3) The audio module in the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH controls the prerecorded announcements and the
Boarding Music (BGM). The reproducer and Fwd Attnd panel have two ARINC 429 data bus lines
(transmit and receive bus) controlled through the CIDS (Ref. 23-73-00-00).
(4) The prerecorded announcement section of the audio module has four 3 digit LED displays, a READY light
(if lit, reproducer is ready to play back the next announcement) and a numeric keyboard with pushbutton
switches as follows:
. START NEXT
. START ALL
. STOP
. CLEAR
. ENTER
(5) The boarding music section (BGM channel) has:
One LED display (a row of LEDs indicate volume control), and pushbutton switches as follows:
. an ON/OFF pushbutton switch,
. a SEL pushbutton switch (channel select),
. a ( - ) pushbutton switch (volume decrease),
. a ( + ) pushbutton switch (volume increase).

AES

23-32-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
4.

Power Supply

** On A/C 005-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-32-00-15600-A - Power Supply - Schematic)
115VAC is supplied to the PRAM from the normal busbar 210XPA through the circuit breaker 2RX.
** On A/C 006-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-32-00-15600-C - Power Supply - Schematic)
115VAC is supplied to the PRAM from the sheddable busbar 220XP-A through the circuit breaker 2RX.

AES

23-32-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
5.

Component Description
A.

PRAM 10RX
(1) Announcement
EPROM memory chips are installed to give announce playback with direct access. The memory chips are
reprogrammable.
The PRAM has the function to give an emergency announcement automatically in the event of rapid cabin
decompression. The emergency announcement is stored in an EPROM memory chip. A ground signal from
a rapid cabin decompression sensor starts the emergency announcement.
(2) Boarding-Music
The tape deck for boarding music reproduction has four channels. This permit a maximum playtime of 120
minutes per C-60 cassette.

B.

Defined System Characteristics


(1) The frequency response, from 50 to 10,000 Hz +/- 3 dBm for boarding music outputand 50 to 4,000 Hz
+/- 3 dBm for solid state announcement output.
(2) The signal-to-noise ratio, 60 dBm minimum.
(3) The harmonic distortion, less than 1 % maximum (1 kHz/0 dBm).
(4) The wow and flutter, less than 0.15 % weighted (WRMS) per IEEE standard 193-1971.
(5) The output level, announcement and boarding music 0 dBm (1mW into 600 Ohm load) per ARINC 539A,
adjustable from 0 dBm to -21 dBm. Emergency announcement output level +6 dBm nominal.
(6) The access time is less than 1 second for access to announcements and emergency announcement.
(7) The power consumption of less than 75 W average with 115 V AC - 400 Hz.
(8) An interface connector ARINC 600 size 1.

AES

23-32-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
6.

System Operation
A.

Control Keys
The Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) system is controlled during normal operation
from the audio module in the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH. The system initialization is made automatically when the
reproducer receives 115 V AC. During the initialization the LED display on the audio module is not shown. The
least significant digit LED of the announcer display will show 0 when the initialization is complete. The
operation procedures to program and release the announcements are as follows:
(1) ENTER
When the ENTER pushbutton is pushed, the cursor moves into the MEMO 1 position.
The required message is keyed-in on the keyboard and appears on the MEMO 1 display. When the ENTER
pushbutton is pushed, the keyed-in data is accepted.
The READY light comes on when the PRAM has found the corresponding announcement.
The required messages for the MEMO 2 and MEMO 3 displays are keyed-in the same as for the MEMO 1
display.
(2) CLEAR
When the cursor has moved into the related position (MEMO 1, MEMO 2 or MEMO 3) and the CLEAR
pushbutton switch is pushed, the display clears.
(3) START NEXT
When the START NEXT pushbutton switch is pushed the message shown on the MEMO 1 display moves
up to the ON ANNOUNCE display. The MEMO 2 display message then moves up to the MEMO 1
display. The message shown on the MEMO 3 display moves up to the MEMO 2 display.
(4) START ALL
All messages keyed on MEMO 1, MEMO 2 and MEMO 3 will be announced continuously until the last
announcement has finished (number 0). In this continuous mode, it can add another message for
announcement after the messages that you have keyed-in.
(5) STOP
When the STOP pushbutton switch is pushed, the message announcement stops immediately.

B.

Boarding Music Control Keys


(1) ON/OFF
When the ON/OFF pushbutton switch is pushed, the light in the pushbutton switch comes ON. The
channel 1 is automatically displayed on the BGM channel display. When the ON/OFF pushbutton is pushed
again, the light goes OFF.
(2) SEL
When the SEL pushbutton switch is pushed, the system selects one of the available channels.
These are displayed in a numerical ascending code (four channels in the mono mode, two in the stereo
mode).
(3) VOLUME
The LEDs on the volume display show the volume level (2 dB steps).
(4) ( - )
When the (-) pushbutton switch is pushed the volume level decreases.
(5) ( + )
When the (+) pushbutton switch is pushed the volume level increases.

AES

23-32-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

B
D
Z120

FORWARD ATTENDANT PANEL


(AUDIO MODULE)
120RH

N_MM_233200_0_AARA_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-32-00-12500-F SHEET 1


Component Location

23-32-00 PB001

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

B
137MCU

137MCU

82VU

81VU

84VU

83VU

86VU

85VU

88VU

87VU

ACCESS DOOR

PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT
AND BOARDING MUSIC RPDR
10RX

ARINC 600 SIZE 1


CONNECTOR
N_MM_233200_0_AARA_02_00

AES

FIGURE 23-32-00-12500-F SHEET 2


Component Location

23-32-00 PB001

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-005

210XPA
115V AC
BUS 2

2RX

2000VU
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

10RX
PRERECORDED
AND ANNOUNCEMENT
BOARDING MUSIC
REPRODUCER

N_MM_233200_0_ACN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-32-00-15600-A SHEET 1


Power Supply - Schematic

23-32-00 PB001

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 006-099

220XPA
SHED BUS
115VAC

2RX

2000VU
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

10RX
PRERECORDED
AND ANNOUNCEMENT
BOARDING MUSIC
REPRODUCER

N_MM_233200_0_ACU0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-32-00-15600-C SHEET 1


Power Supply - Schematic

23-32-00 PB001

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE PRACTICES


** On A/C 005-099
Task 23-32-00-860-001-A
Replacement of the Sound Recording Medium of the Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM)
Reproducer
FIN 10RX
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

B.

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

824
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
23-32-00-700-001-A

DESIGNATION
Test of the Prerecorded Announcement Operation of the Prerecorded
Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer

23-32-00-710-002-A

Test of the Boarding Music Operation of the Prerecorded Announcement and


Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer

23-32-00-860-002-A

Initialization of the Prerecorded Anouncement and Boarding Music (PRAM)


Reproducer

52-41-00-410-002-A

Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access

(Ref. Fig. 23-32-00-991-00100-B - Replacement of the Audio Cassettes)


3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-00-865-073-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 005-005

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PRAM

2RX

E01

2000VU

CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM 2RX

E01

AES

23-32-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-32-00-010-050-A
B.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 128.

(2)

Open the access door 824.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 23-32-00-991-00100-B - Replacement of the Audio Cassettes)
Subtask 23-32-00-869-052-B
A.

Replacement of the Audio Cassettes


(1)

Release the quick-release fastener (4) and open the door (3) on the front of the PRAM reproducer (1).

(2)

Remove the audio cassette (2) from the cassette drive.

(3)

Install the new audio cassette (2) in the cassette drive.


NOTE :

(4)

Make sure that you can see the identification label on the cassette after installation.

Close the door (3) on the front of the PRAM reproducer (1) and lock the quick- release fastener (4).

Subtask 23-32-00-865-074-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 005-005

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PRAM

2RX

E01

2000VU

CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM 2RX

E01

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-32-00-860-050-A
C.

Do the initialization procedure (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-002-A)

Subtask 23-32-00-710-056-A
D.
5.

Do the test of the prerecorded announcement/boarding music operation of the PRAM reproducer (Ref. TASK
23-32-00-700-001-A) and (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-710-002-A).

Close-up
Subtask 23-32-00-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002-A).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

23-32-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

824

Z128
88VU

B
B
1

2
4

N_MM_233200_2_AAU0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-32-00-991-00100-B SHEET 1


Replacement of the Audio Cassettes

23-32-00 PB201

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
Task 23-32-00-860-002-A
Initialization of the Prerecorded Anouncement and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer
FIN 10RX
1.

Reason for the Job


.
.

2.

To Set the Audio Cassette(s) to the Starting Position


To Inform the PRAM Reproducer about the Contents of the Audio Cassette(s)

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

824
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
23-32-00-700-001-A

DESIGNATION
Test of the Prerecorded Announcement Operation of the Prerecorded
Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer

23-32-00-860-001-A

Replacement of the Sound Recording Medium of the Prerecorded


Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-00-861-051-A
A.

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

Subtask 23-32-00-865-075-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL
** On A/C 005-005

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PRAM

2RX

E01

2000VU

CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM 2RX

E01

AES

23-32-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-32-00-010-051-A
C.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 128.

(2)

Open the access door 824.

Subtask 23-32-00-820-050-A
D.

Preparation for Initialization


(1)

4.

Make sure that in the avionics compartment the audio cassette(s) is(are) installed correctly in the
PRAM reproducer (10RX). (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-001-A)

Procedure
Subtask 23-32-00-860-053-D
A.

Initialization of the PRAM Reproducer


(1)

Open the C/B PRAM (2RX) on the C/B panel 2000VU.

(2)

Close the C/B PRAM (2RX) on C/B panel 2000VU to reset the PRAM reproducer 10RX.

(3)

Make sure that on the audio module of the FAP the ON ANNOUNCE display on the audio module of
the FAP shows INI to indicate that the initialization is in progress.

(4)

Wait for up to 6 minutes.

(5)

Make sure that after the initialization is completed:


. the cursor on the audio module of the FAP 120RH is in the MEMO 1 position
. the I-I indication on the ON ANNOUNCE display goes off and a number is shown in its place.

Subtask 23-32-00-720-051-A
B.
5.

Do the test of the prerecorded announcement operation of the PRAM reproducer (Ref. TASK
23-32-00-700-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 23-32-00-410-051-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 824.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 23-32-00-862-051-A
B.

AES

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

23-32-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT/TEST


** On A/C 005-099
Task 23-32-00-700-001-A
Test of the Prerecorded Announcement Operation of the Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM)
Reproducer
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE YOU SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
NOTE :

The AMM task is applicable only if the PRAM unit is installed and function selected thru CAM programming.

FIN 10RX
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

200

ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
23-32-00-860-002-A

DESIGNATION
Initialization of the Prerecorded Anouncement and Boarding Music (PRAM)
Reproducer

23-73-00-861-001-A

Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-00-861-050-A
A.

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

Subtask 23-32-00-865-062-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:


PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN1

11WQ

C06

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 2

155RH

G05

AES

FIN

LOCATION

23-32-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 1

154RH

FIN
G04

LOCATION

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS

153RH

G03

49VU

COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS

150RH

G02

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R AFT

168RH

M13

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT

167RH

M12

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID

166RH

M11

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID

165RH

M10

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD

164RH

M09

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD

163RH

M08

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM

162RH

M07

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/PROG AND TST PNL

161RH

M06

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM

151RH

M05

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL

170RH

Q14

122VU

AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN2

12WQ

T18

2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PRAM

2RX

E01

2000VU

CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM 2RX

E01

** On A/C 005-005

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-32-00-865-059-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:


PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN

FIN

LOCATION

1WR

HA02

49VU

OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN

2WR

HA03

49VU

OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN

3WR

HA04

49VU

OXYGEN/PASSENGER/ACTUATION

4WR

HA05

49VU

OXYGEN/PASSENGER/ACTUATION

5WR

HA06

49VU

OXYGEN/PASSENGER/ACTUATION

6WR

HA07

49VU

OXYGEN/PASSENGER/ACTUATION

7WR

HA08

Subtask 23-32-00-860-051-A
D.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is energized (Ref. TASK
23-73-00-861-001-A).

(2)

Do the initialization procedure of the Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM)
reproducer 10RX (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-002-A).

(3)

In the cabin, on each emergency oxygen container, pull the door stops and turn them 90 degrees to the
test position.

23-32-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
Subtask 23-32-00-710-050-D
A.

Test of the Prerecorded Announcement Operation


NOTE :

The subsequent procedure is a general test. The prerecorded announcements are normally established
by the operator in accordance with the PRAM-Vendor. Therefore the prerecorded announcement
numbers may be different.

NOTE :

You can check the announcement only if they are recorded.

(1)

Do this test.

ACTION
1.On the circuit breaker panel 2000VU:
. Close the circuit breaker PRAM (2RX).

RESULT
On the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) 120RH,
prerecorded announcement section:
. All displays show 0.
. The cursor is in the MEMO 1 position.

2.On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement section: On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement section:
. Set the announcement 1 to MEMO 1 and push the
. The MEMO 1 display shows 1.
ENTER pushbutton switch.
. The cursor moves to the MEMO 2 position.
. After some seconds the READY light comes on.
3.On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement section:
. Set the announcement 2 to MEMO 2 and push the
ENTER pushbutton switch.
4.On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement section:
. Set the announcement 3 to MEMO 3 and push the
ENTER pushbutton switch.
5.On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement section:
. Push the START NEXT pushbutton switch.

On
.
.
On
.
.
On
.
.
.
.

the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement


The MEMO 2 display shows 2.
The cursor moves to the MEMO 3 position.
the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement
The MEMO 3 display shows 3.
The cursor moves to the MEMO 1 position.
the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement
The number shown on the MEMO 1 display
the ON ANNOUNCE display.
The number shown on the MEMO 2 display
the MEMO 1 display.
The number shown on the MEMO 3 display
the MEMO 2 display.
The MEMO 3 display shows 0.

section:

section:

section:
moves to
moves to
moves to

In the cabin and the lavatories:


. You can hear the announcement 1 from the
loudspeakers.
NOTE :

After an announcement has finished the ON


ANNOUNCE display shows 0.
6.On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement section: In the cabin and the lavatories:
. Push the START ALL pushbutton switch.
. You can hear the announcements 2 and 3 from the
loudspeakers in sequence.
On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement section:
. The READY light goes off.
7.On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement section: On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement section:
. Set the announcement 1 to MEMO 1 and push the
. The MEMO 1 display shows 1.
ENTER pushbutton switch.
. After some seconds the READY light comes on.

AES

23-32-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
RESULT
8.On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement section: On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement section:
. Push the START NEXT pushbutton switch and before . The number shown on the MEMO 1 display moves to
the announcement has finished Push the STOP
the ON ANNOUNCE display.
pushbutton switch.
In the cabin and the lavatories:
. You can hear the announcement 1 from the
loudspeakers until you push the STOP pushbutton
switch.
On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement section:
. The ON ANNOUNCE display shows 0.
9.On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement section: On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement section:
. Set the announcement 350 to MEMO 1.
. The MEMO 1 display shows 350.
10.On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement
section:
. Push the ENTER pushbutton switch.

On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement section:


. The MEMO 1 display shows E and after some seconds
the display changes to 0.

11.On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement


section:
. Set the announcement 1 to MEMO 1 and push the
CLEAR pushbutton.

On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement section:


. The shown announcement on the MEMO 1 display
changes from 1 to 0.

12.On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement


section:
. Set the announcement 2 to MEMO 1 and push the
ENTER pushbutton switch.
13.On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement
section:
. Push the START NEXT pushbutton switch.

On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement section:


. The MEMO 1 display shows 2.
. After some seconds the READY light comes on.
On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement section:
. The number shown on the MEMO 1 display moves to
the ON ANNOUNCE display.
. The MEMO 1 display shows 0.
In the cabin and the lavatories:
. You can hear the announcement 2 from the
loudspeakers.
On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement section:
. The READY light goes off.

Subtask 23-32-00-710-058-A
B.

Test of the Emergency Announcement


CAUTION :

(1)

Make sure that the door stops on the emergency oxygen containers are pulled out and turned to the
TEST position.
NOTE :

AES

DO NOT PUSH IN THE MASK MAN ON PUSHBUTTON SWITCH 14WR FOR MORE THAN
5 SECONDS.

This Test is necessary, if an emergency announcement is recorded on the PRAM.

23-32-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
1.On the cockpit overhead panel 21VU, oxygen control
section:
. Lift the guard and push the oxygen MASK MAN ON
pushbutton.

RESULT
On the cockpit overhead panel 21VU, oxygen control
section:
. The PASSENGER SYS ON light on the right side of the
MASK MAN ON switch comes on.
In the cabin:
. The automatic emergency announcement is heard from
all the cabin and lavatory loudspeakers.

2.On the cockpit overhead panel 50VU, oxygen control


section:
. Push the OXYGEN TMR RES pushbutton.

On the cockpit overhead panel 21VU, oxygen control


section:
. The PASSENGER SYS ON light on the right side of the
MASK MAN ON switch goes off.

On the FAP 120RH:


. Push the PRE REC ANN STOP membrane switch.

In the cabin:
. The automatic emergency announcement stops.

5.

Close-up
Subtask 23-32-00-410-052-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Push the doors of the emergency oxygen container to the closed position until they engage.

(3)

On the emergency oxygen containers turn the door stops to the normal position and let them retract
into their containers.

Subtask 23-32-00-862-050-A
B.

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.


(1)

AES

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

23-32-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
Task 23-32-00-710-002-A
Test of the Boarding Music Operation of the Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer
FIN 10RX
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
23-32-00-860-002-A

DESIGNATION
Initialization of the Prerecorded Anouncement and Boarding Music (PRAM)
Reproducer

23-73-00-861-001-A

Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

23-73-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-00-861-052-A
A.

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

Subtask 23-32-00-865-076-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN1

11WQ

C06

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 2

155RH

G05

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 1

154RH

G04

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS

153RH

G03

49VU

COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS

150RH

G02

49VU

OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN

1WR

HA02

49VU

OXYGEN/PASSENGER/ACTUATION

7WR

HA08

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R AFT

168RH

M13

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT

167RH

M12

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID

166RH

M11

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID

165RH

M10

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD

164RH

M09

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD

163RH

M08

AES

FIN

LOCATION

23-32-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM

162RH

FIN
M07

LOCATION

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/PROG AND TST PNL

161RH

M06

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM

151RH

M05

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL

170RH

Q14

122VU

AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN2

12WQ

T18

2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PRAM

2RX

E01

2000VU

CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM 2RX

E01

** On A/C 005-005

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-32-00-860-052-A
C.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001-A) is
energized.

(2)

Do the initialization procedure of the Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM)
reproducer (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-002-A).

Procedure
Subtask 23-32-00-710-055-A
A.

Test of the Boarding Music Operation


NOTE :
(1)

You can check the announcements only if they are recorded.

Do this test.
NOTE :

After the selection of a new boarding music channel it may take some seconds before you can
hear the music of the new boarding music channel from the loudspeakers.

ACTION
1.On the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) 120RH, music
section:
. Push the MUSIC ON/OFF pushbutton switch.

RESULT
On the FAP 120RH, music section:
. The light in the MUSIC ON/OFF pushbutton switch
comes on.
. The channel 1 is shown on the MUSIC channel display.
In the cabin and the lavatories:
. You can hear the channel 1 music from the
loudspeakers.

2.On the FAP 120RH, music section:


. Push the MUSIC SEL pushbutton switch.

On the FAP 120RH, music section:


. The channel 2 is shown on the MUSIC channel display.
In the cabin and the lavatories:
. You can hear the channel 2 music from the
loudspeakers.

3.On the FAP 120RH, music section:


. Push the MUSIC SEL pushbutton switch.

AES

On the FAP 120RH, music section:


. The channel 3 is shown on the MUSIC channel display.

23-32-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION

4.On the FAP 120RH, music section:


. Push the MUSIC SEL pushbutton switch.

RESULT
In the cabin and the lavatories:
. You can hear the channel 3 music from the
loudspeakers.
On the FAP 120RH, music section:
. The channel 4 is shown on the MUSIC channel display.

5.On the FAP 120RH, music section:


. Push the MUSIC SEL pushbutton switch.

In the cabin and the lavatories:


. You can hear the channel 4 music from the
loudspeakers.
On the FAP 120RH, music section:
. The channel 1 is shown on the MUSIC channel display.

6.On the FAP 120RH, music section:


. Push the (-) pushbutton switch.

7.On the FAP 120RH, music section:


. Push the (+) pushbutton switch.

8.On the FAP 120RH, music section:


. Push the MUSIC ON/OFF pushbutton switch.

In the cabin and the lavatories:


. You can hear the channel 1 music from the
loudspeakers.
On the FAP 120RH, music section:
. The LEDs on the MUSIC volume display show the new
volume level.
In the cabin and the lavatories:
. The volume level of the music decreases.
On the FAP 120RH, music section:
. The LEDs on the MUSIC volume display show the new
volume level.
In the cabin and the lavatories:
. The volume level of the music increases.
On the FAP 120RH, music section:
. The light in the MUSIC ON/OFF pushbutton switch
goes off.
In the cabin and the lavatories:
. The channel 1 music stops.

5.

Close-up
Subtask 23-32-00-942-054-A
A.

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 23-32-00-862-053-A
B.

AES

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.


(1)

De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001-A).

(2)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

23-32-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TAPE REPRODUCER - ANNOUNCEMENT/ MUSIC REMOVAL/INSTALLATION


** On A/C 005-099
Task 23-32-34-000-001-A
Removal of the Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer
FIN 10RX
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

128
824

ZONE DESCRIPTION
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
23-32-00-860-001-A

DESIGNATION
Replacement of the Sound Recording Medium of the Prerecorded
Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer

(Ref. Fig. 23-32-34-991-00100-A - Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer)


3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-34-865-050-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 005-005

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PRAM

2RX

E01

2000VU

CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM 2RX

E01

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-32-34-010-050-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

AES

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 824 in zone
128.

23-32-34 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)
4.

Open the access door 824.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 23-32-34-991-00100-A - Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer)
Subtask 23-32-34-020-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Announcement/Music tape Reproducer


(1)

Remove the audio cassettes or load the new announcement/boarding music files (Ref. TASK
23-32-00-860-001-A).

(2)

Loosen the nuts (3) on the front of the rack (2).

(3)

Lower the nuts (3).

(4)

Pull the reproducer (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical connectors (1).

(5)

Remove the reproducer (5).

(6)

Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors (1).

23-32-34 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
FR24A
FR20

ACCESS
DOOR 824

A
80VU

A
10RX

88VU

1
1

4
3
N_MM_233234_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-32-34-991-00100-A SHEET 1


Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer

23-32-34 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
Task 23-32-34-400-001-A
Installation of the Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer
FIN 10RX
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

128
824

ZONE DESCRIPTION
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
23-32-00-700-001-A

DESIGNATION
Test of the Prerecorded Announcement Operation of the Prerecorded
Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer

23-32-00-710-002-A

Test of the Boarding Music Operation of the Prerecorded Announcement and


Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer

23-32-00-860-001-A

Replacement of the Sound Recording Medium of the Prerecorded


Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer

23-32-00-860-002-A

Initialization of the Prerecorded Anouncement and Boarding Music (PRAM)


Reproducer

52-41-00-410-002-A

Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access

(Ref. Fig. 23-32-34-991-00100-A - Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer)


3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-34-860-051-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.

(2)

Make sure that the access door 824 is open.

Subtask 23-32-34-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

PANEL
** On A/C 005-005

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PRAM

2RX

E01

2000VU

CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM 2RX

E01

AES

23-32-34 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure

** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-32-34-991-00100-A - Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer)
Subtask 23-32-34-420-050-A
A.

Installation of the Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer


(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1).

(4)

Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are clean and in the correct condition.

(5)

Install the reproducer (5) on its rack (2).

(6)

Push the reproducer (5) on its rack (2) to connect the electrical connectors (1).

(7)

Engage the nuts (3) on the lugs (4) and tighten.

(8)

Install the audio cassettes or load the announcement/boarding music files (Ref. TASK
23-32-00-860-001-A).

Subtask 23-32-34-865-053-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 005-005

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PRAM

2RX

E01

2000VU

CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM 2RX

E01

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-32-34-860-050-A
C.

Install a new media (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-001-A) or load a new announcement/boarding music files and
do the initialization procedure (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-002-A).

Subtask 23-32-34-710-050-A
D.

5.

Do the operational tests:


(1)

The Test of the Boarding Music Operation (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-710-002-A).

(2)

The Test of the Prerecorder Announcement (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-700-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 23-32-34-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002-A).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

23-32-34 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - DESCRIPTION AND


OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.

General

** On A/C 005-099
The Multiplex Passenger Entertainment System (MPES) plays prerecorded audio entertainment programs for the
passengers. Each passenger can select entertainment programs which are heard over a headset.
** On A/C 003-004
The Multiplex Passenger Entertainment System (MPES) plays prerecorded audio entertainment programs for the
passengers. Each passenger can select entertainment programs which are heard over a headset.

AES

23-33-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

Component Location

** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-12400-AJ - Main Multiplexer and CD-Audio Reproducer - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-12500-A - Seat Equipment of the PES Music and Forward Attendant Panel (Audio Module) Component Location)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
I
FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
I PANEL I ZONE I ACCESS
I
I
I
I
DOOR
------------------------------------------------------------------------------8MK
MAIN MULTIPLEXER
88VU
128
10MK
AUDIO REPRODUCER
88VU
128
50MK
WALL DISCONNECT BOX
200
100MK
SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX
200
200MK
PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT
200
201MK
PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT
200
800MK
RELAY
2000VU
220
801MK
RELAY
2000VU
220
120RH
ATTENDANT PANEL - FORWARD
221
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-12400-O - Component Location)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
I
FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
I PANEL I ZONE I ACCESS
I
I
I
I
DOOR
------------------------------------------------------------------------------8MK
MAIN MULTIPLEXER
88VU
128
10MK
AUDIO REPRODUCER
88VU
128
50MK
WALL DISCONNECT BOX
200
100MK
SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX
200
200MK
PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT
200
201MK
PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT
200
800MK
RELAY
2000VU
220
120RH
ATTENDANT PANEL - FORWARD
221

AES

23-33-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
3.

System Description
A.

Description of the installed Systems


(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-14400-A - Passenger Entertainment System (PES) Interconnection)
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-14600-F - Passenger Entertainment System (PES))
(1) BITE System
The BITE system is assembled into the MPES. The Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Refer
to 23-73-00) commands the MPES to go into the BITE mode. All input audio channels at the Main
Multiplexer (MM) 8MK are electronically isolated from an active processing. A 400 Hz test tone is put on
each of the channels. At the Seat Electronic Box (SEB) 100MK/ Passenger Control Units (PCUs) 200MK
and 201MK all channels are examined for correct operation. Any failure data is transmitted back to the
MM, the CIDS and the Central Fault Display System (CFDS) (Refer to 31-30-00).
(2) PES Power Test
When the PES power is on, the BITE automatically starts. Maintenance persons operate this test on
command from the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH. An ARINC 429 high-speed bus transfers
data between the CIDS and the MPES.
(3) Audio
Audio signals from the audio reproducer 10MK, and video audio, supply a minimum of eighteen audio
channels to the MM. Circuits in the MM process this analog input and prepare it for conversion to digital
data. These are sent to the SEB through the Wall Disconnect Boxes (WDB) 50MK.
(4) Audio Output
The SEB changes the MM digital audio, back to its original analog form. This audio output is transmitted
to the passenger headsets through the Passenger Control Units (PCU).
(5) Channels
The audio signals in the MM can give a stereophonic channel. One monophonic channel from the Audio
Reproducer (A/R) is programmed as the left channel; the other monophonic channel is programmed as the
right channel. Two monophonic channels give the effect of one stereophonic channel.
Four channels from the A/R can be used to provide boarding music over the loudspeakers in the cabin and
in the lavatories.

AES

23-33-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
4.

Power Supply

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-16000-D - Power Supply)
115 V AC is supplied to the PES from the normal busbar 210 XPA through the circuit breaker 21MK.
** On A/C 005-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-16000-H - Power Supply)
The busbar 210XP-A supplies 115VAC to the PES MUSIC through the circuit breaker 21MK. The busbar 210XP-B
supplies 115VAC to the PES MUSIC through the circuit breaker 23MK and the relay 800MK. The busbar 210XP-C
supplies 115VAC to the PES MUSIC through the circuit breaker 24MK and the relay 800MK. The Compact DISK
(CD) reproducer and the Main Multiplexer (MM) are supplied through the circuit breaker 21MK. This line also
operates the relay 800MK.
The WDBs and SEBs on the LH passenger compartment side are supplied through the circuit breaker 23MK. The
WDBs and SEBs on the RH passenger compartment side are supplied through the circuit breaker 24MK.
** On A/C 006-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-16000-N - Power Supply)
The busbar 220XP-A supplies 115VAC to the PES MUSIC through the circuit breaker 21MK. The busbar 220XP-B
supplies 115VAC to the PES MUSIC through the circuit breaker 23MK and the relay 800MK. The busbar 220XP-C
supplies 115VAC to the PES MUSIC through the circuit breaker 24MK and the relay 800MK. The Audio Reproducer
(A/R) 10MK and the Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK are supplied through the circuit breaker 21MK. This line also
operates the relay 800MK.
The WDBs 50MK and SEBs 100MK on the LH passenger compartment side are supplied through the circuit
breaker 23MK. The WDBs and SEBs on the RH passenger compartment side are supplied through the circuit
breaker 24MK.

AES

23-33-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
5.

Component Description
A.

Installed Units 10MK


** On A/C 003-004
(1) Audio Reproducer
The tape reproducer 10MK has a total of six cassette decks with six cassette tapes. These tapes have four
channels. The tape reproducer has a total of twelve audio output channels. Cassette tapes are used
alternately. While one plays, the other rewinds to give continuous play. All functions are remotely controlled
.
(2) Main Multiplexer
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-19200-A - Main Multiplexer (MM) Block Diagram)
The Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK is mechanically assembled in an ARINC 600 standard from factor 2MCU.
The connector is ARINC 600 size 1. The MPES has a minimum of eighteen audio input channels. Up to six
channels are used for video tape reproducer inputs. The MPES permits a bilingual movie in each of the
aircraft zones (up to three zones).
(a) Boarding Music
Four channel numbers can be used to provide the boarding music. The flight attendants control the
boarding music on the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP).
(b) Passenger Address Audio
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-19400-AQ - Seat Layout)
Three Passenger Address (PA) audio-inputs control all the MPES channels in each applicable aircraft
zone. The CIDS controls the MPES mode and permits the use of the PA in each zone of the aircraft.
The aircraft seat layout will have an effect on this system.
(c) Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) Interface (Ref. Fig. 002,005)
The ARINC 429 input databus receives data from the CIDS directors. The ARINC 429 output databus
sends data to the CIDS directors. In the Fig. 002 the CIDS has different functional interfaces. These
are :
. Power ON/OFF,
. Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) information initialization and data transfer,
. PA announcement control and seat layout data transfer to the MPES.
(d) ARINC 429 Output Data Port
The MPES output data has a BITE fault data. The CIDS directors send this data to the Center Fault
Display System (CFDS) and to the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) through the CIDS.
(e) ARINC 429 Input Data Port
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-19800-A - Programming and Test Panel (PTP))
This port receives the CIDS data for the electrical location of seats (PA override and movie/video
audio). All the necessary data is stored in the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM). The CAM is included
in the PTP.
(f) MPES Data Lines
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-19200-A - Main Multiplexer (MM) Block Diagram)
The MM controls two columns of seats on the aircraft. There are two data busses in each column.
When one is used for the multiplexed digital audio, the other is used for service data.
(g) Main Multiplexer Power Supply
The aircraft electrical system supplies 115 V AC (400 Hz) power to the Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK.
The MM supplies 35 V AC to the SEB. This voltage comes from the secondary built-in step-down
power transformer. The same transformer develops DC voltage for the MM digital and analog circuits.

AES

23-33-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(h) Audio Processing
Each audio input has an input circuitry with a Low Pass Filter (LPF) and an analog switch. This
circuitry is used to modify the audio signals and prepare it for the analog-to-digital conversion process.
A timing base Large Scale Intergrated (LSI) circuit controls this process in the MM. This circuit
establishes the system timing (controlled with a crystal controlled clock) and the multiplex channel
timing for the insertion of digitalized audio signals into the correct channel.
(3) Wall Disconnect Box
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-19900-B - Wall Disconnect Box (WDB))
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-20000-A - Wall Disconnect Box (WDB) Block Diagram)
The Wall Disconnect Box (WDB) 50MK gives a disconnect point for the data busses of the MPES. It
supplies line amplification for the data busses. The busses from the MM are fed to the WDBs on each side
of the aircraft. A WDB terminator is installed at the end of each WDB column on the connector J1/J4.
Two other connectors on the WDB (J2 and J3) are used to supply the data busses to the seat groups
(forward and aft of the WDB location).
(4) Seat Electronic Box
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-20100-A - Seat Electronic Box (SEB))
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-20200-A - Seat Electronic Box (SEB) Electrical Interface)
The Seat Electronic Box (SEB) 100MK is installed on the seat-leg mounting bracket with nylatch fasteners.
Electrical connections to the SEB from the MM are made through the WDB. J1 and J2 are the databus
input/output connectors. Seat to seat cables (or the WDB to the SEB cables) are connected to these
inputs/outputs. Interface connections from the SEB to the PCUs are made through J3. All the connectors
on the SEB are D subminiature types. The SEB 100MK supplies +5 V DC power to the PCUs 200MK
and 201MK in the seat group it controls.
(a) Multiplex Passenger Entertainment System Audio Processing
The input line receiver processes the PES data and supplies it through a decoder to the timing base
Large Scale Integrated (LSI) circuit. The microprocessor processes the digital data and reassembles the
analog audio signal with the digital-to-analog converter. When a passenger selects a channel, the SEB
100MK receives the digital number from the PCU and the digital audio signal from the MM. The SEB
100MK converts this into an analog audio signal. The analog signal is then put through a filter to the
PCU acoustic transducer or the electrical jacks. For each transducer, a seperate digital-to-analog
converter, a volume control circuit and a filter are provided in the PCU.
(5) Passenger Control Unit
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-20400-U - Passenger Control Unit (PCU))
The Passenger Control Units (PCU) 200MK and 201MK are the primary interfaces between the passenger
and the MPES. They are installed in the armrest of each passenger seat. Each PCU has:
. a LED display (2 digit LED indicates the channel select),
. Up/Down pushbutton switches (channel select),
. a (-) pushbutton switch (volume decrease),
. a (+) pushbutton switch (volume increase),
. an acoustic transducer increases/decreases the audio level,
. an electrical headset jack socket.
(a) Electrical Components Interface
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-20500-A - Passenger Control Unit (PCU) Electrical Interface Block Diagram)

AES

23-33-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The electrical components are used to process commands for the channel selection and the volume
control. The PCU communicates with the SEB through the SEB to the PCU cable assembly. The
microprocessor reads the volume control and channel selector settings (during the BITE operations, it
checks the transducer continuity). The microprocessor transmits the volume, the channels and the
BITE information to the SEB, and displays the channel on the LED display. The SEB supplies power
and demultiplexed audio signals for the headset connector (the headset connector is mechanically
interlocked to prevent audio leakage when no headset is connected). If the power is stopped for more
than 0.2 s, the PCU circuitry decreases the system volume.
** On A/C 005-099
(6) Main Multiplexer
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-19100-A - Main Multiplexer (MM))
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-19200-D - Main Multiplexer Unit Interface)
(a) General
The Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK is installed in the avionic compartment. The MM has a total of 25
audio inputs. These inputs are:
. 16 audio input channels from the Audio Reproducer
. 6 audio input channels from the PES Video System
. 3 audio input channels from the Passenger Address.
(b) Function
The MM has these general functions:
. multiplexing of analog audio sources into a single PCM data stream that is distributed to SEB
throughout the aircraft
. decoding and processing of 7 input keylines (3 Video/3 PA/1 PES test) for a maxium of 3 Video
zones and 3 PA zones
. BITE processing and reporting via the CICS data bus
. processing of the system configuration layout data from the CICS data bus.
The MM supports these methods of loading channel configuration and mapping tables:
. encoded A/R audio disks
. PCU manual entry
. serial maintenance port
. ARINC 485 interface to Sony PSCU.
(c) Control Elements
The MM has these control elements:
. a momentary switch to initiate Download and Bite
. a green contol-LED to indicate the Power on
. an amber control-LED to indicate the status of the unit.
(7) Compact Disk Audio Reproducer
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-19300-A - AUDIO REPRODUCER)
(a) General
The Compact Disk Audio Reproducer (CD A/R) 10MK is installed in the avionics compartment. The
CD A/R contains four identical CD decks, which have the numbers No.A thru No.D. Each deck
drives one CD. Up to two stereophonic channels or four monophonic channels are available for each
CD drive. The CD A/R gives up to 16 different music programs, from CDs, to the Main Multiplexer.
(b) Control Elements
The CD A/R itself has the subsequent operation controls:
. a monitor jacks (monaural headset) for sound check
. a channel up and down pushbutton for channel selection

AES

23-33-00 PB001

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
.
.

a volume up and down pushbutton for volume selection


a two-digit channel number display
four disk drive displays.

(8) Wall Disconnect Box


(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-19900-C - Wall Disconnect Box (WDB))
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-20000-C - Wall Disconnect Box Electrical Interface)
(a) General
The function of the Wall disconnect Box (WDB) 50MK is to provide interface, power and
communication, between the MM and Seat Electronics Boxes (SEB) 100MK.
(b) Functionality
WDB provides this functionality:
. pass-through of PCM data from an upstream WDB or MM to a downstream WDB,
. distribution of PCM data from an upstream WDB or MM to locally connected SEB chain
. passive interconnection of address token signals to locally connected SEB as well as upstream and
downstream WDB
. passive interconnection of uplink data from local SEB chains to upstream WDB
. distribution of 115V power to downstream WDB and locally connected SEB.
The last WDB in a column is connected at its downstream output with a termination plug.
(9) Seat Electronic Box
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-20100-C - Seat Electronic Box)
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-20200-C - Seat Electronic Box Electrical Interface)
(a) General
The SEB only changes the digital signals of the passenger selected channel back to the original analog
form. These signals are transmitted to the PCU. Each SEB supplies up to 3 PCU.
(b) Transmission from/to SEB
The SEB transmits:
. the 3,3VDC to the PCU
. the 20V to the WDB
. the music signal to the PCU
. the video sound signal to the PCU.
(10) Passenger Control Unit
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-20400-AF - Passenger Control Unit (PCU))
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-20500-I - Passenger Control Unit Electrical Interface)
(a) General
The Passenger Control Units (PCU) 200MK and 201MK are the primary interfaces between the
passengers and the MPES. They are installed in the armrest of each passenger seat.
(b) Control Elements
Each PCU has:
. an LED display (2 digit LED indicates the channel select)
. an Up/Down pushbutton switch (channel select)
. an Up/Down pushbutton switch (volume control)
. an electrical headset jack.

AES

23-33-00 PB001

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
6.

System Operation
A.

Operation of the PES Music


** On A/C 003-004
(1) General
The Passenger Entertainment System (PES) is energized during normal operation from the audio module
(the PES pushbutton switch) in the fwd attendant panel 221VU. When the system is energized the channel
5 is selected and the audio volume is set to minimum automatically.
The operation procedures are as follows:
(2) Control Keys
(a) The PES section of the audio module has:
. a PES pushbutton switch.
When the PES pushbutton switch is pushed, the system energizes.
. the subsequent PCU control keys.
The PCU control keys control PES functions.
(b) The PCU control keys are:
. a (-) pushbutton switch.
When the (-) pushbutton switch is pushed, the volume decreases.
. a (+) pushbutton switch.
When the (+) pushbutton switch is pushed, the volume increases.
. a left side channel pushbutton switch.
When the left side channel pushbutton switch is pushed, the channel number decreases.
. a right side channel pushbutton switch.
When the right side channel pushbutton switch is pushed,the channel number increases.
** On A/C 005-099
(3) General
The Passenger Entertainment System (PES) is energized during normal operation from the audio module
(the PES membrane switch) on the FAP 120RH. The operation procedures are as follows:
(4) Control Keys
(a) PES Control Keys
The PES section of the audio module has a PES pushbutton switch.
When the PES membrane switch is pushed the system energizes. The PCUs have subsequent control
keys. The control keys control PES functions.
(b) PCU Control Keys
These are:
. the VOLUME membrane switch with an arrow tip up symbol,
when that membrane switch is pushed, the volume increases,
. the VOLUME membrane switch with an arrow tip down symbol,
when that membrane switch is pushed, the volume decreases,
. the CHANNEL membrane switch with an arrow tip up symbol,
when that membrane switch is pushed, the channel number increases,
. the CHANNEL membrane switch with an arrow tip down symbol,
when that membrane switch is pushed, the channel number decreases.
** On A/C ALL
(5) Boarding Music

AES

23-33-00 PB001

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-12400-O - Component Location)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-12400-AJ - Main Multiplexer and CD-Audio Reproducer - Component Location)
(a) The boarding music section (BGM Channel) has:
-

an LED display (a row of LEDs indicate volume control),


an ON/OFF membrane switch,
a SEL membrane switch (channel select),
a ( - ) membrane switch (volume decrease),
a ( + ) membrane switch (volume increase).

Boarding music control keys are as follows:


(1) ON/OFF

(2) SEL

(3) VOLUME
(4) ( - )
(5) ( + )

When the ON/OFF membrane switch is pushed,


the light in the membrane switch comes on. The
channel 1 is automatically displayed on the
BGM channel display. When the ON/OFF membrane
switch is pushed again, the light goes off.
When the SEL membrane switch is pushed, the
system selects one of the available channels.
These are displayed in a numerical ascending
code (four channels in the mono mode, two in
the stereo mode).
The LED on the volume display show the volume
level (2 dB steps).
When the (-) membrane switch is pushed the
volume level decreases.
When the (+) membrane switch is pushed the
volume level increases.

** On A/C 003-004
(6) System Characteristics
The system characteristics are as follows:
(a) The frequency response, from 25 Hz to 15 kHz +/- 3 dB.
(b) The number of audio inputs, 33 maximum (max. 24 audio tape player, 6 movie/audio tape player, 3
PA override).
(c) The key lines, 3 video and 3 PA.
(d) The output level, 100 mW/ear minimum.
(e) The output impedance, 300 ohms.
(f) The number of selectable programs, a total of 18.
(g) The number of stereo/mono programs, 12/18 or combination.
(h) The signal-to-noise ratio, 75 dB.
(i) A stereo channel separation, 60 dB minimum.
(j) The harmonic distortion, 0.2 % maximum at 100 mW.
(k) A dynamic range, 75 dB minimum.

AES

23-33-00 PB001

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(l) The audio compression, switchable 20 dB on movie/video.
** On A/C 005-099
(7) System Characteristics
The system characteristics are as follows:
(a) The frequency response, from 50 Hz to 15 kHz +/- 3 dB.
(b) The number of audio inputs, 25 maximum (max. 16 audio tape player, 6 movie/audio tape player, 3
PA override).
(c) The key lines, 3 video, 3 PA and 1 PES
(d) The output level, 100 mW/ear minimum.
(e) The output impedance, 300 ohms.
(f) The number of selectable programs, a total of 18.
(g) The number of mono programs, 18 .
(h) The signal-to-noise ratio, 65 dB.
(i) A stereo channel separation, 80 dB minimum.
(j) The harmonic distortion, 0.1 % maximum at 50mW.
(k) A dynamic range, 75 dB minimum.
(l) The audio compression, switchable 20 dB on movie/video.

AES

23-33-00 PB001

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

A
80VU

FR24A

Z120
88VU

FR1

B
C

B
PES MAIN
MULTIPLEXER
8MK

CONNECTOR

D
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT
AUDIO REPRODUCER
10MK

CONNECTOR

ACCESS
DOOR
N_MM_233300_0_AAFA_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-12400-O SHEET 1


Component Location

23-33-00 PB001

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

F
FORWARD ATTENDANT PANEL
(AUDIO MODULE)
120RH

MUSIC

PES
ON
OFF

ON
OFF

SEL

VOLUME

FR16

WALL
DISCONNECT
BOX (WDB)
50MK

PASSENGER
CONTROL
UNITS
(PCU)
200MK

PASSENGER
CONTROL
UNITS
(PCU)
201MK

EXAMPLE TRIPLE SEAT

EXAMPLE TRIPLE SEAT

SEAT
ELECTRONIC
BOX (SEB)
100MK

SEAT
ELECTRONIC
BOX (SEB)
100MK

WALL
DISCONNECT
BOX (WDB)
50MK
N_MM_233300_0_AAFA_02_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-12400-O SHEET 2


Component Location

23-33-00 PB001

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

A
80VU

FR24A

Z120
88VU

FR1

B
PES MAIN
MULTIPLEXER (MM)
8MK

C
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT
CDAUDIO REPRODUCER
10MK

N_MM_233300_0_TAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-12400-AJ SHEET 1


Main Multiplexer and CD-Audio Reproducer - Component
Location

23-33-00 PB001

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

Z220

A
FORWARD ATTENDANT PANEL
(AUDIO MODULE)
120RH
FR21
MUSIC

PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT
FR12

ON
ANNOUNCE

READY

MEMO 1

START
NEXT

MEMO 2

START
ALL

MEMO 3

STOP

CLEAR

ENTER

PES
ON
OFF

ON
SEL
OFF
VOLUME

EXAMPLE TRIPLE SEAT


PASSENGER
CONTROL
UNITS
(PCU)
200MK
EXAMPLE TRIPLE SEAT
PASSENGER
CONTROL
UNITS
(PCU)
201MK

WALL
DISCONNECT
BOX (WDB)
50MK

100MK
SEAT
ELECTRONIC
BOX (SEB)
100MK
SEAT
ELECTRONIC
BOX (SEB)

50MK
WALL
DISCONNECT
BOX (WDB)
N_MM_233300_0_TDM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-12500-A SHEET 1


Seat Equipment of the PES Music and Forward Attendant
Panel (Audio Module) - Component Location

23-33-00 PB001

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

FAULT DATA

CIDS
DIR

FAULT DATA REQ

TO DEUS
PSS DATA (RL,CALL ...)

CFDS
FAULT DATA

CAM

PROGRAMMING/
TEST PANEL

BITE INITIALIZATION
SEAT LAYOUT DATA
FAULT DATA REQU.
BITE
MEMORY
POWER BGM SELECT

PES MODULE

FWD
ATTENDANT PANEL

BGM SELECT

POWER
BITE INITIALIZATION
PA ANNOUNCEMENT
SEAT LAYOUT DATA

FAULT DATA
PSS DATA
PSS DATA (RL,CALL ...)
BITE RESULTS

MAX 6 CHANNEL
VIDEO SOUND

AUDIO REPRODUCER

MAX 24 CHANNEL
MUSIC

FROM/TO
SEBS
MAIN MULTIPLEXER

PES DATA
BITE SIGNALS

N_MM_233300_0_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-14400-A SHEET 1


Passenger Entertainment System (PES) Interconnection

23-33-00 PB001

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-14600-F SHEET 1


Passenger Entertainment System (PES)
102RH

CIDS
DIR 2

101RH

CIDS
DIR 1

10MK

PES
A/R

PES
MUX

8MK

2000VU

C/B PANEL

120RH

AUDIO MODUL
FWD ATTND
PANEL

110RH

PROG & TEST


PANEL

11MH

SEB

SCU

WDB

WDB

SEB

PCU

SEB

PCU

SEB

SEB

WDB

SEB

POWER
SUPPLY

WDB

SEB

WDB

SEB

WDB

DATA
LINES

SEB

SEB

PLUGS

PLUGS

SEB

SEB

SEB

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

** On A/C 003-004

N_MM_233300_0_AES0_01_00

23-33-00 PB001

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

800MK

210XPA
115V AC
BUS

10MK

21MK
A/R

DC
8MK

MUX
101RH

120RH

CIDS
DIR1

FAP
PES
MODUL

102RH

CIDS
DIR2

N_MM_233300_0_AGR0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-16000-D SHEET 1


Power Supply

23-33-00 PB001

Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-005

800MK
115VAC BUS

50MK2

50MK4

50MK6

WDB

WDB

WDB

50MK1

50MK3

50MK5

WDB

WDB

WDB

24MK

210XPC

23MK

210XPB

21MK

210XPA

AC

801MK

10MK

PROGRAM HOLD

AUDIO
REPRODUCER

DC
8MK

MAIN
MULTIPLEXER
101RH

CIDS
DIR1

120RH

MUSIC TAPE ON
10RX

FAP
PES
MODUL

PES
ON/OFF

102RH

PRAM
REPRODUCER

CIDS
DIR2

N_MM_233300_0_AGY0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-16000-H SHEET 1


Power Supply

23-33-00 PB001

Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 006-099

220XPC
BUS
115VAC

WDB

WDB

WDB

50MK2

50MK4

50MK6

WDB

WDB

WDB

50MK3

50MK5

24MK

220XPB
BUS
115VAC

23MK
50MK1

220XPA
BUS
115VAC

21MK
800MK

PROGRAM HOLD

AUDIO
REPRODUCER

10MK
801MK
MAIN
MULTIPLEXER

8MK
CIDS
DIR1

MUSIC TAPE ON

FAP
PES
MODUL

PES

101RH

PRAM
REPRODUCER

ON/OFF

CIDS
DIR2

120RH

10RX

102RH

N_MM_233300_0_AGV0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-16000-N SHEET 1


Power Supply

23-33-00 PB001

Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

CONNECTOR

N_MM_233300_0_KAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-19100-A SHEET 1


Main Multiplexer (MM)

23-33-00 PB001

Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

AES
A3
B3
C3
D3
A4
B4
C4
D4
A5
B5
C5
D5
A6
B6
C6
D6
A7
B7
C7
D7
A8
B8
C8
D8
A1
B1
C1
D1
A2
B2
C2
D2
A3
B3
C3
D3
A4
B4
C4
D4
A12
B12
C12
D12
A13
B13
C13
D13
A14
B14
C14
D14
A9
B9
A10
B10
A11
B11
B15
C15
D15
C9
C10
C11
D9
D10
D11
A15
C5
C6
A5
B5
A6
B6

CH. 9 HI
LO
CH. 10 HI
LO
CH. 11 HI
LO
CH. 12 HI
LO
HI
LO
HI
LO
HI
LO
HI
LO

FIGURE 23-33-00-19200-A SHEET 1


Main Multiplexer (MM) Block Diagram
CH. 17 HI
LO
CH. 18 HI
LO
CH. 19 HI
LO
CH. 20 HI
LO
CH. 21 HI
LO
CH. 22 HI
LO
CH. 23 HI
LO
CH. 24 HI
LO
VIDEO 1 . 1 HI
LO
VIDEO 1 . 2 HI
LO
VIDEO 2 . 1 HI
LO
VIDEO 2 . 2 HI
LO
VIDEO 3 . 1 HI
LO
VIDEO 3 . 2 HI
LO
PA INPUT 1 HI
LO
PA INPUT 2 HI
LO
PA INPUT 3 HI
LO
SIGNAL RETURN
SIGNAL GROUND
SIGNAL GROUND
PA 1 KEY
PA 2 KEY
PA 3 KEY
VIDEO 1 KEY
VIDEO 2 KEY
VIDEO 3 KEY
TEST
SIGNAL GROUND
SIGNAL GROUND
HI
429 INPUT
LO
429 OUTPUT HI
LO

CH. 16

CH. 15

CH. 14

MP

23-33-00 PB001
TP

Page 22
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

ANALOG
SWITCH

ANALOG
SWITCH

ANALOG
SWITCH

S/H

S/H

S/H

S/H

S/H

S/H

ARINC
429
INTERFACE

A/D

A/D

A/D

A/D

A/D

A/D

SERIAL
DATA

SERIAL
DATA

CNT

SERIAL
DATA

CNT

SERIAL
DATA

CNT

SERIAL
DATA

CNT

SERIAL
DATA

MICRO
COMPUTER

TIMING
BASE

R/T

R/T

STEREO
TAG

POWER
SUPPLY

DRIVER

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF
AMPS
LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF
AMPS
LPF

LPF

LPF

ANALOG
SWITCH

ANALOG
SWITCH

CNT

DRIVER

LPF
AMPS
LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF
AMPS
LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

AMPS

TP

MP

CHASSIS GND

115V AC

AC 115V HI
AC 115V LO

A9
B9

AC RET

PSS DATA
PSS DATA

A8
B8

PES DATA HI
PES DATA LO
SHIELD GND

AC 115V HI
AC 115V LO

A15
B15

SIG GND

PSS DATA
PSS DATA

A14
B14

A7
B7
C7

PES DATA HI
PES DATA LO
SHIELD GND

A13
B13
C13

D7

SIG GND

D13

R/H

CH. 13

CH. 4

CH. 3

CH. 2

CH. 5 HI
LO
CH. 6 HI
LO
CH. 7 HI
LO
CH. 8 HI
LO

CH. 1

A1
B1
C1
D1
A2
B2
C2
D2

FROM AUDIO REPRODUCER

HI
LO
HI
LO
HI
LO
HI
LO

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

** On A/C 003-004

L/H

BP

TP

N_MM_233300_0_AJM0_01_00

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
FROM
AIRCRAFT AC

HI
115VAC
LO
CHASSIS GND
HI
CH 1
LO
HI
CH 3
LO
HI
CH 2
LO
HI
CH 4
LO
HI
CH 5
LO

SHIELD

HI
CH 7
LO

R/H PCM DATA

RH TOKEN OUT

HI
CH 8
LO

RH TOKEN THRU
RH UPLINK

HI
CH 9
LO

LH TOKEN OUT

HI
CH 10
LO

LH TOKEN THRU

HI
CH 11
LO

LT UPLINK

L/H PCM DATA

HI
CH 13
LO

FROM/
TO CIDS

DATA INPUT

HI
LO

DATA OUTPUT

HI
LO

RS485

HI
PAXDATA ARINC 429 INPUT
LO

VIDEO 1.1

HI
PAXDATA ARINC 429 OUTPUT
LO

VIDEO 1.2

HI
PA ZONE 1
LO

VIDEO 2.2

HI
PA ZONE 2
LO

VIDEO 3.2

HI
PA ZONE 3
LO
PA KEYLINE 1
PA KEYLINE 2
PA KEYLINE 3
PRES TEST

HI
LO

SHIELD

HI
CH 14
LO

HI
CH 16
LO

TO LH WDB
COLUMN

SIG GND

HI
CH 12
LO

HI
CH 15
LO

TO RH WDB
COLUMN

SIG GND

HI
CH 6
LO
FROM AUDIO
REPRODUCER

HI
LO

VIDEO 2.1

FROM/TO
PES VIDEO

VIDEO 3.1

VIDEO KEYLINE 1
VIDEO KEYLINE 2
VIDEO KEYLINE 3

8MK
MAIN MULTIPLEXER
N_MM_233300_0_AJA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-19200-D SHEET 1


Main Multiplexer Unit Interface

23-33-00 PB001

Page 23
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

CONNECTOR

N_MM_233300_0_HAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-19300-A SHEET 1


AUDIO REPRODUCER

23-33-00 PB001

Page 24
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

TO 80VU
CA ASSY WDBMM

CA ASSY WDBWDB

CA ASSY SEBSEB

WDB

CA ASSY WDBSEB

SEB

N_MM_233300_0_BMH0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-19400-AQ SHEET 1


Seat Layout

23-33-00 PB001

Page 25
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

PROGRAMMING AND TEST PANEL (PTP)


110RH

CIDS
SYSTEM STATUS
SYSTEM TEST
PROGRAMMING

DSPL
ON

TEST

BAT

BAT
OK

SYS

SYS
OK

CLR

EMER
LIGHT

CAM

N_MM_233300_0_ANM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-19800-A SHEET 1


Programming and Test Panel (PTP)

23-33-00 PB001

Page 26
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

NOTE:

CONNECTOR DA15P (ITT CANNON)


OR EQUIVALENT

CONNECTOR DE9S (ITT CANNON)


OR EQUIVALENT

N_MM_233300_0_APN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-19900-B SHEET 1


Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)

23-33-00 PB001

Page 27
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

OUTPUT CONNECTOR
TO SEB COLUMN
INPUT CONNECTOR FROM
MM OR UPSTREAM WDB

OUTPUT CONNECTOR TO
DOWNSTREAM WDB OR TERMINATOR

N_MM_233300_0_APA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-19900-C SHEET 1


Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)

23-33-00 PB001

Page 28
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

DRIVER
J2
PES DATA HI
PES DATA LO
SHIELD
PSS DATA 1
PSS DATA 2
SIG GND
AC 115V
AC RET

RCVR

DRIVER
J3
PES DATA HI
PES DATA LO
SHIELD
PSS DATA 1
PSS DATA 2
SIG GND
AC 115V
AC RET

J4
PES DATA HI
PES DATA LO
SHIELD
PSS DATA 1
PSS DATA 2
SIG GND
AC 115V
AC RET

J1
PES DATA HI
PES DATA LO
SHIELD
PSS DATA 1
PSS DATA 2
SIG GND
AC 115V
AC RET
PT
POWER
SUPPLY

5V

N_MM_233300_0_ARM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-20000-A SHEET 1


Wall Disconnect Box (WDB) Block Diagram

23-33-00 PB001

Page 29
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

115VAC HI
115VAC LO
FROM AIRCRAFT
AC

FROM MM OR
UPSTREAM WDB

HI 115VAC

TX POS

LO 115VAC

TX NEG

CHASSIS GND

SHIELD

PCM/TX POS

TKN PSA

PCM/TX NEG

TKN IN

SHIELD

RX

SIG GND

SIG GND

TKN IN

COL PRES

TKN THRU

20VDC

RX

TKN PSB

TO SEB COLUMN

TKN THRU
CHASSIS GND

115VAC HI
115VAC LO

TO
DOWMSTREAM
WDB

HI 115VAC

TX POS

LO 115VAC

TX NEG

CHASSIS GND

SHIELD

PCM/TX POS

TKN PSA

PCM/TX NEG

TKN IN

SHIELD

RX

SIG GND

SIG GND

TKN IN

COL PRES

TKN THRU

20VDC

RX

TKN PSB

TO SEB COLUMN

TKN THRU
CHASSIS GND

50MK
WALL DISCONNECT BOX

N_MM_233300_0_ASA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-20000-C SHEET 1


Wall Disconnect Box Electrical Interface

23-33-00 PB001

Page 30
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

NYLATCH

NOTE: CONNECTORS J1 AND J2: JAE DE9P OR EQUIVALENT


J3 AND J4: JAE DE15S OR EQUIVALENT

N_MM_233300_0_ATM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-20100-A SHEET 1


Seat Electronic Box (SEB)

23-33-00 PB001

Page 31
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

OUTPUT CONNECTOR TO
DOWNSTREAM SEB

J3
J
4

J5

J6

J2

J1

INPUT CONNECTOR FROM


WDB OR UPSTREAM SEB

J3
J
4
J5

J6

OUTPUT CONNECTORS
TO PCU

N_MM_233300_0_ATA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-20100-C SHEET 1


Seat Electronic Box

23-33-00 PB001

Page 32
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

RCV/
DRV

RCV/
DRV

J3

RCVR
J1

MICRO
COMPUTER

TIMING BASE

PES1
DATA2
SHIELD4
AC 115V7
AC RTN8
DATA19
DATA26
SIG GND5

3GND/1
11GND/2
8GND/3
9DATA I/O /1
12DATA I/O /2
14 DATA I/O /3

DECODER

+V

LPF
LPF

CHASSIS
GND

LPF

J2
SIG GND5
DATA26
DATA19
AC RTN8
AC 115V7
SHIELD4
PES2
DATA1

D/A
CONVERTER

LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF

ELE
ATT

ELE
ATT

ELE
ATT

ELE
ATT

FUSE
POWER
CIRCUIT

10 +5V /1
13 +5V /2
15 +5V /3
1AUDIO LH /1
2AUDIO RH /1
4AUDIO LH /2
5AUDIO LH /2
6AUDIO LH /3
7AUDIO RH /3

POWER
CCT

+5V
+15V
15V

J4
14DATA I/O /1
9DATA I/O /3
12DATA I/O /4
15 +5V /1
3GND /3
11GND /4
8GND /1
10 +5V /3
13 +5V /4
6AUDIO LH /1
7AUDIO RH /1
1AUDIO LH /3
2AUDIO RH /3
4AUDIO LH /4
5AUDIO RH /4

N_MM_233300_0_AVM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-20200-A SHEET 1


Seat Electronic Box (SEB) Electrical Interface

23-33-00 PB001

Page 33
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

HI 115VAC
LO 115VAC

FROM WDB OR
UPSTREAM SEB

TX POS

RX

TX NEG

TX

TX SHIELD

CLOCK

TK PASS A

GND

TK IN

3.3V

RX

AUDIO RTN

FRSTSEB
SIG GND

TO PCU 1

AUDIO L
AUDIO R

COLSTAT
20VDC

RX

TK PASS B

TX

TK THRU

CLOCK

CHASSIS GND

GND
3.3V

HI 115VAC
LO 115VAC
TX POS

TO PCU 2

AUDIO RTN
AUDIO L
AUDIO R

TX NEG

TO
DOWMSTREAM SEB

TX SHIELD

RX

TK PASS A

TX

TK OUT

CLOCK

RX

GND

SIG GND

3.3V

TO PCU 3

AUDIO RTN

20VDC

AUDIO L

TK PASS B

AUDIO R

TK THRU
CHASSIS GND
100MK
SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX

N_MM_233300_0_AVA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-20200-C SHEET 1


Seat Electronic Box Electrical Interface

23-33-00 PB001

Page 34
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

CHANNEL SELECT
SWITCH, UP
CHANNEL
DISPLAY

CHANNEL SELECT
SWITCH, DOWN

ELECTRICAL
HEADSET
JACK
TRANSDUCER

VOLUME CONTROL
SWITCH, UP

VOLUME CONTROL
SWITCH, DOWN

N_MM_233300_0_BXK0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-20400-U SHEET 1


Passenger Control Unit (PCU)

23-33-00 PB001

Page 35
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

CHANNEL SELECT
SWITCH, UP

ELECTRICAL
HEADPHONE JACK

LIQUID CRYSTAL
DISPLAY (LCD)

PCU
200MK

(201MK)

VOLUME CONTROL
SWITCH, UP

CHANNEL SELECT
SWITCH, DOWN
VOLUME CONTROL
SWITCH, DOWN

NOTE:
1

LH SHOWN
RH MIRROR IMAGE
N_MM_233300_0_CXD0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-20400-AF SHEET 1


Passenger Control Unit (PCU)

23-33-00 PB001

Page 36
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT


(PCU)
DATA I/O
TRANSDUCER

J2

PCU POWER

GND
J1
AUDIO L

AUDIO R

N_MM_233300_0_AZM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-20500-A SHEET 1


Passenger Control Unit (PCU) Electrical Interface Block
Diagram

23-33-00 PB001

Page 37
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

RECEIVER
TRANSMITTER
CLOCK
GROUND
3.3V
AUDIO RETURN
AUDIO LEFT
AUDIO RIGHT

PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT

N_MM_233300_0_AZB0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-20500-I SHEET 1


Passenger Control Unit Electrical Interface

23-33-00 PB001

Page 38
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES


** On A/C ALL
** On A/C 003-004
Task 23-33-00-860-001-A
Replacement of the Audio Cassettes of the Passenger Entertainment System (PES)
FIN 10MK
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

B.

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

824
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
23-33-00-740-002-A

DESIGNATION
BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) with the
Programming and Test Panel (PTP)

52-41-00-410-002-A

Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access

(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-991-00100-A - Replacement of the Audio Cassettes)


3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-865-132-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
2000VU

DESIGNATION
PES MUSIC-CTL

FIN
21MK

LOCATION
D01

Subtask 23-33-00-010-050-A
B.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position below the access door 824.

(2)

Open the access door 824.

Procedure
Subtask 23-33-00-020-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Audio Cassettes


(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-991-00100-A - Replacement of the Audio Cassettes)

23-33-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Loosen the nuts (3).

(2)

Disengage the nuts (3) from the lugs (7) and lower them.

(3)

Pull the PES reproducer (8) forward in its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical connector (1).

(4)

Remove the PES reproducer (8) from the rack (2).

(5)

Disengage the latches (5) and open the doors (4) on the two sides of the PES reproducer (8).

(6)

Remove the audio cassettes (9) from the cassette drives.

Subtask 23-33-00-420-050-A
B.

Installation of the Audio Cassettes


(1)

Install the new audio cassettes (9) in the cassette drives.


NOTE :

Make sure that the identification label on each audio cassette agrees with the identification label
on the doors next to each cassette drive (6).
Make sure that you can see the identification label on the cassettes after the installation.

(2)

Close the doors (4) on the two sides of the PES reproducer (8) and let the latches (5) engage.

(3)

Install the PES reproducer (8) on its rack (2).

(4)

Engage the nuts (3) on the lugs (7) and tighten them.

Subtask 23-33-00-865-133-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
2000VU

DESIGNATION
PES MUSIC-CTL

FIN
21MK

LOCATION
D01

Subtask 23-33-00-710-050-A
D.
5.

Do the test of the passenger entertainment (music) reproducer (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002-A).

Close-up
Subtask 23-33-00-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002-A).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

23-33-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

A
824

88VU

Z128

8
4

6
7
6

5
2

3
3

N_MM_233300_2_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1


Replacement of the Audio Cassettes

23-33-00 PB201

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
Task 23-33-00-860-002-A
Replacement of the Compact Disks for the Passenger Entertainment System (PES)
FIN 10MK
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

B.

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

824
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
23-33-00-740-002-A

DESIGNATION
BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) with the
Programming and Test Panel (PTP)

(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-991-00200-B - Replacement of the Compact Disks)


3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-865-134-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 005-005

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL

24MK
23MK
21MK

D03
D02
D01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


PES MUSIC AFT
PES MUSIC-CTL

25MK
22MK
21MK

D05
D04
D01

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-33-00-010-051-A
B.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position below the access door 824.

(2)

Open the access door 824.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-991-00200-B - Replacement of the Compact Disks)

AES

23-33-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 23-33-00-020-051-B
A.

Removal of the Compact Disks


(1)

Push up on the latch located on the face of the reproducer (1) and pull out the disc-drive assembly (2).

(2)

Remove the applicable CD (3) from the central spindle.

Subtask 23-33-00-420-051-B
B.

Installation of the Compact Disks


(1)

If not already open, push up on the latch located on the face of the reproducer (1) and pull out the
disk-drive assembly (2).

(2)

Put the lower edge of the applicable CD (3) in position inside of the support tabs and engage the CD
(3) on the control disk spindle.

(3)

Push the disc-drive assembly (2) into the reproducer (1) und lock it.

Subtask 23-33-00-865-135-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 005-005

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL

24MK
23MK
21MK

D03
D02
D01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


PES MUSIC AFT
PES MUSIC-CTL

25MK
22MK
21MK

D05
D04
D01

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-33-00-710-051-A
D.
5.

Do the test of the passenger entertainment (music) reproducer (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002-A).

Close-up
Subtask 23-33-00-410-051-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 824.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

23-33-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

A
824

88VU

Z128

B
B
1

C
C
2

N_MM_233300_2_AAF0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-00-991-00200-B SHEET 1


Replacement of the Compact Disks

23-33-00 PB201

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST


** On A/C ALL
Task 23-33-00-740-002-A
BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) with the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
1.

Reason for the Job


To make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) operates correctly.

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
23-73-00-861-001-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

23-73-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-860-050-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is energized. (Ref. TASK
23-73-00-861-001-A)

Subtask 23-33-00-865-152-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 2

155RH

FIN
G05

LOCATION

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 1

154RH

G04

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS

153RH

G03

49VU

COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS

150RH

G02

49VU

COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH

9RN

G08

49VU

COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O

5RN

G07

49VU

COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT

4RN

G06

INT 1 + 2

9RN

G08

** On A/C 003-004

** On A/C 005-099
49VU

AES

23-33-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL

DESIGNATION
ACP F/O BITE INT 2 AUDIO 3/5 OCCPNT

5RN

G07

ACP CAPT SELCAL INT 1 AUDIO AVNCS

4RN

G06

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID

166RH

M11

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID

165RH

M10

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD

164RH

M09

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD

163RH

M08

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM

162RH

M07

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/PROG AND TST PNL

161RH

M06

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM

151RH

M05

121VU

COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT

6RN

M02

COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL

170RH

M14

COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL

170RH

Q14

49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL

FIN

LOCATION

** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU

** On A/C 003-004 006-099


2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
PRAM

24MK
23MK
21MK
2RX

D03
D02
D01
E01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


25MK
PES MUSIC AFT
22MK
CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM 2RX

D05
D04
E01

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-077-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 2

155RH

FIN
G05

LOCATION

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 1

154RH

G04

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS

153RH

G03

49VU

COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS

150RH

G02

49VU

COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH

9RN

G08

49VU

COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O

5RN

G07

49VU

COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT

4RN

G06

** On A/C 003-004

AES

23-33-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

INT 1 + 2
ACP F/O BITE INT 2 AUDIO 3/5 OCCPNT

9RN
5RN

G08
G07

ACP CAPT SELCAL INT 1 AUDIO AVNCS

4RN

G06

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID

166RH

M11

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID

165RH

M10

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD

164RH

M09

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD

163RH

M08

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM

162RH

M07

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/PROG AND TST PNL

161RH

M06

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM

151RH

M05

121VU

COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT

6RN

M02

COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL

170RH

M14

COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL

170RH

Q14

49VU
** On A/C ALL

** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-082-A
D.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 2

155RH

FIN
G05

LOCATION

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 1

154RH

G04

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS

153RH

G03

49VU

COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS

150RH

G02

49VU

COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH

9RN

G08

49VU

COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O

5RN

G07

49VU

COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT

4RN

G06

INT 1 + 2
ACP F/O BITE INT 2 AUDIO 3/5 OCCPNT

9RN
5RN

G08
G07

ACP CAPT SELCAL INT 1 AUDIO AVNCS

4RN

G06

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID

166RH

M11

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID

165RH

M10

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD

164RH

M09

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD

163RH

M08

** On A/C 003-004

** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL

AES

23-33-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM

162RH

FIN
M07

LOCATION

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/PROG AND TST PNL

161RH

M06

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM

151RH

M05

121VU

COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT

6RN

M02

COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL

170RH

M14

COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL

170RH

Q14

** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-163-A
E.
4.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-33-00-740-050-A
A.

BITE-Test with the PTP


(1)

Do the subsequent PES test on the Fwd Attnd panel:

ACTION
1.On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:

RESULT
On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:

2.On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH:

the PES ON/OFF integral light on the membrane


switch comes on.
On the PTP display 110RH:

push the DSPL ON membrane switch.

the CIDS page comes on.

push the SYSTEM TEST related membrane switch.

the SYSTEM TEST page comes on.

push the CONT related membrane switch and find the


PES MUSIC.
push the PES MUSIC related membrane switch.
.
.

push the PES ON/OFF membrane switch.

the PES MUSIC page comes on.


the message WAIT FOR RESPONSE flashes.

After the end of the BITE test:

push the RET related membrane switch.

.
.

the message WAIT FOR RESPONSE goes off.


the TEST OK message comes on.

the SYSTEM TEST page comes on.

3.On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:

On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:

AES

push the PES ON/OFF membrane switch.

the PES ON/OFF integral light on the membrane


switch goes off.

23-33-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-33-00-740-050-C
A.

BITE-Test with the PTP


(1)

Do the subsequent PES test on the Fwd Attnd panel:

ACTION
1.On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:

RESULT
On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:

push the PES ON/OFF membrane switch.

2.On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH:

the PES ON/OFF integral light on the membrane


switch comes on.
On the PTP display 110RH:

push the DSPL ON membrane switch.

the CIDS page comes on.

push the SYSTEM TEST related membrane switch.

the SYSTEM TEST page comes on.

push the CONT related membrane switch and find the .


PES MUSIC.
push the PES MUSIC related membrane switch.
.

the PES MUSIC page comes on.


the message WAIT FOR RESPONSE flashes.

After the end of the BITE test:

push the RET related membrane switch.

.
.

the message WAIT FOR RESPONSE goes off.


the TEST OK message comes on.

the SYSTEM TEST page comes on.

3.On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:

On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:

push the PES ON/OFF membrane switch.

5.

Close-up

the PES ON/OFF integral light on the membrane


switch goes off.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-862-050-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.


(1)

De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001-A).

(2)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

23-33-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-33-00-740-003-A
BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) with the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU)
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
23-73-00-861-001-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

23-73-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

31-32-00-860-003-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM Page

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-860-051-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits.


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02)

(2)

Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is energized.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001-A)

(3)

Do the procedure to get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page on the MCDU.
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003-A)

Subtask 23-33-00-865-217-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:


PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 2

FIN

LOCATION

155RH

G05

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 1

154RH

G04

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS

153RH

G03

49VU

COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS

150RH

G02

49VU

COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH

9RN

G08

49VU

COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O

5RN

G07

49VU

COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT

4RN

G06

** On A/C 003-004

AES

23-33-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

INT 1 + 2
ACP F/O BITE INT 2 AUDIO 3/5 OCCPNT

9RN
5RN

G08
G07

ACP CAPT SELCAL INT 1 AUDIO AVNCS

4RN

G06

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID

166RH

M11

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID

165RH

M10

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD

164RH

M09

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD

163RH

M08

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM

162RH

M07

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/PROG AND TST PNL

161RH

M06

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM

151RH

M05

121VU

COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT

6RN

M02

COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL

170RH

M14

COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL

170RH

Q14

49VU
** On A/C ALL

** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU

** On A/C 003-004 006-099


2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
PRAM

24MK
23MK
21MK
2RX

D03
D02
D01
E01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


25MK
PES MUSIC AFT
22MK
CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM 2RX

D05
D04
E01

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-150-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:


PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 2

FIN

LOCATION

155RH

G05

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 1

154RH

G04

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS

153RH

G03

49VU

COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS

150RH

G02

49VU

COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH

9RN

G08

49VU

COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O

5RN

G07

** On A/C 003-004

AES

23-33-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL

DESIGNATION
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT

4RN

G06

INT 1 + 2
ACP F/O BITE INT 2 AUDIO 3/5 OCCPNT

9RN
5RN

G08
G07

ACP CAPT SELCAL INT 1 AUDIO AVNCS

4RN

G06

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID

166RH

M11

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID

165RH

M10

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD

164RH

M09

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD

163RH

M08

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM

162RH

M07

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/PROG AND TST PNL

161RH

M06

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM

151RH

M05

121VU

COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT

6RN

M02

COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL

170RH

M14

COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL

170RH

Q14

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL

** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU

** On A/C 003-004 006-099


2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
PRAM

24MK
23MK
21MK
2RX

D03
D02
D01
E01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


25MK
PES MUSIC AFT
22MK
CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM 2RX

D05
D04
E01

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-178-A
D.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:


PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 2

FIN

LOCATION

155RH

G05

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 1

154RH

G04

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS

153RH

G03

49VU

COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS

150RH

G02

COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH

9RN

G08

** On A/C 003-004
49VU

AES

23-33-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O

5RN

FIN
G07

LOCATION

49VU

COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT

4RN

G06

INT 1 + 2
ACP F/O BITE INT 2 AUDIO 3/5 OCCPNT

9RN
5RN

G08
G07

ACP CAPT SELCAL INT 1 AUDIO AVNCS

4RN

G06

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID

166RH

M11

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID

165RH

M10

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD

164RH

M09

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD

163RH

M08

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM

162RH

M07

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/PROG AND TST PNL

161RH

M06

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM

151RH

M05

121VU

COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT

6RN

M02

COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL

170RH

M14

COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL

170RH

Q14

** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL

** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU

** On A/C 003-004 006-099


2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
PRAM

24MK
23MK
21MK
2RX

D03
D02
D01
E01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


25MK
PES MUSIC AFT
22MK
CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM 2RX

D05
D04
E01

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-078-A
E.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:


PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 2

155RH

G05

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 1

154RH

G04

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS

153RH

G03

49VU

COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS

150RH

G02

AES

FIN

LOCATION

23-33-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

49VU

COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH

9RN

G08

49VU

COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O

5RN

G07

49VU

COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT

4RN

G06

INT 1 + 2
ACP F/O BITE INT 2 AUDIO 3/5 OCCPNT

9RN
5RN

G08
G07

ACP CAPT SELCAL INT 1 AUDIO AVNCS

4RN

G06

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID

166RH

M11

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID

165RH

M10

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD

164RH

M09

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD

163RH

M08

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM

162RH

M07

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/PROG AND TST PNL

161RH

M06

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM

151RH

M05

121VU

COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT

6RN

M02

COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL

170RH

M14

COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL

170RH

Q14

** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL

** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-083-A
F.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 2

155RH

FIN
G05

LOCATION

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 1

154RH

G04

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS

153RH

G03

49VU

COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS

150RH

G02

49VU

COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH

9RN

G08

49VU

COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O

5RN

G07

49VU

COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT

4RN

G06

49VU
49VU

INT 1 + 2
ACP F/O BITE INT 2 AUDIO 3/5 OCCPNT

9RN
5RN

G08
G07

49VU

ACP CAPT SELCAL INT 1 AUDIO AVNCS

4RN

G06

** On A/C 003-004

** On A/C 005-099

AES

23-33-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
** On A/C ALL

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID

166RH

M11

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID

165RH

M10

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD

164RH

M09

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD

163RH

M08

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM

162RH

M07

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/PROG AND TST PNL

161RH

M06

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM

151RH

M05

121VU

COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT

6RN

M02

COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL

170RH

M14

COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL

170RH

Q14

** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
4.

Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-33-00-740-053-A
A.

BITE-Test with the MCDU

ACTION
1.On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:

RESULT
On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:

push the PES ON/OFF membrane switch.

the PES ON/OFF integral light on the membrane


switch comes on.
On the MCDU:

2.On the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page on the


MCDU:
. push the line key CIDS1.

the CIDS1 (ACT.) menu page comes on.

push the line key TEST.

the CIDS1 (ACT.) / TEST menu page comes on.

push the NEXT PAGE button frequently until PES


MUSIC comes into view.
push the line key PES MUSIC.

the CIDS1 (ACT.) / PES MUSIC TEST menu page


comes on with the message
ATA 23-33-00
IN PROGRESS.
after approximately 5 seconds the message changes to
ATA 23-33-00
TEST OK.
the CFDS menu page comes on.

push the line key RETURN more than one time.

3.On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:

On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:

AES

push the PES ON/OFF membrane switch.

the PES ON/OFF integral light on the membrane


switch goes off.

23-33-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-33-00-740-053-C
A.

BITE-Test with the MCDU

ACTION
1.On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:

RESULT
On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:

push the PES ON/OFF membrane switch.

the PES ON/OFF integral light on the membrane


switch comes on.
On the MCDU:

2.On the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page on the


MCDU:
. push the line key CIDS1.

the CIDS1 (ACT.) menu page comes on.

push the line key TEST.

the CIDS1 (ACT.) / TEST menu page comes on.

push the NEXT PAGE button frequently until PES


MUSIC comes into view.
push the line key PES MUSIC.

the CIDS1 (ACT.) / PES MUSIC TEST menu page


comes on with the message
ATA 23-33-00
IN PROGRESS.
after approximately 5 seconds the message changes to
ATA 23-33-00
TEST OK.
the CFDS menu page comes on.

push the line key RETURN more than one time.

3.On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:

On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:

push the PES ON/OFF membrane switch.

5.

Close-up

the PES ON/OFF integral light on the membrane


switch goes off.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-860-052-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.


(1)

De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS).


(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001-A)

(2)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit.


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02)

23-33-00 PB501

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-33-00-710-002-A
Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music)
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
** On A/C 005-099
23-32-00-860-001-A

DESIGNATION
Replacement of the Sound Recording Medium of the Prerecorded
Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer

** On A/C 003-004
23-33-00-860-001-A

Replacement of the Audio Cassettes of the Passenger Entertainment System


(PES)

23-73-00-861-001-A

Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

23-73-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-860-053-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is energized (Ref. TASK
23-73-00-861-001-A).

(3)

Make sure that the pre-recorded audio cassettes are installed in the audio reproducer 10RX
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-001-A).

AES

23-33-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-147-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
PRAM

24MK
23MK
21MK
2RX

D03
D02
D01
E01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


25MK
PES MUSIC AFT
22MK
CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM 2RX

D05
D04
E01

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-179-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
PRAM

24MK
23MK
21MK
2RX

D03
D02
D01
E01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


25MK
PES MUSIC AFT
22MK
CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM 2RX

D05
D04
E01

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-149-A
D.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:


PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 2

FIN

LOCATION

155RH

G05

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 1

154RH

G04

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS

153RH

G03

49VU

COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS

150RH

G02

COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH

9RN

G08

** On A/C 003-004
49VU

AES

23-33-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O

5RN

FIN
G07

LOCATION

49VU

COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT

4RN

G06

INT 1 + 2
ACP F/O BITE INT 2 AUDIO 3/5 OCCPNT

9RN
5RN

G08
G07

ACP CAPT SELCAL INT 1 AUDIO AVNCS

4RN

G06

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID

166RH

M11

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID

165RH

M10

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD

164RH

M09

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD

163RH

M08

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM

162RH

M07

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/PROG AND TST PNL

161RH

M06

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM

151RH

M05

121VU

COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT

6RN

M02

COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL

170RH

M14

COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL

170RH

Q14

** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL

** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-181-A
E.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 2

155RH

FIN
G05

LOCATION

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 1

154RH

G04

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS

153RH

G03

49VU

COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS

150RH

G02

49VU

COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH

9RN

G08

49VU

COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O

5RN

G07

49VU

COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT

4RN

G06

INT 1 + 2
ACP F/O BITE INT 2 AUDIO 3/5 OCCPNT

9RN
5RN

G08
G07

ACP CAPT SELCAL INT 1 AUDIO AVNCS

4RN

G06

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID

166RH

M11

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID

165RH

M10

** On A/C 003-004

** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL

AES

23-33-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD

164RH

FIN
M09

LOCATION

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD

163RH

M08

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM

162RH

M07

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/PROG AND TST PNL

161RH

M06

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM

151RH

M05

121VU

COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT

6RN

M02

COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL

170RH

M14

COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL

170RH

Q14

** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-079-A
F.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 2

155RH

FIN
G05

LOCATION

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 1

154RH

G04

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS

153RH

G03

49VU

COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS

150RH

G02

49VU

COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH

9RN

G08

49VU

COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O

5RN

G07

49VU

COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT

4RN

G06

INT 1 + 2
ACP F/O BITE INT 2 AUDIO 3/5 OCCPNT

9RN
5RN

G08
G07

ACP CAPT SELCAL INT 1 AUDIO AVNCS

4RN

G06

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID

166RH

M11

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID

165RH

M10

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD

164RH

M09

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD

163RH

M08

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM

162RH

M07

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/PROG AND TST PNL

161RH

M06

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM

151RH

M05

121VU

COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT

6RN

M02

COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL

170RH

M14

** On A/C 003-004

** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL

** On A/C 003-004
121VU

AES

23-33-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
** On A/C 005-099
121VU

DESIGNATION

FIN

COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL

170RH

LOCATION
Q14

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-084-A
G.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 2

155RH

FIN
G05

LOCATION

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 1

154RH

G04

49VU

COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS

153RH

G03

49VU

COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS

150RH

G02

49VU

COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH

9RN

G08

49VU

COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O

5RN

G07

49VU

COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT

4RN

G06

INT 1 + 2
ACP F/O BITE INT 2 AUDIO 3/5 OCCPNT

9RN
5RN

G08
G07

ACP CAPT SELCAL INT 1 AUDIO AVNCS

4RN

G06

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID

166RH

M11

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID

165RH

M10

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD

164RH

M09

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD

163RH

M08

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM

162RH

M07

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/PROG AND TST PNL

161RH

M06

121VU

COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM

151RH

M05

121VU

COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT

6RN

M02

COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL

170RH

M14

COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL

170RH

Q14

** On A/C 003-004

** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL

** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-162-A
H.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
2000VU

AES

DESIGNATION

PES MUSIC-CTL

FIN
21MK

LOCATION
D01

23-33-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
** On A/C 005-005

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL

24MK
23MK
21MK

D03
D02
D01

2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
22MK

D05
D04

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-148-A
J.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
PRAM

24MK
23MK
21MK
2RX

D03
D02
D01
E01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


25MK
PES MUSIC AFT
22MK
CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM 2RX

D05
D04
E01

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-180-A
K.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
PRAM

24MK
23MK
21MK
2RX

D03
D02
D01
E01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


25MK
PES MUSIC AFT
22MK
CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM 2RX

D05
D04
E01

AES

23-33-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-33-00-710-052-Y
A.

Operational Test of the PES


NOTE :

Make sure that in the avionic compartment the Compact Disks (CD) are installed in the audio
reproducer 10MK.

NOTE :

Make sure that the headsets that are used with the Passenger Control Unit (PCU) are available.

ACTION
1.On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:

RESULT
On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:

push the PES ON/OFF membrane switch.

2.On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH:


.
.
.
.

push the membrane switches in the sequence:


DSPL ON
SYSTEM TEST
CONT frequently until PES MUSIC comes into view

PES MUSIC

3.At each PCU:


. connect the headset to the each PCU and select
channels 3 to 12 in turn.

the PES ON/OFF integral light on the membrane


switch comes on.
On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH:

.
.
At
.
.

change the audio volume at each selection.

4.At the PCUs of two related seat rows:


. connect a headset to the PCU
. select one channel between 3 and 12.

WAIT FOR RESPONSE comes into view,


wait until TEST OK comes into view.
each PCU:
the music program is heard from channels 3 to 12 with
the headset.
the related channel comes on, on the PCU channel
display.
the volume of the music changes.

At the related PCUs:


.
.

the music program is heard at the related channel with


the headset.
the related channel comes on, on the PCU channel
display.

5.At the FWD attendant station:

At the FWD Attendant Indication Panel (AIP):

lift the handset from the cradle.

the symbol comes on.

push and hold the PTT pushbutton switch and speak


into the headset

the symbol goes off.

In the cabin:
. the announcement is heard from all the passenger and
the lavatory loudspeakers.
At the headsets of the related PCU:
. the music program is cancelled and the announcement
is heard at channels 3 to 12 with the headset.
. the related channel comes on, on the PCU channel
display.
6.At the FWD attendant station:
. release the PTT pushbutton switch.

AES

At the forward AIP:


. the symbol comes on.

23-33-00 PB501

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION

RESULT
At the related PCU:
.
.

7.On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:


.

push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane switch for the


boarding music.

select a channel with the membrane switch SEL.

the music program is heard at the related channel with


the headset.
the related channel comes on, on the PCU channel
display.

On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:

.
.

the MUSIC ON/OFF integral light on the membrane


switch comes on.
the related channel comes on, on the boarding-music
channel display.

In the cabin:
. the boarding music is heard from all the passenger and
the lavatory loudspeakers.

8.On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, prerecorded


announcement section:
. press the membrane switch ENTER frequently until
the cursor is at MEMO 1 position.
.

push the membrane switch 1 and ENTER to set the


MEMO 1/ announcement 1.

push the START ALL membrane switch.

At the related PCU:


. the related music channel is heard.
On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, prerecorded announcement
section:

the MEMO 1 display shows 001.

the cursor moves to the MEMO 2 display.

after not many seconds the READY light comes on.

In the cabin:
. the prerecorded announcement 1 is heard from all the
passenger and the lavatory loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:
. the prerecorded announcement 1 is heard at all channels
with the headset.
. the related channel comes on, on the PCU channel
display.

9.At the FWD attendant station:

At the FWD Attendant Indication Panel (AIP):

lift the handset from the cradle.

the symbol comes on.

push and hold the PTT pushbutton switch and speak


into the headset

the symbol goes off.

In the cabin:
. the prerecorded announcement 1 is cancelled and the
announcement from the FWD attendant station is heard
from all the passenger and the lavatory loudspeakers.
At the headsets of the related PCU:
. the prerecorded announcement 1 is cancelled and the
announcement from the FWD attendant station is heard
at all channels with the headset.

AES

23-33-00 PB501

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION

10.In the cockpit on the handset 130RH:

RESULT
the related channel comes on, on the PCU channel
display.
At the AIP 320RH:

.
.

lift the handset from the cradle.


push and hold the PTT pushbutton switch and speak
into the handset.

the PA ALL IN USE message comes on.

In the cabin:
. the announcement from the FWD attendant station is
cancelled and the handset announcement from the
cockpit is heard from all the passenger and the lavatory
loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:
. the announcement from the FWD attendant station is
cancelled and the handset announcement from the
cockpit is heard on channels 3 to 12 with the headset.
.

11.In the cockpit on the handset 130RH:

the selected channel comes on, on the PCU channel


display.
At the AIP 320RH:

release the PTT pushbutton switch and put the


handset back into the cradle.
12.At the FWD attendant station:
. release the PTT pushbutton switch and put the
handset back into the cradle.
13.On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:

On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:

push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane switch.

the PA ALL IN USE message goes off.

At the AIP 320RH:


. the symbol goes off.

the MUSIC ON/OFF integral light on the membrane


switch goes off.

At the related PCU:


. the music program is heard from channels 3 to 12 with
the headset.
. the related channel comes on, on the PCU channel
display.
14.At the selected PCU:
. disconnect the headsets from the PCU.
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-33-00-710-052-AD
B.

Operational Test of the PES


NOTE :

Make sure that in the avionic compartment the cassettes are installed in the tape reproducer 10MK
(Ref. TASK 23-33-00-860-001-A).

NOTE :

Make sure that the headsets that are used with the Passenger Control Unit (PCU) are available.

ACTION
1.On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:

RESULT
On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:

AES

push the PES ON/OFF membrane switch.

the PES ON/OFF integral light on the membrane


switch comes on.

23-33-00 PB501

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
2.On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH:
.
.
.
.

push the membrane switches in the sequence:


DSPL ON
SYSTEM TEST
CONT frequently until PES MUSIC comes into view

PES MUSIC

3.At each PCU:


. connect the headset to the each PCU and select
channels 3 to 10 in turn.

RESULT
On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH:

.
.
At
.
.

change the audio volume at each selection.

4.At the PCUs of two selected seat rows:


. connect a headset to the PCU
. select one channel between 3 and 10.

WAIT FOR RESPONSE comes into view,


wait until TEST OK comes into view.
each PCU:
the music program is heard from channels 3 to 10 with
the headset.
the selected channel comes on, on the PCU channel
display.
the volume of the music changes.

At the selected PCUs:


.
.

the music program is heard at the selected channel with


the headset.
the selected channel comes on, on the PCU channel
display.

5.At the FWD attendant station:

At the FWD Attendant Indication Panel (AIP):

lift the handset from the cradle.

the symbol comes on.

push and hold the PTT pushbutton switch and speak


into the headset

the symbol goes off.

In the cabin:
. the announcement is heard from all the passenger and
the lavatory loudspeakers.
At the headsets of the selected PCUs:
. the music program is cancelled and the announcement
is heard at channels 3 to 10 with the headset.
. the selected channel comes on, on the PCU channel
display.
6.At the FWD attendant station:
. release the PTT pushbutton switch.

At the forward AIP:


. the symbol comes on.
At the selected PCUs:
.
.

7.On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:


.

push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane switch for the


boarding music.

select a channel with the membrane switch SEL.

On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:

.
.

AES

the music program is heard at the selected channel with


the headset.
the selected channel comes on, on the PCU channel
display.

the MUSIC ON/OFF integral light on the membrane


switch comes on.
the selected channel comes on, on the boarding-music
channel display.

23-33-00 PB501

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION

8.On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, prerecorded


announcement section:
. press the membrane switch ENTER frequently until
the cursor is at MEMO 1 position.
.

push the membrane switch 1 and ENTER to set the


MEMO 1/ announcement 1.

push the START ALL membrane switch.

RESULT
In the cabin:
. the boarding music is heard from all the passenger and
the lavatory loudspeakers.
At the selected PCUs:
. the selected music channel is heard.
On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, prerecorded announcement
section:

the MEMO 1 display shows 001.

the cursor moves to the MEMO 2 display.

after not many seconds the READY light comes on.

In the cabin:
. the prerecorded announcement 1 is heard from all the
passenger and the lavatory loudspeakers.
At the selected PCUs:
. the prerecorded announcement 1 is heard at all channels
with the headset.
. the selected channel comes on, on the PCU channel
display.

9.At the FWD attendant station:

At the FWD Attendant Indication Panel (AIP):

lift the handset from the cradle.

the symbol comes on.

push and hold the PTT pushbutton switch and speak


into the headset

the symbol goes off.

In the cabin:
. the prerecorded announcement 1 is cancelled and the
announcement from the FWD attendant station is heard
from all the passenger and the lavatory loudspeakers.

10.In the cockpit on the handset 130RH:


. lift the handset from the cradle.
. push and hold the PTT pushbutton switch and speak
into the handset.

At the headsets of the selected PCUs:


. the prerecorded announcement 1 is cancelled and the
announcement from the FWD attendant station is heard
at all channels with the headset.
. the selected channel comes on, on the PCU channel
display.
At the AIP 320RH:
.

the PA ALL IN USE message comes on.

In the cabin:
. the announcement from the FWD attendant station is
cancelled and the handset announcement from the
cockpit is heard from all the passenger and the lavatory
loudspeakers.

AES

23-33-00 PB501

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION

RESULT
At the selected PCUs:
. the announcement from the FWD attendant station is
cancelled and the handset announcement from the
cockpit is heard on channels 3 to 10 with the headset.
. the selected channel comes on, on the PCU channel
display.
At the AIP 320RH:
. the PA ALL IN USE message goes off.

11.In the cockpit on the handset 130RH:


. release the PTT pushbutton switch and put the
handset back into the cradle.
12.At the FWD attendant station:
. release the PTT pushbutton switch and put the
handset back into the cradle.
13.On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:

On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:

push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane switch.

At the AIP 320RH:


. the symbol goes off.

the MUSIC ON/OFF integral light on the membrane


switch goes off.

At the selected PCUs:


. the music program is heard from channels 3 to 10 with
the headset.
. the selected channel comes on, on the PCU channel
display.
14.At the selected PCUs:
. disconnect the headsets from the PCU.
5.

Close-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-860-054-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.


(1)

De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001-A).

(2)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

23-33-00 PB501

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
Task 23-33-00-820-001-A
Adjustment of the DIP - Switch Positions of the Main Multiplexer
FIN 8MK
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
23-33-31-000-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Passenger Entertainment System Main Multiplexer

23-33-31-400-001-A

Installation of the Passenger Entertainment System Main Multiplexer

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-010-052-A
A.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Remove the main multiplexer (Ref. TASK 23-33-31-000-001-A).

(2)

Remove the screws with the washers and remove the cover from the main multiplexer.

Procedure
Subtask 23-33-00-820-050-AC
A.

Adjustment of the DIP - Switch Positions of the Main Multiplexer


(1)

DSW
DSW
DSW
DSW
DSW
5.

SWITCH
1
2
3
4
5

Make sure that the DIP - switches are set as listed in the table below, adjust them if necessary:
1
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF

2
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF

3
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON

4
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF

5
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF

6
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF

7
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
N.E.

8
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
N.E.

Close-up
Subtask 23-33-00-410-052-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the cover with the screws and washers to the main multiplexer.

(3)

Install the main multiplexer (Ref. TASK 23-33-31-400-001-A).

23-33-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT (PCU) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION


** On A/C ALL
Task 23-33-12-000-001-A
Removal of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
WARNING : ISOLATE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FROM THE RELATED EQUIPMENT AND THE ENVIRONMENT.
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
** On A/C 005-099

QTY

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

B.

DESIGNATION
CAP - BLANKING
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-12-991-00100-S - Passenger Control Unit)

DESIGNATION

(Ref. Fig. 23-33-12-991-00100-AH - Passenger Control Unit)


3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-12-865-061-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PED
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL

53HP
24MK
23MK
21MK

B03
D03
D02
D01

2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
22MK

D05
D04

AES

23-33-12 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-12-865-054-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PED
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL

53HP
24MK
23MK
21MK

B03
D03
D02
D01

2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
22MK

D05
D04

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-12-865-057-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PED
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL

53HP
24MK
23MK
21MK

B03
D03
D02
D01

2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
22MK

D05
D04

4.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-12-991-00100-S - Passenger Control Unit)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-12-991-00100-AH - Passenger Control Unit)
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-33-12-020-051-B
A.

AES

Removal of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU).


(1)

Loosen the screw (2) from the Passenger Control Unit (PCU) (1).

(2)

Carefully lift the PCU (1) to get access to the electrical connector(s).

23-33-12 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Disconnect the electrical connector(s) (3).

(4)

Remove the PCU (1) from the seat armrest.

(5)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected elctrical connectors.

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-33-12-020-051-F
A.

AES

Removal of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU)


(1)

Loosen the captive screw (3) from the PCU (1) until the hook (2) is unlocked.

(2)

Carefully lift the PCU (1) to get access to the electrical connector(s) (4).

(3)

Disconnect the electrical connector(s) (4).

(4)

Remove the PCU (1) from the seat armrest.

(5)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

23-33-12 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
EXAMPLE OF TRIPLE SEAT

EXAMPLE OF TRIPLE SEAT

200MK

201MK

EXAMPLE

B
2

N_MM_233312_4_AAE0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-12-991-00100-S SHEET 1


Passenger Control Unit

23-33-12 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

EXAMPLE OF TRIPLE SEAT

EXAMPLE OF TRIPLE SEAT

200MK

201MK

A
EXAMPLE

N_MM_233312_4_ABJ0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-12-991-00100-AH SHEET 1


Passenger Control Unit

23-33-12 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-33-12-400-001-A
Installation of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
WARNING : ISOLATE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FROM THE RELATED EQUIPMENT AND THE ENVIRONMENT.
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
23-33-00-740-002-A

DESIGNATION
BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) with the
Programming and Test Panel (PTP)

23-73-00-861-001-A

Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

(Ref. Fig. 23-33-12-991-00100-S - Passenger Control Unit)


(Ref. Fig. 23-33-12-991-00100-AH - Passenger Control Unit)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-12-865-055-A
A.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PED
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL

53HP
24MK
23MK
21MK

B03
D03
D02
D01

2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
22MK

D05
D04

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-12-865-060-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU

PED

53HP

B03

AES

23-33-12 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

DESIGNATION
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL

24MK
23MK
21MK

FIN
D03
D02
D01

LOCATION

2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
22MK

D05
D04

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-12-865-062-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PED
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL

53HP
24MK
23MK
21MK

B03
D03
D02
D01

2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
22MK

D05
D04

4.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-12-991-00100-S - Passenger Control Unit)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-12-991-00100-AH - Passenger Control Unit)
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-33-12-420-052-B
A.

AES

Installation of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU)


(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

(4)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(5)

Connect the electrical connector(s) (3).

(6)

Carefully put the PCU (1) in the correct position.

(7)

Install the PCU (1) with the screw (2).

23-33-12 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-33-12-420-052-E
A.

Installation of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU)


(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(4)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(5)

Connect the electrical connector(s) (4).

(6)

Carefully install the PCU (1) in the seat armrest and make sure that the notch (5) is correctly engaged.

(7)

Carefully turn the captive screw (3) a quarter turn clockwise to engage the hook (2).

(8)

Turn the captive screw (3) until the PCU (1) is tightly installed in the armrest.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-12-865-056-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PED
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL

53HP
24MK
23MK
21MK

B03
D03
D02
D01

2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
22MK

D05
D04

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-12-865-063-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PED
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL

53HP
24MK
23MK
21MK

B03
D03
D02
D01

2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
22MK

D05
D04

AES

23-33-12 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-12-861-050-A
D.

Energize the Cabin Intercommunication System CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001-A).

Subtask 23-33-12-710-051-A
E.
5.

Do the BITE test of the PES (music) (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002-A).

Close-up
Subtask 23-33-12-942-051-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.


(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

23-33-12 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

MULTIPLEXER - PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM, MAIN


- REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-33-31-000-001-A
Removal of the Passenger Entertainment System Main Multiplexer
FIN 8MK
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

128
824

ZONE DESCRIPTION
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
52-41-00-010-002-A

DESIGNATION
Open the Avionics Compartment Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 23-33-31-991-00100-A - PES Main Multiplexer)


3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-31-010-050-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 824 in zone
128.

(2)

Open the access door (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-002-A) 824.

Subtask 23-33-31-865-050-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):


PANEL

123VU

DESIGNATION
BUS 2/210XP/SPLY

7XN2

FIN
AF02

LOCATION

SHED BUS/218XP/220XP SPLY

28XN

AC02

** On A/C 005-099
123VU

AES

23-33-31 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU

PES MUSIC CTL

21MK

D01

4.

Procedure

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-31-991-00100-A - PES Main Multiplexer)
Subtask 23-33-31-020-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Main Multiplexer PES


(1)

Loosen the nut (3).

(2)

Lower the nut (3).

(3)

Pull the multiplexer (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical connectors (1).

(4)

Remove the multiplexer (5) from its rack (2).

(5)

Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors (1).

23-33-31 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
FR24A
FR20

ACCESS
DOOR 824

A
80VU
8MK

88VU

1
5

6 (IF NECESSARY)

3
N_MM_233331_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-31-991-00100-A SHEET 1


PES Main Multiplexer

23-33-31 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-33-31-400-001-A
Installation of the Passenger Entertainment System Main Multiplexer
FIN 8MK
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

128
824

ZONE DESCRIPTION
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT

C.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
6

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
23-33-08-02-015

DISK COMPACT
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
23-33-00-740-002-A

DESIGNATION
BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) with the
Programming and Test Panel (PTP)

** On A/C 003-004
23-33-00-820-001-A

Adjustment of the DIP - Switch Positions of the Main Multiplexer

52-41-00-010-002-A

Open the Avionics Compartment Doors for Access

52-41-00-410-002-A

Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access

3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-31-860-050-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.

(2)

Make sure that the access door 824 is open (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-002-A).

Subtask 23-33-31-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

123VU

AES

DESIGNATION
BUS 2/210XP/SPLY

FIN
7XN2

LOCATION
AF02

23-33-31 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
** On A/C 005-099
123VU

DESIGNATION
SHED BUS/218XP/220XP SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

28XN

AC02

** On A/C 003-004 006-099


2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU

PES MUSIC CTL

21MK

D01

4.

Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-31-420-050-A
A.

Installation of the PES Main Multiplexer


(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1).

(4)

Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are clean and in the correct condition.

(5)

Install the multiplexer (5) on its rack (2).

(6)

Push the multiplexer (5) on its rack (2) to connect the electrical connectors (1).

(7)

Engage the nut (3) on the lug (4) and tighten.

Subtask 23-33-31-865-052-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

123VU

DESIGNATION
BUS 2/210XP/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

7XN2

AF02

SHED BUS/218XP/220XP SPLY

28XN

AC02

** On A/C 005-099
123VU

** On A/C 003-004 006-099


2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU

PES MUSIC CTL

21MK

D01

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-31-820-050-A
C.

Do the configuration procedure of the main multiplexer:


. with the Dual In-line Package (DIP)
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. TASK 23-33-00-820-001-A), and/or
. with the (IPC-CSN 23-33-08-02) DISK COMPACT (6) , or
. with the Programmable System Control-Unit (23-33-00 P.Block 301).

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-31-740-050-A
D.

AES

Do the BITE test of the PES Main Multiplexer (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002-A).

23-33-31 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 23-33-31-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002-A).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

23-33-31 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX (SEB) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION


** On A/C ALL
Task 23-33-46-000-001-A
Removal of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
WARNING : ISOLATE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FROM THE RELATED EQUIPMENT AND THE ENVIRONMENT.
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD
THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
AR SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-46-991-00100-B - Seat Electronic Box)

DESIGNATION

(Ref. Fig. 23-33-46-991-00100-C - Seat Electronic Box)


3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-46-991-00100-B - Seat Electronic Box)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-46-991-00100-C - Seat Electronic Box)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-46-865-053-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
PES VIDEO-CTL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

21MH

C01

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU

PED
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

53HP
21MH

B03
C02

AES

23-33-46 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

DESIGNATION
PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL

20MH
24MK
23MK
21MK

FIN
C01
D03
D02
D01

LOCATION

2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
22MK

D05
D04

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-46-865-056-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PED
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL

53HP
24MK
23MK
21MK

B03
D03
D02
D01

2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
22MK

D05
D04

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-46-865-062-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
PES VIDEO-CTL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

21MH

C01

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU

PED
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

53HP
21MH

B03
C02

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL

20MH
24MK
23MK
21MK

C01
D03
D02
D01

2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
22MK

D05
D04

AES

23-33-46 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-46-991-00100-B - Seat Electronic Box)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-46-991-00100-C - Seat Electronic Box)
Subtask 23-33-46-020-051-A
A.

Removal of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)


(Ref. Fig. 23-33-46-991-00100-C - Seat Electronic Box)
(1)

Release the quick release fasteners (6) and remove the protective cap (7).

CAUTION :

MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU DISCONNECT
THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

(2)

Remove the spring latches (2) and disconnect the electrical connectors (4).

(3)

Disconnect the electrical connectors (5).

(4)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(5)

Carefully loosen the nylatches (3) and remove the SEB (1).

NOTE:
1. At the end of the WDB-SEB-lines the SEB ends with a termination
plug connected to the SEB connector J2. If a related SEB is
removed, remove the termination plug.
2. The SEB connector J4 is not used on A320.
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-33-46-020-051-B
A.

Removal of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)


(1)

Release the quick release fasteners (5) and remove the protective cap (6).

CAUTION :

MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU DISCONNECT
THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

(2)

Remove the spring latches (2) and disconnect all the electrical connectors (4).

(3)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(4)

Carefully loosen the nylatches (3) and remove the SEB (1).

NOTE:
1. At the end of the WDB-SEB-lines the SEB ends with a termination
plug connected to the SEB connector J2. If a related SEB is
removed, remove the termination plug.

AES

23-33-46 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE:
2. The SEB connector J4 is not used.

AES

23-33-46 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
EXAMPLE OF
TRIPLE SEAT

A
EXAMPLE

B
A
100MK

5
6

C
1

4
1

4
3

4
N_MM_233346_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-46-991-00100-B SHEET 1


Seat Electronic Box

23-33-46 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
EXAMPLE OF
TRIPLE SEAT

A
EXAMPLE
100MK

B
C
6
1

J4

J5

J6

J
3

J2

J4

J5

J6

2
J1

4
N_MM_233346_4_AAA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-46-991-00100-C SHEET 1


Seat Electronic Box

23-33-46 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-33-46-400-001-A
Installation of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
23-33-00-740-002-A

DESIGNATION
BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) with the
Programming and Test Panel (PTP)

23-73-00-861-001-A

Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

23-73-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

(Ref. Fig. 23-33-46-991-00100-B - Seat Electronic Box)


(Ref. Fig. 23-33-46-991-00100-C - Seat Electronic Box)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-46-991-00100-B - Seat Electronic Box)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-46-991-00100-C - Seat Electronic Box)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-46-865-054-A
A.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
PES VIDEO-CTL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

21MH

C01

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU

PED
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

53HP
21MH

B03
C02

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL

20MH
24MK
23MK
21MK

C01
D03
D02
D01

2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
22MK

D05
D04

AES

23-33-46 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-46-865-057-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PED
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL

53HP
24MK
23MK
21MK

B03
D03
D02
D01

2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
22MK

D05
D04

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-46-865-063-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
PES VIDEO-CTL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

21MH

C01

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU

PED
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

53HP
21MH

B03
C02

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL

20MH
24MK
23MK
21MK

C01
D03
D02
D01

2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
22MK

D05
D04

4.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-46-991-00100-B - Seat Electronic Box)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-46-991-00100-C - Seat Electronic Box)

AES

23-33-46 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 23-33-46-420-051-A
A.

Installation of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)


(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Carefully install the SEB (1) and lock the nylatches (3).

NOTE:
1.At the end of the WDB-SEB-lines the SEB has to be ended with a
termination plug. If a related SEB is installed, connect the
termination plug to SEB connector J2.
2.The SEB connector J4 is not used on A320.
(4)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

CAUTION :

REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU CONNECT
THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

(5)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(6)

Connect the electrical connectors (4) to the related SEB connectors and fasten with the spring latches
(2).

(7)

Connect the electrical connector (5) to the related SEB SEAT connector.

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-33-46-420-051-B
A.

Installation of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)


(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Carefully install the SEB (1) and lock the nylatches (3).

NOTE:
1.At the end of the WDB-SEB-lines the SEB has to be ended with a
termination plug. If a related SEB is installed, connect the
termination plug to SEB connector J2.
2.The SEB connector J4 is not used.
(4)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

CAUTION :

AES

REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU CONNECT
THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

(5)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(6)

Connect the electrical connectors (4) to the related SEB connectors and fasten with the spring latches
(2).

23-33-46 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-46-865-058-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
PES VIDEO-CTL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

21MH

C01

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU

PED
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

53HP
21MH

B03
C02

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL

20MH
24MK
23MK
21MK

C01
D03
D02
D01

2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
22MK

D05
D04

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-46-865-055-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PED
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL

53HP
24MK
23MK
21MK

B03
D03
D02
D01

2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
22MK

D05
D04

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-46-860-050-A
D.

Preparation for the Test


(1)

Energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001-A).

Subtask 23-33-46-710-051-A
E.

AES

Do the BITE test of the PES (music) (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002-A).

23-33-46 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-33-46-410-050-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001-A)

(2)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(3)

Install the protective cap (7) with the quick release fasteners (6).

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-33-46-410-050-B
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001-A)

(2)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(3)

Install the protective cap (6) with the quick release fasteners (5).

23-33-46 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

WALL DISCONNECT BOX (WDB) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION


** On A/C ALL
Task 23-33-47-000-001-A
Removal of the Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
WARNING : ISOLATE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FROM THE RELATED EQUIPMENT AND THE ENVIRONMENT.
FIN 50MK1, 50MK2, 50MK3, 50MK4, 50MK5, 50MK6
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
25-23-44-000-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)

(Ref. Fig. 23-33-47-991-00100-J - Wall Disconnect Box)


(Ref. Fig. 23-33-47-991-00100-Q - Wall Disconnect Box)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-47-991-00100-J - Wall Disconnect Box)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-47-991-00100-Q - Wall Disconnect Box)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-47-865-053-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
PES VIDEO-CTL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

21MH

C01

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU

PED
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

53HP
21MH

B03
C02

2000VU
2000VU

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH

20MH
24MK

C01
D03

AES

23-33-47 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

DESIGNATION
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL

23MK
21MK

FIN
D02
D01

LOCATION

2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
22MK

D05
D04

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-47-865-056-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
PES VIDEO-CTL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

21MH

C01

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU

PED
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

53HP
21MH

B03
C02

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL

20MH
24MK
23MK
21MK

C01
D03
D02
D01

2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
22MK

D05
D04

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-47-010-050-A
C.
4.

Remove the lower sidewall panel in the area of the related WDB (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001-A).

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-47-991-00100-J - Wall Disconnect Box)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-47-991-00100-Q - Wall Disconnect Box)
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-33-47-020-052-D
A.

AES

Removal of the Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)


(1)

Release the pins (13) and remove the protective cap (12) in front of the related WDB (1).

(2)

Release the spring latches (11) and disconnect the electrical connectors (2).

(3)

Release the spring latches (11) and disconnect the termination plug(s) (3) if installed.

23-33-47 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (2) and the termination plug(s) (3).

(5)

Remove the screws (7) and the washers (8).

(6)

Remove the screw (9) and the washer (8) if installed.

(7)

Remove the cable support (10) if installed.

(8)

Remove the protective cover (14).

(9)

Carefully lift the wall disconnect box and remove the insulation strip (15).

(10) Carefully remove the WDB (1).


** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-33-47-020-052-G
A.

AES

Removal of the Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)


(1)

Release the pins (13) and remove the protective cap (12) in front of the related WDB (1).

(2)

Release the spring latches (11) and disconnect the electrical connectors (2).

(3)

Release the spring latches (11) and disconnect the termination plug(s) (3), if installed.

(4)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (2), the termination plug(s) (3) and the
WDBs (1).

(5)

Remove the screws (7) and the washers (8).

(6)

Remove the cable support assembly, if installed:


(a)

Remove the screw (9) and the washer (8).

(b)

Remove the cable support (10).

(c)

Remove the spacers (16) and (17).

(7)

Remove the protective cover (14).

(8)

Carefully lift the WDB (1) and remove the insulation strip (15).

(9)

Carefully remove the WDB (1).

23-33-47 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
50MK6

50MK4

50MK5

A
FR56

FR55

50MK3

A
FR42

FR41

50MK1

LH SHOWN
RH MIRROR IMAGE

EXAMPLE

50MK2
FR27

FR26

7
14
7

8
10

12
13

D
D

15

N_MM_233347_4_AACA_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-47-991-00100-J SHEET 1


Wall Disconnect Box

23-33-47 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

C
14
7

7
8

14
7

7
8

12
13

12
13

D
E

D
15

15

EXAMPLE

EXAMPLE

11

11
N_MM_233347_4_AACA_02_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-47-991-00100-J SHEET 2


Wall Disconnect Box

23-33-47 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

50MK6

50MK4

50MK5

A
FR56

50MK3

FR55

A
FR42

50MK1

FR41

50MK2

8
7
8

FR27
FR26

10
7
8

16

14

17

A
EXAMPLE
LH SHOWN
RH OPPOSITE

12

13

D
D

15

1
N_MM_233347_4_AAKA_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-47-991-00100-Q SHEET 1


Wall Disconnect Box

23-33-47 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

10

7
10

14

16

7
8

14

16
17

17

12
13

12
13

D
D

D
D

15
15

E
E

EXAMPLE

EXAMPLE

11

11
3

2
N_MM_233347_4_AAKA_02_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-47-991-00100-Q SHEET 2


Wall Disconnect Box

23-33-47 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-33-47-400-001-A
Installation of the Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
FIN 50MK1, 50MK2, 50MK3, 50MK4, 50MK5, 50MK6
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
23-33-00-740-002-A

DESIGNATION
BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) with the
Programming and Test Panel (PTP)

23-73-00-861-001-A

Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

23-73-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

25-23-44-400-001-A

Installation of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)

(Ref. Fig. 23-33-47-991-00100-J - Wall Disconnect Box)


(Ref. Fig. 23-33-47-991-00100-Q - Wall Disconnect Box)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-47-991-00100-J - Wall Disconnect Box)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-47-991-00100-Q - Wall Disconnect Box)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-47-865-054-A
A.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
PES VIDEO-CTL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

21MH

C01

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU

PED
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

53HP
21MH

B03
C02

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL

20MH
24MK
23MK
21MK

C01
D03
D02
D01

2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT

25MK

D05

AES

23-33-47 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
2000VU

DESIGNATION
PES MUSIC AFT

FIN
22MK

LOCATION
D04

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-47-865-059-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
PES VIDEO-CTL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

21MH

C01

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU

PED
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

53HP
21MH

B03
C02

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL

20MH
24MK
23MK
21MK

C01
D03
D02
D01

2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
22MK

D05
D04

4.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-47-991-00100-J - Wall Disconnect Box)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-47-991-00100-Q - Wall Disconnect Box)
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-33-47-420-050-J
A.

Installation of the Wall Disconnect Box (WBD).


(1)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.
(a)

(2)

Remove the blanking caps from the termination plug (3) and the WDB connector J1.

(3)

Carefully install the termination plug (3) to the WDB connector J1 and fasten with the spring latches
(11).
(a)

(4)

AES

FOR 50MK5 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX)

FOR 50MK6 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX)

Remove the blanking caps from the termination plug (3) and the WDB connector J4.

23-33-47 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

Carefully install the termination plug (3) to the WDB connector J4 and fasten with the spring latches
(11).
(a)

FOR 50MK1 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX), 50MK2 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX), 50MK3
(WALL DISCONNECT BOX), 50MK4 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX)

(6)

Put the insulation strip (15), the WDB (1) and the protective cover (14) carefully into position.

(7)

Install the WDB (1) with the washers (8) and the screws (7).

(8)

Put the cable support (10) in position on top of the WDB (1) and install the washer (8) and the screw
(9).
(a)

(9)

FOR 50MK5 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX), 50MK6 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX)

Put the insulation strip (15), the WDB (1) and the protective cover (14) carefully into position.

(10) Install the WDB (1) with the washers (8) and the screws (7).
(a)

FOR 50MK1 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX), 50MK2 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX), 50MK3
(WALL DISCONNECT BOX), 50MK4 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX), 50MK5 (WALL
DISCONNECT BOX), 50MK6 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX)

(11) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2) and the respective WDB connectors.
(12) Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the WDB (1) and fasten with the spring latches (11).
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-33-47-420-050-N
A.

Installation of the Wall Disconnect Box (WBD).


(1)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.
(a)

(2)

Remove the blanking caps from the termination plug (3) and the WDB connector J4.

(3)

Carefully install the termination plug (3) to the WDB connector J4 and fasten the termination plug (3)
with the spring latches (11).

(a)

AES

FOR 50MK5 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX), 50MK6 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX)

FOR 50MK1 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX), 50MK2 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX), 50MK3
(WALL DISCONNECT BOX), 50MK4 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX), 50MK5 (WALL
DISCONNECT BOX), 50MK6 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX)

(4)

Put the insulation strip (15), the WDB (1) and the protective cover (14) carefully into position.

(5)

Install the WDB (1) with the washer (8) and the screw (7).

(6)

Put the spacers (17 and 16) and the cable support (10) in position on top of the WDB (1) and install
the washer (8) and the screw (9).

(7)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2) and the respective WDB connectors.

23-33-47 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8)

Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the WDB (1) and fasten the electrical connectors (2) with the
spring latches (11).

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-47-865-061-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
PES VIDEO-CTL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

21MH

C01

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU

PED
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

53HP
21MH

B03
C02

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL

20MH
24MK
23MK
21MK

C01
D03
D02
D01

2000VU
2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT


PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
22MK

D05
D04

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-47-865-055-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
PES VIDEO-CTL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

21MH

C01

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU

PED
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

53HP
21MH

B03
C02

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL

20MH
24MK
23MK
21MK

C01
D03
D02
D01

2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT

22MK

D04

AES

23-33-47 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-47-865-060-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
PES VIDEO-CTL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

21MH

C01

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU
2000VU

PED
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

53HP
21MH

B03
C02

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL

20MH
24MK
23MK
21MK

C01
D03
D02
D01

2000VU

PES MUSIC AFT

22MK

D04

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-47-860-050-A
E.

Preparation for the Test


(1)

Energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001-A).

Subtask 23-33-47-710-051-A
F.
5.

Do the BITE test of the PES (music) (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002-A).

Close-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-47-991-00100-J - Wall Disconnect Box)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-47-991-00100-Q - Wall Disconnect Box)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-47-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(3)

Install the protective cap (12) with the pins (13).

(4)

Install the related lower sidewall panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-001-A).

23-33-47 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

REPRODUCER - PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION


** On A/C ALL
Task 23-33-52-000-001-A
Removal of the PES Reproducer
FIN 10MK
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

128
824

ZONE DESCRIPTION
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-52-991-00100-A - PES Reproducer)
3.

DESIGNATION

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-52-865-050-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU

PES MUSIC CTL

21MK

D01

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-52-010-050-A
B.

AES

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 824 in zone
128

(2)

Open the access door 824.

23-33-52 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-52-991-00100-A - PES Reproducer)
Subtask 23-33-52-020-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of the PES Reproducer


(1)

Loosen the nuts (3).

(2)

Lower the nuts (3).

(3)

Pull the reproducer (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical connectors (1).

(4)

Remove the reproducer (5) from the rack (2).

(5)

Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors (1).

23-33-52 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
FR24A
RF20

ACCESS
DOOR 824

A
80VU
10MK

B
88VU

B
1
1
5

4
3
N_MM_233352_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-33-52-991-00100-A SHEET 1


PES Reproducer

23-33-52 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-33-52-400-001-A
Installation of the PES Reproducer
FIN 10MK
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

128
824

ZONE DESCRIPTION
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
23-33-00-740-002-A

DESIGNATION
BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) with the
Programming and Test Panel (PTP)

52-41-00-410-002-A

Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access

(Ref. Fig. 23-33-52-991-00100-A - PES Reproducer)


3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-52-860-050-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.

(2)

Make sure that the access door 824 is open.

Subtask 23-33-52-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU

PES MUSIC CTL

21MK

D01

4.

Procedure

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-52-991-00100-A - PES Reproducer)

AES

23-33-52 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 23-33-52-420-050-A
A.

Installation of the PES Reproducer


(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1).

(4)

Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are in the correct condition.

(5)

Install the reproducer (5) on its rack (2).

(6)

Engage the nuts (3) on the lugs (4) and tighten.

Subtask 23-33-52-865-052-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES MUSIC-CTL

21MK

D01

2000VU

PES MUSIC CTL

21MK

D01

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-52-740-050-A
C.
5.

Do the BITE test of the PES Reproducer (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002-A).

Close-up
Subtask 23-33-52-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002-A).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

23-33-52 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT (DIU) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION


** On A/C ALL
Task 23-34-34-000-001-A
Removal of the Digital Interface Unit (DIU)
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

128
824

ZONE DESCRIPTION
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-34-34-991-00100-A - Digital Interface Unit)
3.

DESIGNATION

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-34-34-865-056-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 006-099
2000VU

DESIGNATION
PES/PFIS

FIN
189MH

LOCATION
G09

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-34-34-010-050-A
B.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 824 in zone
128.

(2)

Open the access door 824.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 23-34-34-991-00100-A - Digital Interface Unit)

AES

23-34-34 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 23-34-34-020-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Digital Interface Unit


(1)

Loosen the nuts (3).

(2)

Lower the nuts (3).

(3)

Pull the Digital Interface Unit (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical connectors (1).

(4)

Remove the Digital Interface Unit (5).

(5)

Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors (1).

23-34-34 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
FR24A
FR20
ACCESS
DOOR 824

A
80VU

190MH

88VU

B
1

3
N_MM_233434_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-34-34-991-00100-A SHEET 1


Digital Interface Unit

23-34-34 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-34-34-400-001-A
Installation of the Digital Interface Unit (DIU)
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

Work Zones and Access Panels


ZONE/ACCESS

128
824

ZONE DESCRIPTION
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
52-41-00-410-002-A

DESIGNATION
Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access

(Ref. Fig. 23-34-34-991-00100-A - Digital Interface Unit)


3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-34-34-860-050-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.

(2)

Make sure that the access door 824 is open.

Subtask 23-34-34-865-059-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

PANEL
** On A/C 006-099
2000VU
4.

DESIGNATION
PES/PFIS

FIN
189MH

LOCATION
G09

Procedure

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 23-34-34-991-00100-A - Digital Interface Unit)
Subtask 23-34-34-420-050-A
A.

AES

Installation of the Digital Interface Unit


(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1).

23-34-34 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are in the correct condition.

(5)

Install the Digital Interface Unit (5) on its rack (2).

(6)

Engage the nuts (3) on the studs (4) and tighten.

Subtask 23-34-34-865-053-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 006-099
2000VU

DESIGNATION
PES/PFIS

FIN
189MH

LOCATION
G09

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-34-34-610-050-A
C.

Do the procedure to update the DIU database software (Ref. AMM 23-34-00-610-001) .

Subtask 23-34-34-710-050-A
D.
5.

Do the operational test of the passenger visual information-system (Ref. AMM 23-34-00-710-001) .

Close-up
Subtask 23-34-34-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002-A).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

23-34-34 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - DESCRIPTION AND


OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.

General
The Passenger Entertainment System (PES) video gives prerecorded video programs through the Liquid Crystal
Display (LCD) monitors. The LCD monitors are installed in the cabin as Hatrack Mounted Display Units (HMDU)
100MH.
The video sound is supplied to the PES music (Ref. 23-33-00-00) and the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00-00). Passengers can hear the video sound through the Passenger Control Units (PCU) over
the related headset, which are a part of the PES music. The video sound, heard from the cabin loudspeakers is sent
through the CIDS.

AES

23-36-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

Component Location

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-12500-V - Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-13100-AH - Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component Location (Sheet 2/2))
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
!
FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
! PANEL!ZONE!ACCESS !
ATA
!
!
!
! DOOR !
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------11MH
SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT
221
23-36-34
12MH
VIDEO TAPE REPRODUCER
221
23-36-52
50MH1
TAPPING UNIT
221
23-36-00
50MH2
TAPPING UNIT
222
23-36-00
50MH3
TAPPING UNIT
231
23-36-00
50MH4
TAPPING UNIT
232
23-36-00
50MH5
TAPPING UNIT
241
23-36-00
50MH6
TAPPING UNIT
242
23-36-00
50MH7
TAPPING UNIT
241
23-36-00
50MH8
TAPPING UNIT
242
23-36-00
50MH9
TAPPING UNIT
251
23-36-00
50MH10
TAPPING UNIT
252
23-36-00
50MH11
TAPPING UNIT
251
23-36-00
50MH12
TAPPING UNIT
252
23-36-00
50MH13
TAPPING UNIT
251
23-36-00
50MH14
TAPPING UNIT
252
23-36-00
100MH1
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT
221
23-36-22
100MH2
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT
222
23-36-22
100MH3
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT
221
23-36-22
100MH4
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT
222
23-36-22
100MH5
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT
231
23-36-22
100MH6
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT
232
23-36-22
100MH9
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT
241
23-36-22
100MH10
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT
242
23-36-22
100MH13
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT
241
23-36-22
100MH14
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT
242
23-36-22
100MH17
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT
251
23-36-22
100MH18
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT
252
23-36-22
100MH21
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT
251
23-36-22
100MH22
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT
252
23-36-22
100MH25
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT
251
23-36-22
100MH26
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT
252
23-36-22
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-12500-BU - Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-13100-DF - Display Units of the PES Video - Component Location)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
!
FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
! PANEL!ZONE!ACCESS !
ATA
!
!
!
! DOOR !
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------11MH
SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT
221
23-36-34

AES

23-36-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
12MH
13MH
50MH1
50MH2
50MH3
50MH4
50MH5
50MH6
50MH7
50MH8
50MH9
50MH10
50MH11
50MH12
50MH13
50MH14
100MH1
100MH2
100MH5
100MH6
100MH9
100MH10
100MH11
100MH12
100MH13
100MH14
100MH17
100MH18
100MH21
100MH22
100MH25
100MH26

AES

VIDEO TAPE REPRODUCER 1


VIDEO TAPE REPRODUCER 2
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY

UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT

221
221
221
222
231
232
241
242
241
242
251
252
251
252
251
252
221
222
231
232
241
242
241
242
241
242
251
252
251
252
251
252

23-36-52
23-36-52
23-36-00
23-36-00
23-36-00
23-36-00
23-36-00
23-36-00
23-36-00
23-36-00
23-36-00
23-36-00
23-36-00
23-36-00
23-36-00
23-36-00
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22

23-36-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3.

System Description
A.

Description of the installed Systems


** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-15500-A0 - Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Block Diagram)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-15500-D0 - Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Block Diagram)
** On A/C 003-004
(1) General
The PES video has the subsequent primary units:
.
.
.
.
.

one System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH installed in the video control center in the first FWD overhead
stowage compartment on the LH side of the cabin,
one Video Tape Reproducer (VTR) 12MH installed in the video control center,
one cassette storage installed in the video control center,
14 tapping units 50MH installed in the passenger-compartment lateral walls,
16 Hatrack Mounted Display Units (HMDU) 100MH with retracting mechanism installed in the
passenger-compartment lateral hatracks.

The VTR1 12MH replays prerecorded video programs. The video program signal is sent through the SCU
11MH to the HMDU 100MH.
The video program sound is connected through the SCU to the PES music Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK
and the CIDS directors 101RH and 102RH. Passengers can hear the video program after selection of
channel 1 thru 4 on the PCU 200MK with the related headset. The video program sound, heard from the
cabin loudspeakers is sent through the CIDS.
A ground signal from the cabin decompression sensor is connected to the SCU 11MH. In the event of a
rapid cabin decompression the SCU 11MH controls the retraction of all HMDU 100MH.
** On A/C 005-099
(2) General
The PES video has the subsequent primary units:
. the System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH is installed in the Video Control Center (VCC) 10MH
. two Video Tape Reproducers (VTR) 12MH and 13MH are installed in the VCC
. one prewired mounting plate with a cassette storage is installed in the VCC
. 14 Tapping Units (TU) 50MH are installed in the passenger-compartment lateral walls
. 16 Hatrack Mounted Display Units (HMDU) 100MH with retracting mechanism are installed in the
passenger-compartment lateral hatracks.
The VTR1 12MH and VTR2 13MH replay prerecorded video programs. The video program signal is sent
through the SCU 11MH to the HMDU 100MH. The video program sound is connected through the SCU to
the PES music Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK and the CIDS directors 101RH and 102RH.
Passengers can hear the video program sound after selection of channel 1 or 2 on the PCU with the related
headset. The video program sound which the passengers hear from the cabin loudspeakers is sent through
the CIDS.
A ground signal from the cabin decompression sensor is connected to the SCU 11MH. If a rapid cabin
decompression occurs the SCU 11MH retracts all HMDUs 100MH and the PES video is de-energized.

AES

23-36-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
(3) Functions
The PES video is mainly controlled and operated by the SCU through menu-guided screen indications. Thus
a special touch-screen is used. Also the touch-screen is used to preview the selected video program and to
control the VTR 1.
(a) System Test
The BITE does an automatic test of the system during power on.
** On A/C 005-099
(4) Functions
The PES video is normally controlled and operated by the SCU.
The SCU also controls the operation of the VTR 12MH, the VTR 13MH and the HMDUs 100MH.
(a) Tapping Units Function
The tapping units supply the HMDUs 100MH directly with electrical power, control data and video
signals.
(b) System Test
The BITE does an automatic test of the system during power on.

AES

23-36-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
4.

Power Supply

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-17600-AB - Power Supply - Schematic)
The normal busbar 210XP- B supplies 115 V AC to the PES video through the circuit breakers 21MH, 22MH and
23MH.
The SCU and the VTR(s) are supplied through the circuit breaker 21MH.
The HMDUs installed on the LH passenger-compartment side are supplied through the circuit breaker 22MH and the
related tapping units. The HMDUs installed on the RH passenger-compartment side are supplied through the circuit
breaker 23MH and the related tapping units.
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C 005-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-17600-DN - Power Supply - Schematic)
** On A/C 006-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-17600-EM - Power Supply - Schematic)
** On A/C 005-099
The PES video is supplied with 28VDC through this circuit breaker:
. 20MH - PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN
The PES video is supplied with 115VAC through these circuit breakers:
. 21MH - PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC
. 22MH - PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH
. 24MH - PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH.

AES

23-36-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
5.

Component Description
A.

Installed Components
** On A/C 003-004
(1) System Control Unit (SCU)
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-19600-B - System Control Unit (SCU).)
(a) General
1

The SCU is installed in the video control center in the passenger-compartment most forward LH
lateral hatrack. It permits the control of the PES video through a special touch-screen and
pushbutton switches found on the front of the unit.

(b) Electrical Connections


1

Electrical connections are made through the prewired mounting plate 10MH to connectors on the
back of the unit.
Video and audio input data from the VTR are connected to connector J1B. CIDS related data
such as ARINC 429 data, audio data and system power are connected to connector J1C. PES
music related data are connected to connector J1C (audio data) and J1A (video keylines). The
cabin decompression is connected to connector J1A.

(c) Function
The function of the SCU is to control and operate the PES video (Ref. Para. 6. Operation).
(d) Control Elements

AES

SYST PWR Pushbutton Switch


When you push the SYST PWR pushbutton switch the integral light and the screen comes on.
Also power is sent to the VTR.

5-inch LCD (Touch-Screen)


A 5-inch LCD is installed to preview the selected video program and shows special touch-screen
related indications. The surface of the LCD has 12 segments of transparent membrane switches
(touch-screen) which are used to select different system functions and operation procedures (Ref.
Para. 6. Operation).

ENTER EXEC Pushbutton Switch


When you push the ENTER EXEC pushbutton switch all functions set through the touch-screen
are done.

ENTER PREV Pushbutton Switch


When you push the ENTER PREV pushbutton switch the set video program is shown on the
screen without cabin presentation. The video program sound is heard over a headset connected to
the MONITOR jack.

ENTER MENU Pushbutton Switch


When you push the ENTER MENU pushbutton switch the initial menu is shown on the screen.

BRIGHT Control Knob


The BRIGHT control knob sets the screen brightness.

PA VOLUME MIN/MAX Control Knob


When the PA function is set the PA VOLUME MIN/MAX control knob controls the volume from
the cabin loudspeakers.

23-36-00 PB001

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
8

PA CH1/CH2 Switch
When the PA function is set the PA CH1/CH2 switch sets the VTR audio channels which are
sent to the CIDS and are heard from the cabin loudspeakers.

MONITOR Jacks
The SCU has two types of jacks to connect a stethoscopic or an electrical headset. The jacks are
used to monitor the video program sound when the preview function is set.

** On A/C 005-099
(2) System Control Unit (SCU)
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-19600-E - System Control Unit (SCU))
(a) General
1

The SCU is installed in the video control center. The SCU contains a computer which receives the
aircraft zone configuration from the CIDS director(s). The SCU receives its commands from the
front panel with the aid of:
. A program on a PCMCIA memory card in a slot (changes of the program are possible)
. The special membrane switches.

(b) Electrical connections


1

Electrical connections are made through connectors on the back of the SCU.
. The connector for the video input data from the VTR(s) is connected to connector J1.
. Video output data and control data are sent through connector J2 to the LH and RH tapping
unit lines.
. The connector for the audio input/output data are connected to the connector J3.
. The connector for the system power and the control data are connected to the connector J4.
. The connector for the RS485 serial data is connected to the connector J5.

(c) Control Elements


The SCU has the subsequent operation controls:
1

A MASTER POWER pushbutton switch with integral light comes on when the SCU is energized.

A SYSTEM TEST/PASS LED comes on when the self test is completed.

A SYSTEM TEST/FAIL LED comes on when a self test error occurs.

An audio jack for the control of the PES Video sound.

A PREVIEW monitor section.

A four inch color LCD.

A MENU pushbutton switch to set the preview mode, the video/audio control mode or the Airshow/PRAM control mode.

A PREVIEW SELECT pushbutton switch - sets the video source to preview on the monitor and
the associated audio channel.

A VTR indicator comes on when the VTR is selected.

10 A PRI indicator comes on when the PRI is selected.


11 A SEC indicator comes on when the SEC is selected.
12 A digital display shows the video source.
13 MODE SELECT section.
a

AES

A MODE SELECT membrane switch sets the AUTO mode, the MANUAL mode or the ALL
ZONES mode.

23-36-00 PB001

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
b

An AUTO LED comes on when the AUTO mode is selected.

A MANUAL LED comes on when the MANUAL mode is selected.

An ALL ZONES LED comes on when the ALL ZONES mode is selected.

14 AUTO PROGRAM section.


a

A START membrane switch starts the AUTO PROGRAM mode.

A STOP membrane switch stops the AUTO PROGRAM mode.

A START LED comes on when the AUTO PROGRAM mode is selected.

A STOP LED comes on when the AUTO PROGRAM mode is selected.

15 A key pad operates the screen menu.


16 MANUAL CONTROL board, ALL ZONES.
a

An ON/OFF/PWR membrane switch to turn on all video displays.

A PWR LED comes on during the power up of the ON/OFF/PWR membrane switch.

A SOURCE/SEL membrane switch sets the video source to be displayed on all the video
monitors and the associated audio channel.

A VTR indicator comes on when VTR is selected.

A PRI indicator comes on when PRI is selected.

A SEC indicator comes on when SEC is selected.

A digital display shows the video source.

An ON/OFF/PWR membrane switch turns the PA for all zones on.

A PA LED comes on when the ON/OFF/PWR membrane switch is selected.

17 MANUAL CONTROL board, VTR CONTROL.


The VTR can be controlled from the SCU.
a

A SEL membrane switch when selected, controls the related VTR in the STOP, REW, PLAY
or FF mode.

A digital display shows the selected VTR.

A STOP membrane switch stops the tape cassette.

A STOP LED comes on when the VTR stops.

A REW membrane switch rewinds the tape cassette.

A REW LED comes on when the VTR rewinds.

A PLAY membrane switch starts the tape cassette playing.

A PLAY LED comes on when the VTR plays.

A FF membrane switch runs the tape cassette fast forward.

A FF LED comes on when the VTR runs fast forward.

18 ETI meter
The ETI meter is a multi digit Elapse Time Indicator which can not be reset. It shows the total
time of operation for the video system.

AES

23-36-00 PB001

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
(3) Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-20300-D - Video Tape Reproducer (VTR))
(a) General
1

A compact, lightweight, front-loading cassette reproducer with six audio outputs is installed in the
video control center.

Electrical connections are made through connector J1 on the rear of the unit. All input/output
data from/to the SCU are connected through the prewired mounting plate 10MH to connector J1.

(b) Control Elements


1

On the front panel of the VTR are:


. the mementary - action push switches STOP, REW (rewind), PLAY, FF (fast forward), and
EJECT,
. the indicator lights POWER, TAPE IN and STANDBY

The SCU touch-screen permits control of the VTR functions REW, PLAY, FF and STOP.

(c) Description
1

The VTR uses a rotary playback system with three pairs of heads and has a forward speed of
23,39 mm/sec in PAL mode or 33,35 mm/ses in NTSC mode. An automatic rewind is provided.

A high density, 1/2 in. width VHS/S-VHS cassette tape is used to provide approximately 120
minutes of prerecorded video program. For video-program sound distribution two magnetic audio
sound-tracks for dual language or stereo programming are used.

The subsequent video signal color formats are automatically set.


.
.

PAL
NTSC

(d) Random-Access Tape Operation


When a programmed tape is used the VTR reads the data recorded at the start of the tape. These
data contain information about the programmed tape segments. When these data are read by the
VTR, the operator can set the program segments through a special procedure on the SCU touch-screen
(Ref. Para. 6. Operation).
(e) Loading/Unloading
To load the VTR, insert the video cassette into the access door with the labeled side up and the lid on
the lefthand side. To unload the VTR, push the STOP switch to stop the movement of the cassettes.
To remove the cassette, push the EJECT switch.
** On A/C 005-099
(4) Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-20300-J - Video Tape Reproducer (VTR))
Two identical VTRs, 12MH and 13MH, serve the system. Either one can be used to reproduce the contents
of a video. Therefore the subsequent paragraph describes the function of only one VTR.
(a) General

AES

The VTR is a hi-band video 8 unit with front loading, random access, segment auto-stop or repeat
functions.

Electrical connections are made through connector J1 on the rear of the unit. 115VAC, 28VDC
and all input/output data from/to the SCU are connected through the prewired mounting plate
10MH to connector J1.

23-36-00 PB001

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) Control Elements
1

On the front panel of the VTR are:


.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

the control membrane switches REW (rewind), PLAY, FF (fast forward) and STOP,
the cassette access door and the EJECT membrane switch,
the random access function pad with 10 numeric keys, PROG (program), CLR (clear), ENTR
(enter), VERI (verify), PROG STOP (program stop), READY and START pushbutton
switches,
the selector switch for the RANDOM ACCESS or the MOVIE positions,
the selector switch for the REPEAT, the SEGMENT or the NORMAL positions,
the OPERATING MODE SELECT display,
the tape counter (segment/program order) display and the COUNTER indicator,
the RESET pushbutton switch,
green POWER ON, PLAY and CASSETTE IN indicator lights,
amber FF, REW, EJECT, STOP, PAUSE and PROG STOP indicator lights.
orange FAIL and WAIT indicator lights.

(c) Description
1

The VTR uses a rotary twin-head helical playback system. The cassette can be wound fast
forward. An automatic rewind is provided.

A normal 8mm SP mode tape or a Hi-8 SP mode tape can be used to provide approximately 120
minutes of prerecorded video program. For video-program sound an AFM monoaural or a PCM 2
channel option can be used.

The video signal is the NTSC color standard.

(d) Loading/Unloading
1

To load the VTR insert the cassette cartridge into the access door with the arrow pointing
towards the VTR.
To unload the VTR push the STOP pushbutton switch to stop the movement of the cassette. To
remove the cassette push the EJECT pushbutton switch.

** On A/C ALL
(5) Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-21300-I - Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU))
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-21300-D - Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU))
(a) General
1

16 HMDU with retraction mechanisms are installed in the passenger-compartment lateral


hatracks.

Electrical connections are made through two connectors on the top of the unit. 115VAC, 28VDC
and control data are connected to connector J1. The video signal is connected to connector J2.

(b) Description
The HMDU have color LCD-sections and retraction mechanisms. A retraction mechanism extends and
retracts the LCD-section of a HMDU.
The HMDU are turned ON or OFF individually. This is controlled through the SCU.

AES

23-36-00 PB001

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
(6) Tapping Unit
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-22000-A - Tapping Unit)
(a) General
1

7 tapping units are installed along each passenger-compartment lateral wall. Each tapping unit has
an interface for a maximum of 2 HMDU.

Electrical connections are made through 4 connectors. The first tapping unit of each data-line
receives the video and control data sent from the SCU and 115VAC through connector J2. The
same data is connected through connector J3 to the next tapping unit input-connector J2. The
last tapping unit ends with a termination plug connected to connector J3.

(b) Function
Video and control data sent from the SCU are connected to a related display unit through the tapping
units. Each tapping unit has an 8-bit internal DIP-switch to give a unique address to the unit. This
enables the SCU to control each HMDU individually.
** On A/C 005-099
(7) Tapping Unit
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-22000-C - Tapping Unit)
(a) General
1

7 tapping units are installed along each passenger-compartment lateral wall. Each tapping unit has
an interface with a maximum of 2 HMDUs.

Electrical connections are made through 4 connectors. The first tapping unit of each data-line
receives the video and control data sent from the SCU and 115 V AC through connector J2. The
same data is connected through connector J3 to the adjacent tapping unit input-connector J2.
The last tapping unit ends with a termination plug connected to connector J3.

(b) Function
Video and control data sent from the SCU are connected to a related display unit through the tapping
units.

AES

23-36-00 PB001

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
6.

Operation
A.

Operation of the PES Video


** On A/C 003-004
(1) Energization
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-26100-A - SCU Power-on and Initial Menu)
(a) The PES video is supplied with power when the busbars are energized and the circuit breakers are
closed.
(b) The SCU and the VTR are energized when the SYST PWR pushbutton switch on the SCU is pushed.
Then the initial menu is shown on the SCU touch-screen.
(c) The HMDUs are energized through the SCU touch-screen (Ref. Para. 6.A.(3)).
(2) Video Program Preview Function
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-26500-A - Video Program Preview Function - Activation)
(a) General
The video program preview function lets the operator preview a set video program on the SCU screen
without cabin presentation.
(b) Activation
1

When the system is energized and a cassette is inserted into the VTR the initial menu is shown on
the SCU screen. To set the preview function, push the PREV pushbutton switch. Now all
operational procedures are guided through special information and indications on the SCU touchscreen.

To preview the VTR 1 video program, touch the VIDEO 1 indication. The screen changes and the
operational symbols of the VTR (REW, PLAY, FF and STOP) are shown. You can control the
VTR 1 through these touch-screen symbols. To start the VTR, touch the PLAY symbol. The VTR
then starts to operate and the video program plus the operational symbols are shown on the SCUscreen. The video program sound is heard over a headset connected to the MONITOR jack.

(c) To stop the preview function, touch the STOP symbol on the SCU screen. To get the initial menu,
push the MENU pushbutton switch on the SCU.
(3) Normal System Operation
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-26800-A - Normal Operation - Menu Selection)
(a) General
During normal system operation the VTR 1 video program can be set for cabin presentation with or
without audio sound distribution through the cabin loudspeakers. You can control the VTR 1 with the
SCU touch-screen.
(b) Activation

AES

When the system is energized and a cassette is inserted into the VTR the initial menu is shown on
the SCU screen. The initial menu shows the aircraft symbol, the VIDEO 1 and the PA indication.

To show the VTR 1 video program in the cabin with video sound distribution through the cabin
loudspeakers, touch the aircraft symbol, the VIDEO 1 and the PA indications on the SCU touchscreen in sequence.

To do these settings push the EXEC pushbutton switch on the SCU. The VTR 1 starts to operate
and the HMDUs move down out of the hatracks and show the set video program. The video
sound is heard over the headset connected to the PCU when channel 1 or 2 is selected and from
the cabin loudspeakers.

23-36-00 PB001

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4

The audio sound level heard from the cabin loudspeakers is set with the PA VOLUME MIN/MAX
control knob on the SCU.

To stop the video presentation, touch the OFF indication on the SCU touch-screen. The VTR 1
stops and rewinds to the start position and the HMDUs move back into the hatracks. The SCU
screen shows the initial menu.

(4) Special System Operation


(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-27100-A - Random-Access Tape Operation - Example (Sheet 1/2))
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-27400-A - Random-Access Tape Operation - Example (Sheet 2/2))
(a) General
The SCU provides a random-access tape operation-function when a video cassette is used which
contains programmed video-segment data at the start of the tape. These data are automatically read
by the VTR 1 when a programmed cassette is inserted.
The data contains information about tape segments recorded on the tape (location and duration).
Each tape segment has a unique number for segment identification. The SCU provides a special menuguided operational procedure to preset tape segments.
(b) Activation
1

When the system is energized and a programmed cassette is inserted into the VTR the initial
menu is shown on the SCU screen. The initial menu shows the aircraft symbol, the VIDEO 1 and
the PA indication.

To use the random-access tape operation-function, touch the aircraft symbol and the VIDEO 1
indication on the touch-screen. All the subsequent settings are menu-guided and self-explained.
They are shown in Fig. Random-Access Tape Operation - Example. This figure shows an example
how to preset tape segment #1 with sound distribution in the cabin and subsequently tape
segment #3 without sound distribution in the cabin.

(5) Decompressurization
If a rapid cabin decompression occurs a ground signal from the cabin decompression sensor is sent to the
SCU. The SCU then controls the retraction of all HMDUs and the PES video is de-energized.
** On A/C 005-099
(6) Energization
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-25800-R - Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Interconnection)
(a) The PES video is supplied with power, when:
. The busbars are energized.
. The circuit breakers are closed.
(b) The SCU, VTR1 12MH and the VTR 2 13MH are energized when:
. The MASTER POWER pushbutton switch on the SCU is pushed (the light in the MASTER
POWER pushbutton switch is on).
. The SCU does not receive a cabin decrompression signal.
(c) When the system is energized, the green PASS LED of the SYSTEM TEST is on and the cassettes are
inserted into the VTRs. Open the door of the MANUAL CONTROL on the SCU (downto the right).
You control and operate all functions of the system from the SCU.
(7) Video-Program Preview Function
(a) General
The video program preview function lets the operator preview a set video program on the SCU screen
without cabin presentation.

AES

23-36-00 PB001

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) Activation
1

To preview the VTR 1 12MH video program, push repeatedly the MENU membrane switch for
the selection of the PREVIEW mode.
Push the PREVIEV SELECT membranen switch until the PREVIEV SELECT display shows 1 and
connect a headset to the MONITOR AUDIO connector on the SCU.
In the VTR CONTROL area push the SEL membrane switch until the SEL/VTR display shows 1
and push the PLAY membrane switch. The VTR 1 12MH video program is shown on the SCU
monitor.

To stop the preview, push the STOP membrane switch in the VTR CONTROL area.

To preview the VTR 2 13MH video program, push repeatedly the PREVIEV SELECT membranen
switch until the PREVIEV SELECT display shows 2.
In the VTR CONTROL area push the SEL membrane switch until the SEL/VTR display shows 2
and push the PLAY membrane switch. The VTR 2 13MH video program is shown on the SCU
monitor.

To stop the preview function, push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch.

(8) Normal System Operation


(a) General
During normal system operation the VTR video program can be set for cabin presentation with or
without audio sound through the cabin loudspeakers.
(b) Activation
1

To set the VTR 1 12MH as the video source, push the SEL membrane switch in the ALL ZONES
area until the VTR/AUX/SOURCE display shows 1.
In the VTR CONTROL area push the SEL membrane switch until the SEL/VTR display shows 1
and push the PLAY membrane switch.

To show the VTR video program in the cabin, push the PWR/ON/OFF membrane switch in the
ALL ZONES area. The HMDUs move down out of the hatracks and show the VTR 1 video
program. The video sound comes over the headset connected to the PCU when channel 1 or 2 is
selected.

To set the VTR 2 13MH as the video source, push the SEL membrane switch in the in the VTR
CONTROL area until the SEL/VTR display shows 2 and push the PLAY membrane switch.
Push the SEL membrane switch in the ALL ZONES area until the VTR/AUX/SOURCE display
shows 2. The HMDUs show the VTR 2 video program.

To hear the video sound in the cabin via the cabin loudspeakers, push the PA/ON/OFF
membrane switch.

To change the video sound level from the cabin loudspeakers, push the arrow up membrane
switche or arrow down membrane switche in the key pad section.

To cancel the video sound in the cabin loudspeakers, push the PA/ON/OFF membrane switch.

To stop the video presentation, push the the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch. The HMDUs
move back into the hatracks.

(9) Zone Control Function


(a) General
The cabin can be divided in up to two zones.

AES

23-36-00 PB001

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) Activation
1

To set the VTR 1 12MH as the video source in zone 1, push repeatedly the SEL membrane switch
in the VTR CONTROL area until the SEL/VTR display shows 1 and push the PLAY membrane
switch.

To show the VTR 1 video program in the zone 1, select following configuration via the on screen
menu with the arrow up and arrow down, and the SEL and the ENTER membrane switches:
ZN: 1
SRC:VTR 1
PA: 0
PWR:ON
The HMDU in zone 1 move down out of the hatracks and show the VTR 1 video program. The
video sound comes over the headset connected to the PCU when channel 1 or 2 is selected.

To set the VTR 2 13MH as the video source in zone 2, push repeatedly the SEL membrane switch
in the VTR CONTROL area until the SEL/VTR display shows 2 and push the PLAY membrane
switch.

To show the VTR 2 video program in the zone 2, select following configuration via the on screen
menu with the arrow up and arrow down, the SEL and the ENTER membrane switches:
ZN: 2
SRC:VTR 2
PA: 0
PWR:ON
The HMDU in zone 2 move down out of the hatracks and show the VTR 2 video program. The
video sound comes over the headset connected to the PCU when channel 1 or 2 is selected.

(10) Rapid Decompression


(a) In the event of a rapid cabin decompression a ground signal from the cabin decompression sensor is
sent to the SCU. The SCU then controls the retraction of all the retractable HMDUs. The video
program heard over cabin loudspeakers is cancelled until the emergency announcement is finished.

AES

23-36-00 PB001

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
F R 3 0/ 3 1
F R 2 3/ 2 4

F R 4 3/ 4 4
F R 3 7/ 3 8

F R 4 7/ 4 8 F R 5 8/ 5 9
F R 5 2/ 5 3

A
D
50MH1
(50MH2)

50MH5
50MH9
50MH13
(50MH6)
(50MH10)
(50MH14)
50MH3
50MH7
50MH11
(50MH4)
(50MH8)
(50MH12)

E
TAPPING UNIT
50MH

FR24

A
FR23

FR21

SECTION

DD

TAPPING UNIT 50MH

C
B
E

B
VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER
12MH

C
SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT 11MH

N_MM_233600_0_AAA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-36-00-12500-V SHEET 1


Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component
Location

23-36-00 PB001

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
F R 2 3/ 2 4

F R 3 0/ 3 1

F R 4 7/ 4 8
F R 5 8/ 5 9
F R 5 2/ 5 3

F R 3 7/ 3 8 F R 4 3/ 4 4

50MH1
(50MH2)

50MH5
(50MH6)

50MH9
(50MH10)

50MH3
(50MH4)

50MH7
(50MH8)

50MH13
(50MH14)
50MH11
(50MH12)

TAPPING UNIT
50MH

FR23

C
FR20

SECTION
TAPPING UNIT 50MH

DD

C
13MH

E
12MH

11MH

B
C
EXAMPLE

SYSTEM CONTROL
UNIT 11MH

VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER
12MH, 13MH

N_MM_233600_0_AMK0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-36-00-12500-BU SHEET 1


Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component
Location

23-36-00 PB001

Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

FR21

FR27

100MH1
(100MH2)

FR32 FR37

FR43

100MH5
(100MH6)

100MH13
(100MH14)

100MH3
(100MH4)

100MH9
(100MH10)

FR48

FR53

FR58

100MH21
(100MH22)

100MH17
(100MH18)

100MH25
(100MH26)

AA
SECTION
HMDU 100MH

B
HATRACK MOUNTED
DISPLAY UNIT 100MH

N_MM_233600_0_GUN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-36-00-13100-AH SHEET 1


Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component
Location (Sheet 2/2)

23-36-00 PB001

Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
100MH10
100MH6

100MH9

100MH2
100MH5

100MH26
FR34

100MH1

100MH22

FR29

100MH18

100MH25

100MH14
FR20

100MH21

FR65

FR21
100MH12

100MH17
FR58
100M13
FR54
100MH11
FR49

FR44
FR40

A
EXAMPLE
HATRACK MOUNTED
DISPLAY UNIT

FR34

N_MM_233600_0_GCP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-36-00-13100-DF SHEET 1


Display Units of the PES Video - Component Location

23-36-00 PB001

Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

AES

FIGURE 23-36-00-15500-A0 SHEET 1


Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Block Diagram

23-36-00 PB001
VIDEO CONTROL CENTER

PREWIRED
MOUNTING PLATE
10MH

12MH

VIDEO
TAPE
REPRODUCER 1

11MH

SYSTEM
CONTROL
UNIT

TO
CABIN
DECOMPRESSION
SENSOR

19WR

101RH

CIDS
DIR1

TU

TU

TU

HMDU

HMDU

HMDU

HMDU

HMDU

HMDU

TU

HMDU

TU

TU

HMDU

102RH

CIDS
DIR2

TU

HMDU

HMDU

HMDU

HMDU

HMDU

TU

HMDU

TU

110RH

PROG. AND
TEST PANEL

8MK

MAIN
MULTIPLEXER

HMDU

TU

2000VU

CIRCUIT
BREAKER
PANEL

TU

HMDU

TERMINATOR

TU

TU

TU

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

** On A/C 003-004

N_MM_233600_0_AXC0_01_00

Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

AES

FIGURE 23-36-00-15500-D0 SHEET 1


Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Block Diagram

23-36-00 PB001

10MH
VIDEO CONTROL CENTER

11MH

SYSTEM
CONTROL
UNIT

13MH

VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER 2

12MH

VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER 1

TU

HMDU

HMDU

TU

TU

HMDU

HMDU

TU

HMDU

TU

HMDU

HMDU

TU

HMDU

TU

HMDU

HMDU

TU

TU

HMDU

HMDU

TU

TU

HMDU

HMDU

TU

102RH

CIDS
DIRECTOR 2

101RH

CIDS
DIRECTOR 1

CABIN
COMPARTMENT
CONTROLLER

8MK

MAIN
MULTIPLEXER

2000VU

C/B
PANEL

TERMINATOR

TU

HMDU

HMDU

TU

TERMINATOR

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

** On A/C 005-099

N_MM_233600_0_ANH0_01_00

Page 22
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

SCU
11MH
21MH

VTR1
12MH

210XPB
115VAC
BUS
23MH
22MH
VIDEO CONTROL CENTER
10MH

HMDU
100MH1

HMDU
100MH5

HMDU
100MH9

HMDU
100MH13

HMDU
100MH17

HMDU

TU
50MH1

HMDU

HMDU

100MH3

100MH4

TU
50MH3

TU
50MH5

TU
50MH7

TU
50MH9

TU

100MH21 50MH11

HMDU

TU

100MH25 50MH13

TU
50MH2

TU
50MH4

TU
50MH6

TU
50MH8

TU
50MH10

TU

HMDU
100MH2

HMDU
100MH6

HMDU
100MH10

HMDU
100MH14

HMDU
100MH18

HMDU

50MH12 100MH22

TU
50MH14

HMDU
100MH26
N_MM_233600_0_AUU0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-36-00-17600-AB SHEET 1


Power Supply - Schematic

23-36-00 PB001

Page 23
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-005

SCU

208PP
28VDC
20MH

11MH
VTR1

210XPC
BUS
115VAC

12MH

21MH
210XPA
BUS
115VAC

VTR2
24MH

210XPB
BUS
115VAC

HMDU
100MH1

HMDU
100MH5

HMDU
100MH9

HMDU
100MH13

HMDU
100MH17

HMDU
100MH21

HMDU
100MH25

13MH

22MH

10MH
VIDEO CONTROL CENTER

800MH

TU

TU

50MH1

50MH2

TU

TU

50MH3

TU
50MH5

50MH4

HMDU

HMDU

100MH11

100MH12

TU
50MH7

TU
50MH9

TU
50MH11

TU
50MH13

TU
50MH6

TU
50MH8

TU
50MH10

TU
50MH12

TU
50MH14

HMDU
100MH2

HMDU
100MH6

HMDU
100MH10

HMDU
100MH14

HMDU
100MH18

HMDU
100MH22

HMDU
100MH26
N_MM_233600_0_AWF0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-36-00-17600-DN SHEET 1


Power Supply - Schematic

23-36-00 PB001

Page 24
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 006-099

SCU

212PP
28VDC
20MH

11MH
VTR1

220XPC
BUS
115VAC

12MH

21MH
220XPA
BUS
115VAC

VTR2
24MH

220XPB
BUS
115VAC

HMDU
100MH1

HMDU
100MH5

HMDU
100MH9

HMDU
100MH13

HMDU
100MH17

HMDU
100MH21

HMDU
100MH25

13MH

22MH

10MH
VIDEO CONTROL CENTER

800MH

TU

TU

50MH1

50MH2

TU

TU

50MH3

TU
50MH5

50MH4

HMDU

HMDU

100MH11

100MH12

TU
50MH7

TU
50MH9

TU
50MH11

TU
50MH13

TU
50MH6

TU
50MH8

TU
50MH10

TU
50MH12

TU
50MH14

HMDU
100MH2

HMDU
100MH6

HMDU
100MH10

HMDU
100MH14

HMDU
100MH18

HMDU
100MH22

HMDU
100MH26
N_MM_233600_0_AWN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-36-00-17600-EM SHEET 1


Power Supply - Schematic

23-36-00 PB001

Page 25
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

A
A

INTERFACE
CONNECTORS

N_MM_233600_0_BAN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-36-00-19600-B SHEET 1


System Control Unit (SCU).

23-36-00 PB001

Page 26
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

A
J3

J4

B
J5

J2

J1

N_MM_233600_0_BAB0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-36-00-19600-E SHEET 1


System Control Unit (SCU)

23-36-00 PB001

Page 27
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

ST

OP
ST

AN

DB

Y
RE

VI
PL

DE
AY

CA

SS

ET

FF

TE

PL

AY

ER

MA
EJ

CASSETTE

EC

J1

CONNECTOR

N_MM_233600_0_CAF0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-36-00-20300-D SHEET 1


Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)

23-36-00 PB001

Page 28
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

J1

INTERFACE CONNECTOR
N_MM_233600_0_CAD0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-36-00-20300-J SHEET 1


Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)

23-36-00 PB001

Page 29
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

N_MM_233600_0_DAC0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-36-00-21300-D SHEET 1


Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)

23-36-00 PB001

Page 30
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

A
J2
J1

N_MM_233600_0_DAK0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-36-00-21300-I SHEET 1


Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)

23-36-00 PB001

Page 31
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

N_MM_233600_0_EAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-36-00-22000-A SHEET 1


Tapping Unit

23-36-00 PB001

Page 32
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

J1

J2

J4

J3

N_MM_233600_0_EAB0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-36-00-22000-C SHEET 1


Tapping Unit

23-36-00 PB001

Page 33
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

VIDEO 1 CH 1
VIDEO 1 CH 2
VIDEO 2 CH 1
VIDEO 2 CH 2

PES
MAIN
MULTIPLEXER

FROM/TO
SEBS

VIDEO KEYLINE 1
VIDEO KEYLINE 2
DECOMPRESSION KEYLINE

FAULT DATA

ARINC 429 INPUT

FAULT DATA REQ

ARINC 429 OUTPUT


VIDEO SOUND 1
VIDEO SOUND 2

VIDEO SOUND
CIDS
DIR

TO DEUS
FAULT DATA
PROG &
TEST
PANEL

VIDEO KEYLINE 1
VIDEO KEYLINE 2

VIDEO DATA 1
VIDEO DATA 2
VIDEO SIGNAL 1
VIDEO SIGNAL 2
VIDEO SIGNAL 1
VIDEO SIGNAL 2
VIDEO DATA 1
VIDEO DATA 2

CFDS

BITE INITIALI
ZATION
SEAT LAYOUT DATA
FAULT DATA REQ
FROM/TO
LH TAPPING UNITS

FROM/TO
RH TAPPING UNITS

VTR 1 VIDEO IN
VTR 1 AUDIO CH 1
VTR 1 AUDIO CH 2
VTR 1 AUDIO CH 3
VTR 1 DATA

VTR 1

VTR 2 DATA
VTR 2 AUDIO CH 1
VTR 2 AUDIO CH 2
VTR 2 AUDIO CH 3
VTR 2 VIDEO IN

VTR 2

SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT

N_MM_233600_0_FAS0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-36-00-25800-R SHEET 1


Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Interconnection

23-36-00 PB001

Page 34
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

SYST PWR

A . SELECT VIDEO
ZONE(S)
B . SELECT VIDEO
SOURCE(S)
C . PRESS "PA"
IF DESIRED
(PRESS "CONT."
TO CONTINUE)

CONT.

VIDEO
PA

N_MM_233600_0_FCM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-36-00-26100-A SHEET 1


SCU Power-on and Initial Menu

23-36-00 PB001

Page 35
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

VIDEO
PA

PREV

PRESS VIDEO TO BE
PROGRAMMED OR
PREVIEWED

VIDEO

TOUCH "VIDEO 1" INDICATION

INSERT VIDEO
CASSETTE TAPE

VIDEO
REW

INSERT VIDEO TAPE

PLAY

FF

STOP

TOUCH "PLAY" SYMBOL

WAIT FOR VCP


TO READ DATA

VIDEO
REW

PLAY

FF

STOP

N_MM_233600_0_FDM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-36-00-26500-A SHEET 1


Video Program Preview Function - Activation

23-36-00 PB001

Page 36
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

INITIAL MENU
1. TOUCH "ZONE A" INDICATION
2. TOUCH "VIDEO 1" INDICATION
3. TOUCH "PA" INDICATION, IF DESIRED
VIDEO
PA

A. TO PLAY:
PRESS "EXEC"
BUTTON BELOW
B. TO SET PROGRAM
SEGMENTS OR
PREVIEW:
PRESS "PREV"
BUTTON BELOW

EXEC

OFF
VIDEO
PA

N_MM_233600_0_FEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-36-00-26800-A SHEET 1


Normal Operation - Menu Selection

23-36-00 PB001

Page 37
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
INITIAL MENU
1. TOUCH "ZONE A" INDICATION
2. TOUCH "VIDIO 1" INDICATION
VIDEO
PA

A. TO PLAY:
PRESS "EXEC"
BUTTON BELOW

PROG
SET

NONE

B. TO SET PROGRAM
SEGMENTS OR
PREVIEW:
PRESS "PREV"
BUTTON BELOW

PREV

E.G.: TOUCH "0" AND "1" INDICATION

PRESS VIDEO TO BE
PROGRAMMED OR
PREVIEWED

VIDEO

SELECT ONE:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.

"PA" AND/OR
"NEXT ENTRY"
"CLEAR ENTRY"
"ALL CLEAR"
"END"
CONT.

TOUCH "VIDEO 1" INDICATION

A. TO SET PROGRAM:
SELECT 2DIGIT
NUMBER
B. TO PREVIEW
FIRST PROGRAM:
SELECT "NONE"

TOUCH "CONT." INDICATION

PA

CLEAR ALL
ENTRY CLEAR

NONE

1
NEXT
ENTRY

CONT.

TOUCH "CONT." INDICATION


A

N_MM_233600_0_FFM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-36-00-27100-A SHEET 1


Random-Access Tape Operation - Example (Sheet 1/2)

23-36-00 PB001

Page 38
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

TOUCH "PA" INDICATION

PA

CLEAR ALL
ENTRY CLEAR

END

PA

CLEAR ALL
ENTRY CLEAR

END

PA
NEXT
ENTRY

TOUCH "NEXT ENTRY" INDICATION

PROG
SET

NONE

TOUCH "0" AND "3" INDICATION

NEXT
ENTRY

TOUCH "END" INDICATION

FOR PROGRAM IN
GREEN SQUARE:
A . TO PLAY SELECT
"EXEC"
B . TO PREVIEW SELECT
"PREV"
C . FOR NEXT PROG
OR STOP SELECT
"NEXT/OFF"
CONT.

TOUCH "CONT." INDICATION

SELECT ONE:

EXEC

A."PA" AND/OR
B."NEXT ENTRY"
C."CLEAR ENTRY"
D."ALL CLEAR"
E."END"

VIDEO
1

PA

PREV

NEXT
/OFF

CONT.

N_MM_233600_0_FGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-36-00-27400-A SHEET 1


Random-Access Tape Operation - Example (Sheet 2/2)

23-36-00 PB001

Page 39
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES


** On A/C 005-099
Task 23-36-00-100-002-A
Cleaning of the Video Tape Reproducer
FIN 12MH, 13MH
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
AR VIDEO - CLEANING TAPE

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-00-861-053-A
A.

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

Subtask 23-36-00-865-098-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL
** On A/C 005-005

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
2000VU

PES VIDEO CABIN RH


PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

24MH
21MH

C04
C02

2000VU

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN

20MH

C01

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-00-865-077-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL
** On A/C 005-005
2000VU

AES

DESIGNATION
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

FIN
24MH

LOCATION
C04

23-36-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU

DESIGNATION
PES VIDEO CABIN LH
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

22MH
21MH

FIN
C03
C02

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN

20MH

C01

2000VU
2000VU

PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
PES VIDEO CABIN RH/AFT

28MH
25MH

C07
C05

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-00-010-054-A
D.

Open the applicable overhead stowage compartment(s).

Subtask 23-36-00-860-069-A
E.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch from the SCU.


NOTE :

4.

Wait for a minimum of 3 minutes after the SCU power-on, then continue with the procedure.

Procedure
Subtask 23-36-00-160-051-A
A.

Clean the Video Head


CAUTION :

5.

DO NOT USE A CLEANING TAPE FOR MORE THAN 15 SECONDS. LONGER OPERATION OF
THE CLEANING TAPE WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE VIDEO HEAD.

(1)

Remove any installed video tape from the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR).

(2)

Put the VIDEO - CLEANING TAPE into the VTR and push the STOP membrane switch immediately.

(3)

Push the PLAY membrane switch.

(4)

After 15 seconds push the STOP membrane switch and the EJECT membrane switch.

(5)

Remove the cleaning tape from the VTR.

(6)

If you have removed a video tape, put it back into the related VTR.

Close-up
Subtask 23-36-00-410-056-A
A.

Close the applicable overhead stowage compartment(s).

Subtask 23-36-00-860-070-A
B.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.


(1)

Push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch from the SCU.

(2)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

23-36-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - SERVICING


** On A/C ALL
Task 23-36-00-100-001-A
Cleaning of the Monitor and Display Screens in the Cabin
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
AR STERILE GAUZE PAD

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 11-020

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
VISUAL DISPLAY UNIT ANTI-STATIC CLEANER
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Material No: 19-003


C.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power

24-42-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from the External Power

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-00-861-051-A
A.

4.

Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).

Procedure
Subtask 23-36-00-160-050-A
A.

Cleaning of the Monitors and Display Screens


CAUTION :

(1)

Get an LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) or a STERILE GAUZE PAD and moisten
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-020) .

(2)

Lightly rub the surface of the screen one time only.

(3)

Get a new piece of wadding or gauze soaked with the anti-static cleaner. Rub the surface of the screen
again to remove all the marks.
NOTE :

AES

USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE
MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

Use a new piece of wadding (or gauze) each time, because dust on the wadding (or gauze) can
cause scratches on the screen.

23-36-00 PB301

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Dry the screen with a clean wadding (or gauze). Rub the screen one time only with each new
piece of wadding (or gauze).

NOTE :

5.

Always make the pad moist, not the screen.


Rub the screen lightly. We recommend you mist the surface of the screen before you rub it with
the wadding (or gauze). This prevents scratches.
The more frequently you replace the wadding (or gauze) the faster and better is the cleaning.

Close-up
Subtask 23-36-00-862-051-A
A.

AES

De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).

23-36-00 PB301

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
Task 23-36-00-600-002-A
Configuration of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) with the Programmable System Control Unit
FIN 11MH
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-00-861-052-A
A.

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-02).

Subtask 23-36-00-860-067-A
B.

Open the applicable overhead stowage compartment(s).

Subtask 23-36-00-865-097-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL
** On A/C 005-005

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU

PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

21MH

C02

2000VU

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN

20MH

C01

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-00-865-078-A
D.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL
** On A/C 005-005

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU

PES VIDEO CABIN RH


PES VIDEO CABIN LH
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

24MH
22MH
21MH

C04
C03
C02

2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN

20MH

C01

2000VU

PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR

28MH

C07

AES

23-36-00 PB301

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
2000VU
4.

DESIGNATION
PES VIDEO CABIN RH/AFT

FIN
25MH

LOCATION
C05

Procedure
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-00-970-050-C
A.

Configuration of the Quantity from the Tapping Units

ACTION
1.On the System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH:

On the SCU 11MH:

push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch.

RESULT

.
.

the internal light of the MASTER POWER pushbutton


switch comes on,
all the LED come on while the SCU 11MH does the self
test of the system,
the green LED SYSTEM TEST/PASS comes on when
the self test is completed.

On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:


. the PROGRAMMABLE PSCU page comes into view.
NOTE :
.

Wait for a minimum of 3 minutes after the SCU


power-on, then continue with the procedure.
the AUTO MODE selection page comes into view.

2.On the SCU 11MH, MODE SELECT area:


. push and hold the membrane switch for 5 seconds.

On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:


. the MAINTENANCE MODE page comes into view.

3.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:

On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

push the 9 membrane switch four times,

push the ENTER the membrane switch.

4.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:


.
.

the MAINTENANCE MODE selection page comes into


view.
On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move .


the cursor to the item CONFIGURATION,
push the ENTER membrane switch.
.

5.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:

push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move .


the cursor to the item SVDU/MONITOR CONFIG,

push the ENTER membrane switch.

.
.
.
.

AES

the CONFIGURATION selection page comes into view.


the cursor moves to SVDU/MONITOR CONFIG,

the SVDU/MONITOR CONFIG selection page comes


into view.
On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move .


the cursor to the item SVDU CONFIG,
push the ENTER membrane switch.
.

7.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:

the cursor moves to CONFIGURATION,

On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

6.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:

the ENTER ID :9999 comes into view,

the cursor moves to SVDU CONFIG,


the SVDU CONFIG selection page comes into view.

On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move .


the cursor to the item PREDEFINED CONFIG,
push the ENTER membrane switch.
.

the cursor moves to PREDEFINED CONFIG,


the SVDU CONFIG/ENTER SYDU TABLE /(1-50)
page comes into view.

23-36-00 PB301

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
8.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:

RESULT
On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

push the up or down arrow membrane-switch for the


selection of the table 14,
push the ENTER membrane switch.

the item SVDU TABLE 14 comes into view,

This message comes into view:


. SVDU
INITIALIZATION
in
PROGRESS
XXX% COMPLETED
When the initialization process is completed:
. on the SVDU CONFIG page these messages come into
the view:
SVDU
INITIALIZATION
COMPLETED

9.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:

CHAIN A:07 SVDU


CHAIN B:07 SVDU
On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

push the CLEAR membrane switch again and again


until the AUTO MODE selection page comes into
view.
10.On the SCU 11MH:
. push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch.

the AUTO MODE selection page comes into view.

On the SCU 11MH:


. the internal light of the MASTER POWER pushbutton
switch goes off.
NOTE :

Wait for a minimum of 10 seconds after the SCU


power-off, then continue with the configuration.

Subtask 23-36-00-970-051-A
B.

Configuration of the Programmable System Control-Unit

ACTION
1.On the System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH:

On the SCU 11MH:

push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch.

RESULT

.
.

the internal light of the MASTER POWER pushbutton


switch comes on,
all the LED come on while the SCU 11MH does the self
test of the system,
the green LED SYSTEM TEST/PASS comes on when
the self test is completed.

On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:


. the PROGRAMMABLE PSCU page comes into view.
NOTE :
.
2.On the SCU 11MH, MODE SELECT area:
. push and hold the membrane switch for 5 seconds.

AES

Wait for a minimum of 3 minutes after the SCU


power-on, then continue with the procedure.
the AUTO MODE selection page comes into view.

On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:


. the MAINTENANCE MODE page comes into view.

23-36-00 PB301

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
3.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:

RESULT
On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

.
.

.
.

push the 9 membrane switch four times,


push the ENTER membrane switch.

4.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:


.
.

push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move .


the cursor to the item CONFIGURATION,
push the ENTER membrane switch.
.

5.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:


.
.

the ENTER ID :9999 comes into view,


the MAINTENANCE MODE selection page comes into
view.
On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

the CONFIGURATION selection page comes into view.

On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move .


the cursor to the item PSCU CONFIG,
push the ENTER membrane switch.
.

6.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:

the cursor moves to CONFIGURATION,

the cursor moves to PSCU CONFIG,


the PSCU CONFIG selection page comes into view with
this message:
VTR1/BCS1 YES or VTR1/BCS1 NO

On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

NOTE :
.
.
.

If the VTR1/BCS1 YES message comes into


view, continue at step 7.
push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move .
the cursor to the item NO,
push the SEL membrane switch,
.
push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move .
the cursor to the item VTR1/BCS1.

the cursor moves to NO,


NO is replaced with YES,
the cursor moves to VTR1/BCS1.

7.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:

On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

push the SEL membrane switch.

8.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:

the PSCU CONFIG selection page comes into view with


this message:
VTR2/BCS2 YES or VTR2/BCS2 NO

On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

NOTE :
.
.
.

If the VTR2/BCS2 YES message comes into


view, continue at step 9.
push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move .
the cursor to the item NO,
push the SEL membrane switch,
.
push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move .
the cursor to the item VTR2/BCS2.

the cursor moves to NO,


NO is replaced with YES,
the cursor moves to VTR2/BCS2.

9.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:

On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

push the SEL membrane switch.

10.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:

the PSCU CONFIG selection page comes into view with


this message:
VTR3/BCS3 NO or VTR3/BCS3 YES

On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

NOTE :
.

AES

If the VTR3/BCS3 NO message comes into


view, continue at step 11.
push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move .
the cursor to the item YES,

the cursor moves to YES,

23-36-00 PB301

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

.
.

ACTION
push the SEL membrane switch,

push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move .


the cursor to the item VTR3/BCS3.

RESULT
YES is replaced with NO,
the cursor moves to VTR3/BCS3.

11.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:

On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

push the SEL membrane switch.

12.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:

the PSCU CONFIG selection page comes into view with


this message:
VTR4/BCS4 NO or VTR4/BCS4 YES

On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

NOTE :
.
.
.

If the VTR4/BCS4 NO message comes into


view, continue at step 13.
push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move .
the cursor to the item YES,
push the SEL membrane switch,
.
push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move .
the cursor to the item VTR4/BCS4.

the cursor moves to YES,


YES is replaced with NO,
the cursor moves to VTR4/BCS4.

13.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:

On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

push the SEL membrane switch.

14.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:

the PSCU CONFIG selection page comes into view with


this message:
AMUX NO or AMUX YES
On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

NOTE :

If the AMUX NO message comes into view,


continue at step 15.
. push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move
the cursor to the item YES,
. push the SEL membrane switch,
. push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move
the cursor to the item AMUX.
15.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:

On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

push the SEL membrane switch.

16.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:

the cursor moves to YES,

.
.

YES is replaced with NO,


the cursor moves to AMUX.

the PSCU CONFIG page comes into view with this


message:
PRAM YES or PRAM NO
On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

NOTE :

If the PRAM YES message comes into view,


continue at step 17.
. push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move
the cursor to the item NO,
. push the SEL membrane switch,
. push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move
the cursor to the item PRAM.
17.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:

On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

AES

push the SEL membrane switch.

the cursor moves to NO,

.
.

NO is replaced with YES,


the cursor moves to PRAM.

the PSCU CONFIG page comes into view with this


message:
AIRSHOW YES or AIRSHOW NO

23-36-00 PB301

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
18.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:

RESULT
On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

NOTE :
.
.

If the AIRSHOW YES message comes into view,


continue at step 19.
push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move .
the cursor to the item NO,
push the SEL membrane switch,
.

the cursor moves to NO,


NO is replaced with YES.

push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move . the cursor moves to AIRSHOW.
the cursor to the item AIRSHOW.
19.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:
On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
.

push the ENTER membrane switch.

20.On the SCU 11MH:


. push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch.

on the PSCU CONFIG page these messages come into


the view:
COMPLETED

PLEASE
CYCLE POWER
On the SCU 11MH:
. the internal light of the MASTER POWER pushbutton
switch goes off.

Subtask 23-36-00-970-052-A
C.

Downloading from the Personal-Computer-Memory-Card International-Association (PCMCIA) card

ACTION
1.On the System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH:

On the SCU 11MH:

push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch.

RESULT

.
.

the internal light of the MASTER POWER pushbutton


switch comes on,
all the LED come on while the SCU 11MH does the self
test of the system,
the green LED SYSTEM TEST/PASS comes on when
the self test is completed.

On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:


. the PROGRAMMABLE PSCU page comes into view.
NOTE :

2.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:


.

push the CLEAR membrane switch.

Wait for a minimum of 3 minutes after the SCU


power-on, then continue with the procedure.
On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
.

the AUTO MODE selection page comes into view.

3.On the SCU 11MH, MODE SELECT area:


. push and hold the membrane switch for 5 seconds.

On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:


. the MAINTENANCE MODE page comes into view.

4.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:

On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

push the 9 membrane switch four times,

push the ENTER membrane switch.

5.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:


.

AES

the ENTER ID :9999 comes into view,

the MAINTENANCE MODE selection page comes into


view.
On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move .


the cursor to the item PC CARD/RSD,

the cursor moves to PC CARD/RSD,

23-36-00 PB301

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ACTION
push the ENTER membrane switch.

6.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:


.
.

RESULT
the PC CARD/RSD selection page comes into view.

On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move .


the cursor to the item PC CARD,
push the ENTER membrane switch.
.

the cursor moves to PC CARD,


the PC CARD selection page comes into view.

7.On the SCU 11MH:


On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
. push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move . the cursor moves to DOWNLOAD PC CARD,
the cursor to the item DOWNLOAD PC CARD,
. push the ENTER membrane switch.
. the DOWNLOAD PC CARD selection page comes into
view.
8.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:
On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
.
.
.

insert the PC card in the slot of the SCU,


push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move .
the cursor to the item FLIGHT INFORMATION,
push the ENTER membrane switch.
.

9.On the SCU 11MH:


. push the ENTER membrane switch.

the cursor moves to FLIGHT INFORMATION,


the DOWNLOAD FLIGHT INFO page comes into view.

On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:


. on the DOWNLOAD FLIGHT INFO page these
messages come into view:
WARNING:
DO NOT INTERRUPT
THIS PROCESS. DOING
SO WILL RENDER AUTO
MODE INOPERABLE
10% COMPLETED

When the download process is completed:


. on the DOWNLOAD FLIGHT INFO page these
messages come into view:
DOWNLOAD WAS
SUCCESSFUL

10.On the SCU 11MH:


. push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch
. wait for a minimum of 5 seconds after the SCU
power-off.
5.

PLEASE
CYCLE POWER
On the SCU 11MH:
. the integral light of the MASTER POWER pushbutton
switch goes off
. remove the PCMCIA card.

Close-up
Subtask 23-36-00-410-055-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

AES

Close the applicable overhead stowage compartment(s).

23-36-00 PB301

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 23-36-00-862-052-A
B.

AES

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-02).

23-36-00 PB301

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST


** On A/C ALL
Task 23-36-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video)
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR BOOMSET 600 OHMS

DESIGNATION

** On A/C 005-099
No specific
B.

AR

VIDEO - HI8 TEST TAPE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
23-33-00-740-002-A

DESIGNATION
BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) with the
Programming and Test Panel (PTP)

23-73-00-861-001-A

Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

23-73-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-991-00100-A - System Control Unit - Menus)


3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-36-00-860-050-C
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001-A).

(3)

Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) is energized (Ref. TASK
23-33-00-740-002-A).
NOTE :

(4)

AES

The maximum initialization time is up to 10 minutes which includes the CAM seat layout
transfer.

Pull out the door stops of the emergency oxygen containers and turn them to the TEST position.

23-36-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

Open the applicable overhead stowage compartment(s).

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-00-860-050-L
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration


(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001-A).

(3)

Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) is energized (Ref. TASK
23-33-00-740-002-A).
NOTE :

(4)

The maximum initialization time is up to 10 minutes which includes the CAM seat layout
transfer.

On all the emergency oxygen containers push the left hand side of the test lever on the door assembly,
until the over-center spring keeps the lever at 90 degrees to the door surface.
NOTE :

The test lever should stay in this position until manually set.

(5)

Get access to the Video Control Center (VCC).

(6)

Slide the door to get access to the MANUAL CONTROL board.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-00-865-076-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN

1WR

FIN
HA02

LOCATION

49VU

OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN

2WR

HA03

49VU

OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN

3WR

HA04

49VU

OXYGEN/PASSENGER/ACTUATION

7WR

HA08

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES VIDEO CABIN-RH


PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL

23MH
22MH
21MH

C03
C02
C01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU

PES VIDEO CABIN RH


PES VIDEO CABIN LH
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

24MH
22MH
21MH

C04
C03
C02

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN
PRAM
PRAM

20MH
2RX
2RX

C01
E01
E01

2000VU
2000VU

PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
PES VIDEO CABIN RH/AFT

28MH
25MH

C07
C05

2000VU
2000VU

CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM 2RX


CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM 2RX

** On A/C 003-004

AES

E01
E01

23-36-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-00-865-088-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

Subtask 23-36-00-865-143-A
D.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN

1WR

FIN
HA02

LOCATION

49VU

OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN

2WR

HA03

49VU

OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN

3WR

HA04

49VU

OXYGEN/PASSENGER/ACTUATION

7WR

HA08

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES VIDEO CABIN-RH


PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL

23MH
22MH
21MH

C03
C02
C01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU

PES VIDEO CABIN RH


PES VIDEO CABIN LH
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

24MH
22MH
21MH

C04
C03
C02

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN
PRAM
PRAM

20MH
2RX
2RX

C01
E01
E01

2000VU
2000VU

PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
PES VIDEO CABIN RH/AFT

28MH
25MH

C07
C05

2000VU
2000VU

CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM 2RX


CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM 2RX

** On A/C 003-004

4.

E01
E01

Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-36-00-710-050-I
A.

Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video)


(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-991-00100-A - System Control Unit - Menus)
NOTE :

Make sure that a video cassette used with the VTR 1 12MH is available.

NOTE :

Make sure that an BOOMSET 600 OHMS used with the Passenger Control Unit (PCU) 200MK and
201MK or the System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH is available.

CAUTION :

AES

DO NOT USE FORCE WHEN YOU PUT THE CASSETTE INTO THE VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER.

23-36-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Do this test.

ACTION
1.On the System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH:
. push the SYST PWR pushbutton switch.

RESULT
On the SCU 11MH:
.

the integral light of the SYST PWR pushbutton switch


comes on.
. the message
PROCEEDING
SELF TEST --is shown on the screen.
In the cabin:
. all Hatrack Mounted Display Units (HMDU) 100MH
move down out of the hatrack and subsequently move
back up into the hatrack.
On the SCU 11MH:
. after not many seconds the subsequent menu is shown
on the screen:
A. SELECT VIDEO ZONE(S)
B. SELECT VIDEO SOURCE(S)
C. PRESS PA IF DESIRED
(PRESS CONT. TO CONTINUE)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONT.

if necessary turn the BRIGHT control knob to adjust


the brightness.

The CONT. indication flashes.


NOTE :
. the screen brightness changes.
NOTE :

2.On the VTR 12MH:


. insert the video cassette.

Make sure that the label side of the cassette is


upside and the arrow mark points towards the
VTR 12MH.
On the VTR 12MH:
. the TAPE IN light comes on.
. the VTR turns on.
. the VTR rewinds.
. the VTR stops after play data recorded at top of the
tape.
. the STANDBY light comes on.

3.On the SCU 11MH:


. touch the CONT. indication on the screen.

On the SCU 11MH:


. the ENTER MENU pushbutton switch integral light
comes on.
. the initial menu is shown on the screen (
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-991-00100-A - System Control Unit
- Menus)
, screen 1).

touch the aircraft symbol on the screen.

touch the VIDEO 1 indication on the screen.

On the SCU 11MH:


. the aircraft symbol background stops to flash and
comes on white.
. the aircraft symbol background changes to lila.

AES

23-36-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION

RESULT
After 5 seconds:
. the subsequent menu is shown on the screen:
A. TO PLAY:
. . . PRESS EXEC BUTTON BELOW
B. TO SET PROGRAM SEGMENTS OR
. .PREVIEW:
. . . PRESS PREV BUTTON BELOW
On the SCU 11MH:

push the ENTER PREV pushbutton switch.

.
.
.

touch the VIDEO 1 indication on the screen.

touch the PLAY symbol on the screen.

.
.

the integral light of the ENTER MENU pushbutton


switch goes off.
the integral light of the ENTER PREV pushbutton
switch comes on.
the VIDEO indication and the message
PRESS VIDEO TO BE PROGRAMMED OR
PREVIEWED
are shown on the screen (
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-991-00100-A - System Control Unit
- Menus)
, screen 2).
the VIDEO indication goes off.
the operation symbols of the VTR 1 is shown on the
screen.

The STOP symbol flashes.


NOTE :
. the STOP symbol stops to flash.
. the PLAY symbol flashes.
. the VTR 1 video program is shown on the screen (
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-991-00100-A - System Control Unit
- Menus)
, screen 5).
On the VTR :
. the STANDBY light goes off.
On the headset:

connect the electrical headset to the MONITOR jack.

the VTR video program sound is heard.

On the SCU 11MH:


.

push the ENTER EXEC pushbutton switch.

.
.
.

the integral light of the ENTER PREV pushbutton


switch goes off.
the integral light of the ENTER EXEC pushbutton
switch comes on.
the subsequent indications are shown on the screen:
aircraft symbol
VIDEO 1
OFF
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-991-00100-A - System Control Unit
- Menus)
, screen 4).

AES

23-36-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION

4.In the cabin, at one Passenger Control Unit (PCU)


200MK or 201MK:
. connect the electrical headset.
. set the channel 1.
.

set the channel 2.

5.On the SCU 11MH:


. turn the PA VOLUME control knob to a position
between MIN and MAX.
. push the ENTER MENU pushbutton switch.

RESULT
In the cabin:
. the HMDUs move down out of the hatrack and show
the VTR video program.
At the related PCU 200MK or 201MK:

the VTR video program sound is heard over the


headset.
. the VTR video program sound is heard over the
headset.
On the SCU 11MH:

.
.

the integral light of the ENTER MENU pushbutton


switch comes on.
the initial menu is shown on the screen for approx. 5
seconds (
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-991-00100-A - System Control Unit
- Menus)
, screen 1).

NOTE :

.
.

touch the PA indication on the screen.


set the PA CH1/CH2 switch to the CH1 position.

push the ENTER EXEC pushbutton switch.

Do the subsequent test step in less than 5 seconds


or push the ENTER MENU pushbutton switch
again.

the subsequent indications are shown on the screen:


aircraft symbol
VIDEO 1
OFF
PA
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-991-00100-A - System Control Unit
- Menus)
, Screen 4.
the integral light of the ENTER MENU pushbutton
switch goes off.

In the cabin.
. the video program sound is heard from the
loudspeakers.
At the related PCU 200MK or 201MK:
. the video program sound is heard over the headset.
.

turn the VOLUME control knob from the MIN to the


MAX position and back to an intermediate position.

disconnect the electrical headset.

AES

the volume of the video program sound changes in


relation of the VOLUME control knob position.

23-36-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 23-36-00-710-051-I
CAUTION :

B.

DO NOT PUSH IN THE MASK MAN ON PUSHBUTTON SWITCH 14WR FOR MORE THAN 5
SECONDS.

Do the priority test of the Video/Audio and Announcement.

ACTION
1.In the cabin, on the emergency oxygen containers:
. pull the door stops down and turn them 90 degrees to
the test position.
2.On the FWD attendant station LH:
.
.

lift the handset from the cradle.


push the PA ALL pushbutton switch.

RESULT

On the FWD Attendant Indication Panel (AIP) 320RH:


. the symbol comes on.
.
.

the symbol goes off.


the PA ALL message comes on.

At the VTR 12MH:


. The VTR goes into PAUSE mode.
In the cabin:
.

push the PTT pushbutton switch and speak into the


handset.

.
.

the HMDU show no video program, the screen is dark.


the video program sound heard from the loudspeakers is
cancelled and the announcement is heard.
In the lavatories and at the aft attendant station:
. the announcement is heard from the loudspeakers.
At the related PCU 200MK e. g. 201MK:
. the video program sound heard over the headset is
cancelled and the announcement is heard.
At the FWD AIP 320RH:

release the PTT pushbutton switch and put the


handset back into the cradle.

the PA ALL message goes off.

At the VTR 12MH:


. The VTR goes back to PLAY mode.
In the cabin:
. the HMDU show the video program again.
. the video program sound is heard from the
loudspeakers.
At the related PCU 200MK e. g. 201MK:
. the video program sound is heard over the headset.
3.On the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) 120RH, music
section:
. push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane switch.

On the FAP 120RH, music section:


.
.

the integral light of the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane


switch comes on.
the channel 1 is shown on the BGM channel display.

In the cabin:
. the video program sound is heard from the
loudspeakers.
At the related PCU 200MK, channel 1 or 2:
. the video program sound is heard over the headset.

AES

23-36-00 PB501

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
4.At the FAP 120RH, music section:
. push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane switch.

RESULT
At the FAP 120RH:
. the integral light of the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane
switch goes off.
NOTE :

Before you do the next test step make sure that


all emergency-oxygen container door-stops are in
the test position.

5.In the cockpit, on panel 21VU: CAUTION :


CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH IN THE MASK MAN ON
PUSHBUTTON SWITCH 14WR FOR MORE THAN 5
SECONDS.
. lift the guard and push the MASK MAN ON
pushbutton switch.

In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:


. the PASSENGER SYS ON indication light comes on.

In the cabin:
. all emergency oxygen container-doors open to the
maximum travel permitted by the door stops.
. all HMDUs 100MH go off and move back up into the
hatracks.
. the video program sound heard from the loudspeakers is
cancelled and the emergency announcement is heard.
At the related PCU 200MK e. g. 201MK:
. the video program sound heard over the headset is
cancelled and the emergency announcement is heard.
On the SCU 11MH:
. the information shown on the screen goes off.
. the integral lights of all the pushbutton switches go off.

6.In the cockpit, on panel 50VU:


. push the OXYGEN TMR RESET pushbutton switch.

At the VTR 1 12MH:


. the STANDBY light comes on.
. the POWER light goes off.
In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:
. the PASSENGER SYS ON indication light goes off.
On the SCU 11MH:
.

the integral light of the SYST PWR pushbutton switch


comes on.
. the message
PROCEEDING
SELF TEST --is shown on the screen.
In the cabin:
. all Hatrack Mounted Display Units (HMDU) 100MH
move down out of the hatrack and subsequently move
back up into the hatrack.

AES

23-36-00 PB501

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION

RESULT
On the SCU 11MH:
. after not many seconds the subsequent menu is shown
on the screen:
A. SELECT VIDEO ZONE(S)
B. SELECT VIDEO SOURCE(S)
C. PRESS PA IF DESIRED
(PRESS CONT. TO CONTINUE)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONT.
NOTE :
The CONT. indication flashes.
On the Video Tape Reproducer VTR 1 12MH:
. the POWER light comes on.

7.At VTR 1:
. push the EJECT pushbutton switch and remove the
cassette.
8.On the SCU 11MH:
. push the SYST PWR pushbutton switch.

On the SCU 11MH:


. the integral light of the SYST PWR pushbutton switch
goes off.
. the screen goes off.

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-00-710-050-AO
C.

Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video):


NOTE :

Make sure that two VIDEO - HI8 TEST TAPE used with the Video Tape Reproducers (VTRs) 12MH
and 13MH are available.

NOTE :

Make sure that an BOOMSET 600 OHMS used with the System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH is
available.

CAUTION :

(1)

DO NOT USE FORCE WHEN YOU PUT THE CASSETTE INTO THE VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER.

Do this test.

ACTION
1.On the PES video System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH:

RESULT
On the PES video SCU 11MH:

push the pushbutton switch MASTER POWER.

all LED come on while the SCU 11MH does the self test
of the system,
the green LED PASS comes on when the self test is
complete.

On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:


. the AUTO MODE page comes into view.
2.On the SCU 11MH, on the MODE SELECT area:
. push the pushbutton switch again and again until the
LED ALL ZONES comes on.

On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:


. the ALL ZONES MODE page comes into view.
NOTE :

AES

Wait for a minimum of 3 minutes after the SCU


power-on, then continue with the test.

23-36-00 PB501

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
3.On the SCU 11MH:
. connect the to the headset jack.

RESULT

4.On the Video Tape Reproducers VTR 1 and VTR 2:


. insert the video cassettes,
NOTE :

Make sure that the arrows on the upper side of


the cassettes point in the direction of the VTR 1
and the VTR 2.
. push the REW membrane switches.
On the VTR 1 and VTR 2:
. the LEDs on the REW membrane switches come on,
. the cassettes rewind,
. the cassettes stop automatically at the end,
. the LEDs on the REW membrane switches go off,
. the LEDs on the STOP membrane switches come on.
5.On the SCU 11MH, the MANUAL CONTROL board,
On the SCU 11MH, the MANUAL CONTROL board, VTR
VTR CONTROL:
CONTROL:
. push the SEL switch again and again for the selection . the display shows 1,
of the VTR 1,
. the LED of the related STOP membrane switch goes
. push the PLAY membrane switch.
off,
. the LED of the related PLAY membrane switch comes
on.
6.On the SCU 11MH:
On the SCU 11MH:
. push the MENU switch for the selection of the
. the PREVIEW MODE page comes on,
PREVIEW MODE
. push the PREVIEW SELECT switch again and again . the VTR and the PRI indicators come on and the
for the selection of the VTR, 1 and PRI,
display shows 1,

push the PREVIEW SELECT switch again and again


for the selection of the VTR, 1 and SEC.

With the headset:


. you hear the VTR 1 video program sound of the PRI
channel.
. you hear the VTR 1 video program sound of the SEC
channel.
On the SCU 11MH:
. the VTR and the SEC indicators come on and the
display shows 1,
. the monitor shows the VTR 1 video program.

7.On the SCU 11MH, the MANUAL CONTROL board,


VTR CONTROL:
. push the STOP membrane switch,

On the SCU 11MH, the MANUAL CONTROL board, VTR


CONTROL:
. the LED of the related PLAY membrane switch goes
off,
. the LED of the related STOP membrane switch comes
on,
On the SCU 11MH:
. the VTR sound and the video program are cancelled.

.
.

push the SEL switch again and again for the selection
of the VTR 2,
push the PLAY membrane switch.

.
.
.

AES

the display shows 2,


the LED of the related STOP membrane switch goes
off,
the LED of the related PLAY membrane switch comes
on.

23-36-00 PB501

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
8.On the SCU 11MH:
. push the PREVIEW SELECT switch again and again
for the selection of the VTR, 2 and PRI,

push the PREVIEW SELECT switch again and again


for the selection of the VTR, 2 and SEC.

RESULT
On the SCU 11MH:
. the VTR and the PRI indicators come on and the
display shows 2,
. the monitor shows the VTR 2 video program,
With the headset:
. you hear the VTR 2 video program sound of the PRI
channel,
. you hear the VTR 2 video program sound of the SEC
channel.
On the SCU 11MH:
. the VTR and the SEC indicators come on and the
display shows 2,
. the monitor shows the VTR 2 video program,

9.On the SCU 11MH, the MANUAL CONTROL board,


VTR CONTROL:
. push the STOP membrane switch,

On the SCU 11MH, the MANUAL CONTROL board, VTR


CONTROL:
. the LED of the related PLAY membrane switch goes
off,
. the LED of the related STOP membrane switch comes
on,
On the SCU 11MH:
. the VTR sound and the video program are cancelled.

10.On the SCU 11MH, on the MODE SELECT area:


. push the pushbutton switch again and again until the
LED MANUAL comes on.
11.On the SCU 11MH:
. push the MENU switch.

On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:


. the MANUAL MODE page comes into view.

12.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:


. push the arrow up or arrow down membrane switch
for the selection of ZONE CONTROL
. push ENTER membrane switch

On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:


. the ZONE CONTROL page comes into view.

13.On the SCU 11MH, the MANUAL CONTROL board,


VTR CONTROL:
. push the PLAY membrane switch.

On the SCU 11MH, the MANUAL CONTROL board, VTR


CONTROL:
. the LED of the related STOP membrane switch goes
off,
. the LED of the related PLAY membrane switch comes
on.
On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
. the selected configuration comes into view.

14.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:


select the following instructions via the on screen menu
with the arrow up and arrow down, and the SEL and the
ENTER membrane switches
. ZN:1,
. SCR:VTR 2,
. PA:0,
. PWR:ON.

At the same time in the cabin, zone 1:


. all HMDU 100MH move to the viewing position,
. all HMDU show the VTR 2 video program.

AES

23-36-00 PB501

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
15.In the cabin in Zone 1, at a Passenger Control Unit
(PCU):
.
.

connect the electrical headset,


select the channel 1,

select the channel 2.

16.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:


select the following instructions via the on sreen menu
with the arrow up and arrow down, and the SEL and the
ENTER membrane switches
. ZN:2,
. SCR:VTR 2,
. PA:0,
. PWR:ON.

RESULT
At the related PCU:

the sound 1 of the VTR 2 video program is heard over


the headset,
. the sound 2 of the VTR 2 video program is heard over
the headset.
On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
. the selected configuration comes into view.

At the same time in the cabin, zone 2:


. all HMDU 100MH move to the viewing position,
. all HMDU show the VTR 2 video program.
17.In the cabin in Zone 2, at a Passenger Control Unit
(PCU):
.
.

connect the electrical headset,


select the channel 1,

select the channel 2.

18.On the SCU 11MH, the MANUAL CONTROL board,


VTR CONTROL:
. push the STOP membrane switch.

At the related PCU:

the sound 1 of the VTR 2 video program is heard over


the headset,
. the sound 2 of the VTR 2 video program is heard over
the headset.
On the SCU 11MH, the MANUAL CONTROL board, VTR
CONTROL:
. the LED of the related PLAY membrane switch goes
off,
. the LED of the related STOP membrane switch comes
on,
In the cabin in Zone 2
. the VTR sound and the video program are cancelled.

.
.

push the SEL switch again and again for the selection
of the VTR 1,
push the PLAY membrane switch.

19.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:


select the following instructions via the on screen menu
with the arrow up and arrow down, and the SEL and the
ENTER membrane switches
. ZN:1,
. SCR:VTR 1,
. PA:0,
. PWR:ON.

AES

.
.

the display shows 1,


the LED of the related STOP membrane switch goes
off,
. the LED of the related PLAY membrane switch comes
on.
On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
. the selected configuration comes into view.

23-36-00 PB501

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION

20.In the cabin in Zone 1, at a Passenger Control Unit


(PCU):
.
.

connect the electrical headset,


select the channel 1,

select the channel 2.

21.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:


select the following instructions via the on screen menu
with the arrow up and arrow down, and the SEL and the
ENTER membrane switches
. ZN:2,
. SCR:VTR 1,
. PA:0,
. PWR:ON.

RESULT
At the same time in the cabin, zone 1:
. all HMDU 100MH move to the viewing position,
. all HMDU show the VTR 1 video program.
At the related PCU:

the sound 1 of the VTR 1 video program is heard over


the headset,
. the sound 2 of the VTR 1 video program is heard over
the headset.
On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
. the selected configuration comes into view.

At the same time in the cabin, zone 2:


. all HMDU 100MH move to the viewing position,
. all HMDU show the VTR 1 video program.
22.In the cabin in Zone 2, at a Passenger Control Unit
(PCU):

At the related PCU:

.
.

connect the electrical headset,


select the channel 1,

select the channel 2.

the
the
the
the

sound 1 of the VTR 1 video program is heard over


headset,
sound 2 of the VTR 1 video program is heard over
headset.

Subtask 23-36-00-710-051-AR
D.

Do the Priority Test of the Video, Audio and the Announcement

NOTE :

(1)

The Boarding Music (BGM) has a lower priority than the video. Therefore the video sound must be
switched off during the following test.

Do the test first for the VTR 1 12MH and then for the VTR 2 13MH.

ACTION
1.On the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) 120RH, music
section:
. push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane switch.

RESULT
On the FAP 120RH, music section:
.
.

2.On the SCU 11MH, the MANUAL CONTROL board,


ALL ZONES:

AES

the integral light of the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane


switch comes on,
the channel 1 is shown on the BGM channel display.

At the same time in the cabin:


. the BGM is heard from the loudspeakers.
On the SCU 11MH, the MANUAL CONTROL board, ALL
ZONES:

23-36-00 PB501

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

.
.
.

ACTION
push the SEL membrane switch again and again for
the selection of the VTR, 1 and PRI,
push the PWR/ON/OFF membrane switch,
push the PA/ON/OFF membrane switch.

.
.
.

RESULT
the VTR and the PRI indicators come on and the
display shows 1,
the LED of the related PWR membrane switch comes
on,
the LED of the related PA membrane switch comes on,

3.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:

At the same time in the cabin:


. the BGM is cancelled,
. you hear the VTR 1/PRI channel from the loudspeakers
and from all PCUs on channel 1 and 2.
In the cabin:

push the arrow up or arrow down membrane switche.

4.On the SCU 11MH, the MANUAL CONTROL board,


ALL ZONES:
. push the SEL membrane switch again and again for
the selection of the VTR, 1 and SEC.

the volume of the VTR 1 program sound changes.

On the SCU 11MH, the MANUAL CONTROL board, ALL


ZONES:
. the VTR and the SEC indicators come on and the
display shows 1,
At the same time in the cabin:
. you hear the VTR 1/SEC channel from the
loudspeakers and from all PCUs on channel 1 and 2.

5.On the FAP 120RH, PRERECORDED


ANNOUNCEMENT section:
. push the 1 membrane switch.
. push the ENTER membrane switch,
. push the 2 membrane switch,
. push the ENTER membrane switch,
. push the 3 membrane switch,
. push the ENTER membrane switch,
. push the START ALL membrane switch.

In the cabin:
.
.

the VTR sound and the VTR video program are


cancelled,
the prerecorded announcements are heard from the
loudspeakers and from the PCUs at all channels.

On the VTR:
. the VTR goes in the PAUSE mode.
6.On the FWD attendant station LH:

On the FWD Attendant Indication Panel (AIP) 320RH:

lift the handset from the cradle,

the symbol comes on,

.
.

push the PTT pushbutton switch,


make an announcement.

the symbol goes off,

At the same time in the cabin:


. the prerecorded announcement is cancelled and your
PA-announcement is heard from the loudspeakers and
from the PCUs at all channels.
At the same time in the lavatories and at the AFT
attendant station:
. your PA-announcement is heard from the loudspeakers.
7.On the FWD attendant station LH:
. release the PTT pushbutton switch and put the
handset back into the cradle.

8.In the cockpit:

AES

On the forward AIP 320RH:


. the PA ALL message goes off.
At the same time in the cabin:
. the prerecorded announcements are heard again from
the loudspeakers and from the PCUs at all channels.
In the cockpit:

23-36-00 PB501

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ACTION
do the test step 6 again.

RESULT
the results agree with the test step 6.

9.On the FAP 120RH, PRERECORDED


ANNOUNCEMENT section:
. push the STOP membrane switch.
On the FAP 120RH, MUSIC section:
. push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane switch.

On the FAP 120RH, MUSIC section:


. the integral light of the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane
switch goes off.
At the same time in the cabin:
. the prerecorded announcement is cancelled and the
video sound from VTR 1 / SEC channel is heard from
the loudspeakers and from all PCUs on channel 1 and 2.
On the VTR:
. the VTR goes in the PLAY mode.

CAUTION :

DO NOT PUSH IN THE MASK MAN ON


PUSHBUTTON SWITCH 14WR FOR MORE
THAN 5 SECONDS.

10.In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:


NOTE :

Make sure that all the emergency-oxygen


container door-stops are in the test position
before you push the MASK MAN ON 14WR
pushbutton switch.
. lift the switch guard and push the MASK
MAN ON 14WR pushbutton switch.

In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:


. the PASSENGER SYS ON indication light comes on,

At the same time in the cabin:


. all emergency oxygen container-doors open to the
maximum travel range permitted by the door stops,
. all HMDU 100MH move back up into the hatracks,
. an emergency announcement is audible from the
loudspeakers and from the PCUs at all channels,
. the VTR video program sound is cancelled,
. the VTR system goes in STANDBY MODE.
At the same time on the VTR 1:
. the cassette stops,
. the VTR goes off.

In the cockpit, on panel 50VU:


. push the OXYGEN TMR RESET pushbutton switch.
11.On the VTR 1 and VTR 2:
. push the EJECT membrane switches.

AES

At the same time on the SCU 11MH:


. the monitor goes off.
In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:
. the PASSENGER SYS ON indication light goes off
On the VTR 1 and VTR 2:
. the LEDs on the EJECT membrane switches flash
during ejecting,
. the cassettes move out of the VTRs.

remove the cassettes.

23-36-00 PB501

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
12.On the SCU 11MH:
. push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch.
5.

RESULT
the VTR system goes off.

Close-up
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-36-00-410-051-B
A.

Close Access
(1)

Close the applicable overhead stowage compartment(s).

(2)

Push the doors of the emergency oxygen container to the closed position until they engage.

(3)

On the emergency oxygen containers turn the door stops to the normal position and let them retract
into their containers.

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-00-410-051-L
A.

Close Access
(1)

Remove the headsets from the SCU and the PCU.

(2)

Slide the door to close the MANUAL CONTROL board.

(3)

Close the VCC compartment.

(4)

Push the doors of the emergency oxygen container to the closed position until they engage.

(5)

On the emergency oxygen containers push the test lever back to the normal position and let them
retract into their containers.

NOTE :

Spring tension retracts the door stops automatically when they are in the normal position.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-00-860-051-A
B.

AES

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.


(1)

De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001-A).

(2)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

23-36-00 PB501

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

VIDEO

VIDEO
PA

SCREEN 1

SCREEN 2

OFF

OFF

VIDEO

VIDEO
PA

SCREEN 3

SCREEN 4

REW

PLAY

FF

STOP

SCREEN 5
(EXAMPLE)

N_MM_233600_5_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-36-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1


System Control Unit - Menus

23-36-00 PB501

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

MONITOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-36-22-000-001-A
Removal of the LH Hatrack-Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)
WARNING : ISOLATE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FROM THE RELATED EQUIPMENT AND THE ENVIRONMENT.
FIN 100MH1, 100MH3, 100MH5, 100MH9, 100MH11, 100MH13, 100MH17, 100MH21, 100MH25
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
AR SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-AE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit)

DESIGNATION

(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-DE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit and Wall Mounted Display-Unit)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-AE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-DE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit and Wall Mounted Display-Unit)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-865-084-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES VIDEO CABIN-RH


PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL

23MH
22MH
21MH

C03
C02
C01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU

PES VIDEO CABIN RH


PES VIDEO CABIN LH
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

24MH
22MH
21MH

C04
C03
C02

2000VU

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN

20MH

C01

AES

23-36-22 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
** On A/C 006-099
2000VU
2000VU

DESIGNATION

FIN

PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
PES VIDEO CABIN RH/AFT

28MH
25MH

LOCATION
C07
C05

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-865-069-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES VIDEO CABIN-RH


PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL

23MH
22MH
21MH

C03
C02
C01

2000VU
2000VU

PES VIDEO CABIN LH


PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

22MH
21MH

C03
C02

2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN

20MH

C01

2000VU

PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR

28MH

C07

4.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-AE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-DE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit and Wall Mounted Display-Unit)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-020-052-H
A.

AES

Removal of the LH Hatrack-Mounted Display Units (HMDU)


(1)

Remove the section hoses (4) from the mounting rails (3).

(2)

Disengage the rail unit (5) from the inboard mounting rail (3).

(3)

Lower the inboard side of the HMDU (2).

(4)

Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) from the receptacles.

(5)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(6)

Disengage the rail unit (5) from the outboard mounting rail (3) and remove the HMDU (2).

23-36-22 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

FR21

FR27 FR32 FR37

FR43 FR48

FR53

FR58

A
100MH

EXAMPLE

3
4

B
5

B
1

N_MM_233622_4_ABN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-36-22-991-00100-AE SHEET 1


Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit

23-36-22 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
100MH10
100MH6

100MH9

100MH2
100MH5

100MH26
FR34

100MH1

100MH22

FR29

100MH18

100MH25

100MH14
FR20

FR65

100MH21

FR21
100MH12

100MH17
FR58
100M13
FR54
100MH11
FR49

FR44

EXAMPLE
LH SHOWN
RH OPPOSITE

FR40
3
FR34

B
5
1

2
N_MM_233622_4_AFX0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-36-22-991-00100-DE SHEET 1


Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit and Wall Mounted DisplayUnit

23-36-22 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-36-22-400-001-A
Installation of the LH Hatrack Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)
FIN 100MH1, 100MH3, 100MH5, 100MH9, 100MH11, 100MH13, 100MH17, 100MH21, 100MH25
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
98A25207503000
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
** On A/C 005-099

DESIGNATION

23-36-00-600-002-A

Configuration of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) with the Programmable


System Control Unit

23-36-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video)

23-73-00-861-001-A

Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

23-73-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-AE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit)


(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-DE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit and Wall Mounted Display-Unit)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-AE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-DE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit and Wall Mounted Display-Unit)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-865-085-A
A.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES VIDEO CABIN-RH


PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL

23MH
22MH
21MH

C03
C02
C01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU

PES VIDEO CABIN RH


PES VIDEO CABIN LH
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

24MH
22MH
21MH

C04
C03
C02

AES

23-36-22 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

DESIGNATION
PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN

20MH

FIN
C01

LOCATION

2000VU
2000VU

PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
PES VIDEO CABIN RH/AFT

28MH
25MH

C07
C05

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-865-070-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES VIDEO CABIN-RH


PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL

23MH
22MH
21MH

C03
C02
C01

2000VU
2000VU

PES VIDEO CABIN LH


PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

22MH
21MH

C03
C02

2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN

20MH

C01

2000VU

PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR

28MH

C07

4.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-AE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-DE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit and Wall Mounted Display-Unit)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-420-053-H
A.

Installation of the LH Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)


(1)

Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the inboard mounting rail (3).

(2)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(3)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Connect the electrical connectors (1) to the receptacles.

(5)

Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the outboard mounting rail (3).

(6)

Install the section hoses (4) with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000) to
outboard the mounting rails (3).
NOTE :

AES

Make sure that the section hoses are not expanded. Move the pulley assembly forward and
rearward to prevent this.

23-36-22 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 23-36-22-865-088-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES VIDEO CABIN-RH


PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL

23MH
22MH
21MH

C03
C02
C01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU

PES VIDEO CABIN RH


PES VIDEO CABIN LH
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

24MH
22MH
21MH

C04
C03
C02

2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN

20MH

C01

2000VU
2000VU

PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
PES VIDEO CABIN RH/AFT

28MH
25MH

C07
C05

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-865-071-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES VIDEO CABIN-RH


PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL

23MH
22MH
21MH

C03
C02
C01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU

PES VIDEO CABIN RH


PES VIDEO CABIN LH
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

24MH
22MH
21MH

C04
C03
C02

2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN

20MH

C01

2000VU
2000VU

PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
PES VIDEO CABIN RH/AFT

28MH
25MH

C07
C05

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-861-052-A
D.

Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001-A).

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-22-970-050-A
E.

AES

Do the configuration of the passenger-entertainment (Video) programmable system control-unit (Ref. TASK
23-36-00-600-002-A).

23-36-22 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-710-053-A
F.
5.

Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-001-A) System.

Close-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-AE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-DE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit and Wall Mounted Display-Unit)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-410-054-B
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

23-36-22 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-36-22-000-002-A
Removal of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)
WARNING : ISOLATE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FROM THE RELATED EQUIPMENT AND THE ENVIRONMENT.
FIN 100MH2, 100MH4, 100MH6, 100MH10, 100MH12, 100MH14, 100MH18, 100MH22, 100MH26
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
AR SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-AE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit)

DESIGNATION

(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-DE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit and Wall Mounted Display-Unit)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-AE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-DE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit and Wall Mounted Display-Unit)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-865-086-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES VIDEO CABIN-RH


PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL

23MH
22MH
21MH

C03
C02
C01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU

PES VIDEO CABIN RH


PES VIDEO CABIN LH
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

24MH
22MH
21MH

C04
C03
C02

2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN

20MH

C01

2000VU
2000VU

PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
PES VIDEO CABIN RH/AFT

28MH
25MH

C07
C05

AES

23-36-22 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-865-072-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES VIDEO-CTL

21MH

C01

2000VU
2000VU

PES VIDEO CABIN RH


PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

24MH
21MH

C04
C02

2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN

20MH

C01

2000VU
2000VU

PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
PES VIDEO CABIN RH/AFT

28MH
25MH

C07
C05

4.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-AE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-DE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit and Wall Mounted Display-Unit)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-020-054-H
A.

AES

Removal of the RH Hatrack-Mounted Display Units (HMDU)


(1)

Remove the section hoses (4) from the mounting rails (3).

(2)

Disengage the rail unit (5) from the outboard mounting rail (3).

(3)

Lower the outboard side of the HMDU (2).

(4)

Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) from the receptacles.

(5)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(6)

Disengage the rail unit (5) from the inboard mounting rail (3) and remove the HMDU (2).

23-36-22 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-36-22-400-002-A
Installation of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)
FIN 100MH2, 100MH4, 100MH6, 100MH10, 100MH12, 100MH14, 100MH18, 100MH22, 100MH26
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
98A25207503000
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
** On A/C 005-099

DESIGNATION

23-36-00-600-002-A

Configuration of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) with the Programmable


System Control Unit

23-36-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video)

23-73-00-861-001-A

Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

23-73-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-AE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit)


(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-DE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit and Wall Mounted Display-Unit)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-AE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-DE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit and Wall Mounted Display-Unit)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-865-087-A
A.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES VIDEO CABIN-RH


PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL

23MH
22MH
21MH

C03
C02
C01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU

PES VIDEO CABIN RH


PES VIDEO CABIN LH
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

24MH
22MH
21MH

C04
C03
C02

AES

23-36-22 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

DESIGNATION
PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN

20MH

FIN
C01

LOCATION

2000VU
2000VU

PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
PES VIDEO CABIN RH/AFT

28MH
25MH

C07
C05

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-865-073-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES VIDEO-CTL

21MH

C01

2000VU
2000VU

PES VIDEO CABIN RH


PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

24MH
21MH

C04
C02

2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN

20MH

C01

2000VU
2000VU

PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
PES VIDEO CABIN RH/AFT

28MH
25MH

C07
C05

4.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-AE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-DE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit and Wall Mounted Display-Unit)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-420-054-H
A.

Installation of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)


(1)

Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the outboard mounting rail (3).

(2)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(3)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Connect the electrical connectors (1) to the receptacles.

(5)

Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the inboard mounting rail (3).

(6)

Install the section hoses (4) with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000) to
inboard the mounting rails (3).
NOTE :

AES

Make sure that the section hoses are not expanded. Move the pulley assembly forward and
rearward to prevent this.

23-36-22 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 23-36-22-865-089-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES VIDEO CABIN-RH


PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL

23MH
22MH
21MH

C03
C02
C01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU

PES VIDEO CABIN RH


PES VIDEO CABIN LH
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

24MH
22MH
21MH

C04
C03
C02

2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN

20MH

C01

2000VU
2000VU

PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
PES VIDEO CABIN RH/AFT

28MH
25MH

C07
C05

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-865-074-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES VIDEO-CTL

21MH

C01

2000VU
2000VU

PES VIDEO CABIN RH


PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

24MH
21MH

C04
C02

2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN

20MH

C01

2000VU
2000VU

PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
PES VIDEO CABIN RH/AFT

28MH
25MH

C07
C05

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-861-053-A
D.

Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001-A).

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-22-970-051-A
E.

AES

Do the configuration of the passenger-entertainment (Video) programmable system control-unit (Ref. TASK
23-36-00-600-002-A).

23-36-22 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-36-22-710-051-D
F.

Operational Test
(1)

Do this test.

ACTION
1.Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment
System (Video) (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-001-A).

RESULT

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-22-710-055-A
G.
5.

Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-001-A) System.

Close-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-AE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-DE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit and Wall Mounted Display-Unit)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-410-055-B
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

23-36-22 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CONTROL UNIT - VIDEO - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION


** On A/C ALL
Task 23-36-34-000-001-A
Removal of the System Control Unit (SCU)
WARNING : ISOLATE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FROM THE RELATED EQUIPMENT AND THE ENVIRONMENT.
FIN 11MH
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
AR SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-34-991-00100-L - System Control Unit.)

DESIGNATION

(Ref. Fig. 23-36-34-991-00100-AA - System Control Unit)


3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-34-865-062-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES VIDEO CABIN-RH


PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL

23MH
22MH
21MH

C03
C02
C01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU

PES VIDEO CABIN RH


PES VIDEO CABIN LH
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

24MH
22MH
21MH

C04
C03
C02

2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN

20MH

C01

2000VU
2000VU

PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
PES VIDEO CABIN RH/AFT

28MH
25MH

C07
C05

AES

23-36-34 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-34-865-056-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES VIDEO CABIN-RH


PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL

23MH
22MH
21MH

C03
C02
C01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU

PES VIDEO CABIN RH


PES VIDEO CABIN LH
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

24MH
22MH
21MH

C04
C03
C02

2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN

20MH

C01

2000VU
2000VU

PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
PES VIDEO CABIN RH/AFT

28MH
25MH

C07
C05

4.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-34-991-00100-L - System Control Unit.)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-34-991-00100-AA - System Control Unit)
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-36-34-020-050-I
A.

Removal of the System Control Unit (SCU)


(1)

Get access to the Video Controll Center (VCC).

(2)

Loosen the knurled nuts (2) of the SCU 11MH and lower the fasteners.

(3)

Carefully remove the SCU (1) from the rack.

(4)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-34-020-050-K
A.

AES

Removal of the System Control Unit (SCU)


(1)

Open the doors of the left forward stowage compartment between FR20 and FR23.

(2)

Open the flap on the front end of the left overhead stowage compartment for access to the video
control center.

(3)

Remove the cover (5) to get access to the electrical connectors (6).

(4)

Disconnect the electrical connectors (6).

(5)

Loosen the knurled screws (2).

23-36-34 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

(6)

Carefully remove the SCU (3) together with the adaptor plate (4) out of the rack (1).

(7)

Loosen the screws (7) and remove the SCU (3) from the adaptor plate (4).

(8)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

23-36-34 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
FR24

A
FR23

FR21

11MH

B
FR20

1
2
N_MM_233634_4_AAL0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-36-34-991-00100-L SHEET 1


System Control Unit.

23-36-34 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
Z230
FR23

FW

A
FR20

FR20

FR26

11MH

1
6

4
6
6

3
2

NOTE:
1

THE FIN 211MH IS THE SCU (1)


WITH THE MOUNTING PLATE (4)

4
1

211MH
N_MM_233634_4_ABD0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 23-36-34-991-00100-AA SHEET 1


System Control Unit

23-36-34 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-36-34-400-001-A
Installation of the System Control Unit (SCU)
FIN 11MH
1.

Reason for the Job


Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information


A.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
** On A/C 005-099

DESIGNATION

23-36-00-600-002-A

Configuration of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) with the Programmable


System Control Unit

23-36-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video)

23-73-00-861-001-A

Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

** On A/C 003-004
23-73-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

(Ref. Fig. 23-36-34-991-00100-L - System Control Unit.)


(Ref. Fig. 23-36-34-991-00100-AA - System Control Unit)
3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-34-865-063-A
A.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES VIDEO CABIN-RH


PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL

23MH
22MH
21MH

C03
C02
C01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU

PES VIDEO CABIN RH


PES VIDEO CABIN LH
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

24MH
22MH
21MH

C04
C03
C02

2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN

20MH

C01

2000VU
2000VU

PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
PES VIDEO CABIN RH/AFT

28MH
25MH

C07
C05

AES

23-36-34 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-34-865-057-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES VIDEO CABIN-RH


PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL

23MH
22MH
21MH

C03
C02
C01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU

PES VIDEO CABIN RH


PES VIDEO CABIN LH
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

24MH
22MH
21MH

C04
C03
C02

2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN

20MH

C01

2000VU
2000VU

PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
PES VIDEO CABIN RH/AFT

28MH
25MH

C07
C05

4.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-34-991-00100-L - System Control Unit.)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-34-991-00100-AA - System Control Unit)
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-36-34-420-050-H
A.

Installation of the System Control Unit (SCU)


(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

(4)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(5)

Carefully install the SCU (1) into the rack. Make sure that the SCU is correctly aligned to prevent
damage to the electrical connectors.

(6)

Lift the fasteners and tighten the knurled nuts (2) until the SCU (1) is correctly attached.

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-34-420-050-K
A.

AES

Installation of the System Control Unit (SCU)


(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Install the SCU (3) on the adaptor plate (4) with the screws (7).

23-36-34 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Carefully lift the adaptor plate (4) together with the SCU (3) into the overhead stowage compartment
in front of the the video control center and move the adaptor plate (4) together with the SCU (3) into
the rack (1).

(5)

Tighten the knurled screws (2).

(6)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(7)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(8)

Connect the electrical connectors (6) to the SCU (3).

(9)

Install the cover (5).

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-34-865-064-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES VIDEO CABIN-RH


PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL

23MH
22MH
21MH

C03
C02
C01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU

PES VIDEO CABIN RH


PES VIDEO CABIN LH
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

24MH
22MH
21MH

C04
C03
C02

2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN

20MH

C01

2000VU
2000VU

PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
PES VIDEO CABIN RH/AFT

28MH
25MH

C07
C05

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-34-865-058-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005

PES VIDEO CABIN-RH


PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL

23MH
22MH
21MH

C03
C02
C01

2000VU
2000VU
2000VU

PES VIDEO CABIN RH


PES VIDEO CABIN LH
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC

24MH
22MH
21MH

C04
C03
C02

2000VU
** On A/C 006-099

PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN

20MH

C01

2000VU
2000VU

PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
PES VIDEO CABIN RH/AFT

28MH
25MH

C07
C05

AES

23-36-34 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-34-970-050-A